mirror of
https://github.com/classilla/tenfourfox.git
synced 2024-09-10 11:54:40 +00:00
8890 lines
318 KiB
C++
8890 lines
318 KiB
C++
|
/* -*- Mode: C++; tab-width: 2; indent-tabs-mode: nil; c-basic-offset: 2 -*- */
|
|||
|
/* vim: set ts=2 sw=2 et tw=78: */
|
|||
|
/* This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
|
|||
|
* License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
|
|||
|
* file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. */
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
#include "nsLayoutUtils.h"
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
#include "mozilla/ArrayUtils.h"
|
|||
|
#include "mozilla/BasicEvents.h"
|
|||
|
#include "mozilla/ClearOnShutdown.h"
|
|||
|
#include "mozilla/EffectCompositor.h"
|
|||
|
#include "mozilla/EffectSet.h"
|
|||
|
#include "mozilla/EventDispatcher.h"
|
|||
|
#include "mozilla/FloatingPoint.h"
|
|||
|
#include "mozilla/gfx/PathHelpers.h"
|
|||
|
#include "mozilla/Likely.h"
|
|||
|
#include "mozilla/Maybe.h"
|
|||
|
#include "mozilla/MemoryReporting.h"
|
|||
|
#include "nsCharTraits.h"
|
|||
|
#include "nsFontMetrics.h"
|
|||
|
#include "nsPresContext.h"
|
|||
|
#include "nsIContent.h"
|
|||
|
#include "nsIDOMHTMLDocument.h"
|
|||
|
#include "nsIDOMHTMLElement.h"
|
|||
|
#include "nsFrameList.h"
|
|||
|
#include "nsGkAtoms.h"
|
|||
|
#include "nsHtml5Atoms.h"
|
|||
|
#include "nsIAtom.h"
|
|||
|
#include "nsCaret.h"
|
|||
|
#include "nsCSSPseudoElements.h"
|
|||
|
#include "nsCSSAnonBoxes.h"
|
|||
|
#include "nsCSSColorUtils.h"
|
|||
|
#include "nsView.h"
|
|||
|
#include "nsViewManager.h"
|
|||
|
#include "nsPlaceholderFrame.h"
|
|||
|
#include "nsIScrollableFrame.h"
|
|||
|
#include "nsIDOMEvent.h"
|
|||
|
#include "nsDisplayList.h"
|
|||
|
#include "nsRegion.h"
|
|||
|
#include "nsFrameManager.h"
|
|||
|
#include "nsBlockFrame.h"
|
|||
|
#include "nsBidiPresUtils.h"
|
|||
|
#include "imgIContainer.h"
|
|||
|
#include "ImageOps.h"
|
|||
|
#include "ImageRegion.h"
|
|||
|
#include "gfxRect.h"
|
|||
|
#include "gfxContext.h"
|
|||
|
#include "nsRenderingContext.h"
|
|||
|
#include "nsIInterfaceRequestorUtils.h"
|
|||
|
#include "nsCSSRendering.h"
|
|||
|
#include "nsThemeConstants.h"
|
|||
|
#include "nsPIDOMWindow.h"
|
|||
|
#include "nsIDocShell.h"
|
|||
|
#include "nsIWidget.h"
|
|||
|
#include "gfxMatrix.h"
|
|||
|
#include "gfxPrefs.h"
|
|||
|
#include "gfxTypes.h"
|
|||
|
#include "nsTArray.h"
|
|||
|
#include "mozilla/dom/HTMLCanvasElement.h"
|
|||
|
#include "nsICanvasRenderingContextInternal.h"
|
|||
|
#include "gfxPlatform.h"
|
|||
|
#include <algorithm>
|
|||
|
#include <limits>
|
|||
|
#include "mozilla/dom/HTMLVideoElement.h"
|
|||
|
#include "mozilla/dom/HTMLImageElement.h"
|
|||
|
#include "mozilla/dom/DOMRect.h"
|
|||
|
#include "mozilla/dom/KeyframeEffect.h"
|
|||
|
#include "mozilla/layers/APZCCallbackHelper.h"
|
|||
|
#include "imgIRequest.h"
|
|||
|
#include "nsIImageLoadingContent.h"
|
|||
|
#include "nsCOMPtr.h"
|
|||
|
#include "nsCSSProps.h"
|
|||
|
#include "nsListControlFrame.h"
|
|||
|
#include "mozilla/dom/Element.h"
|
|||
|
#include "nsCanvasFrame.h"
|
|||
|
#include "gfxDrawable.h"
|
|||
|
#include "gfxEnv.h"
|
|||
|
#include "gfxUtils.h"
|
|||
|
#include "nsDataHashtable.h"
|
|||
|
#include "nsTextFrame.h"
|
|||
|
#include "nsFontFaceList.h"
|
|||
|
#include "nsFontInflationData.h"
|
|||
|
#include "nsSVGUtils.h"
|
|||
|
#include "SVGImageContext.h"
|
|||
|
#include "SVGTextFrame.h"
|
|||
|
#include "nsStyleStructInlines.h"
|
|||
|
#include "nsStyleTransformMatrix.h"
|
|||
|
#include "nsIFrameInlines.h"
|
|||
|
#include "ImageContainer.h"
|
|||
|
#include "nsComputedDOMStyle.h"
|
|||
|
#include "ActiveLayerTracker.h"
|
|||
|
#include "mozilla/gfx/2D.h"
|
|||
|
#include "gfx2DGlue.h"
|
|||
|
#include "mozilla/LookAndFeel.h"
|
|||
|
#include "UnitTransforms.h"
|
|||
|
#include "TiledLayerBuffer.h" // For TILEDLAYERBUFFER_TILE_SIZE
|
|||
|
#include "ClientLayerManager.h"
|
|||
|
#include "nsRefreshDriver.h"
|
|||
|
#include "nsIContentViewer.h"
|
|||
|
#include "LayersLogging.h"
|
|||
|
#include "mozilla/Preferences.h"
|
|||
|
#include "nsFrameSelection.h"
|
|||
|
#include "FrameLayerBuilder.h"
|
|||
|
#include "mozilla/layers/APZCTreeManager.h"
|
|||
|
#include "mozilla/Telemetry.h"
|
|||
|
#include "mozilla/EventDispatcher.h"
|
|||
|
#include "mozilla/EventStateManager.h"
|
|||
|
#include "mozilla/RuleNodeCacheConditions.h"
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
#ifdef MOZ_XUL
|
|||
|
#include "nsXULPopupManager.h"
|
|||
|
#endif
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
#include "GeckoProfiler.h"
|
|||
|
#include "nsAnimationManager.h"
|
|||
|
#include "nsTransitionManager.h"
|
|||
|
#include "RestyleManager.h"
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
// Make sure getpid() works.
|
|||
|
#ifdef XP_WIN
|
|||
|
#include <process.h>
|
|||
|
#define getpid _getpid
|
|||
|
#else
|
|||
|
#include <unistd.h>
|
|||
|
#endif
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
using namespace mozilla;
|
|||
|
using namespace mozilla::dom;
|
|||
|
using namespace mozilla::image;
|
|||
|
using namespace mozilla::layers;
|
|||
|
using namespace mozilla::layout;
|
|||
|
using namespace mozilla::gfx;
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
#define GRID_ENABLED_PREF_NAME "layout.css.grid.enabled"
|
|||
|
#define GRID_TEMPLATE_SUBGRID_ENABLED_PREF_NAME "layout.css.grid-template-subgrid-value.enabled"
|
|||
|
#define STICKY_ENABLED_PREF_NAME "layout.css.sticky.enabled"
|
|||
|
#define DISPLAY_CONTENTS_ENABLED_PREF_NAME "layout.css.display-contents.enabled"
|
|||
|
#define TEXT_ALIGN_TRUE_ENABLED_PREF_NAME "layout.css.text-align-true-value.enabled"
|
|||
|
#define FLOAT_LOGICAL_VALUES_ENABLED_PREF_NAME "layout.css.float-logical-values.enabled"
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
#ifdef DEBUG
|
|||
|
// TODO: remove, see bug 598468.
|
|||
|
bool nsLayoutUtils::gPreventAssertInCompareTreePosition = false;
|
|||
|
#endif // DEBUG
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
typedef FrameMetrics::ViewID ViewID;
|
|||
|
typedef nsStyleTransformMatrix::TransformReferenceBox TransformReferenceBox;
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
/* static */ uint32_t nsLayoutUtils::sFontSizeInflationEmPerLine;
|
|||
|
/* static */ uint32_t nsLayoutUtils::sFontSizeInflationMinTwips;
|
|||
|
/* static */ uint32_t nsLayoutUtils::sFontSizeInflationLineThreshold;
|
|||
|
/* static */ int32_t nsLayoutUtils::sFontSizeInflationMappingIntercept;
|
|||
|
/* static */ uint32_t nsLayoutUtils::sFontSizeInflationMaxRatio;
|
|||
|
/* static */ bool nsLayoutUtils::sFontSizeInflationForceEnabled;
|
|||
|
/* static */ bool nsLayoutUtils::sFontSizeInflationDisabledInMasterProcess;
|
|||
|
/* static */ bool nsLayoutUtils::sInvalidationDebuggingIsEnabled;
|
|||
|
/* static */ bool nsLayoutUtils::sCSSVariablesEnabled;
|
|||
|
/* static */ bool nsLayoutUtils::sInterruptibleReflowEnabled;
|
|||
|
/* static */ bool nsLayoutUtils::sSVGTransformBoxEnabled;
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
static ViewID sScrollIdCounter = FrameMetrics::START_SCROLL_ID;
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
typedef nsDataHashtable<nsUint64HashKey, nsIContent*> ContentMap;
|
|||
|
static ContentMap* sContentMap = nullptr;
|
|||
|
static ContentMap& GetContentMap() {
|
|||
|
if (!sContentMap) {
|
|||
|
sContentMap = new ContentMap();
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
return *sContentMap;
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
// When the pref "layout.css.grid.enabled" changes, this function is invoked
|
|||
|
// to let us update kDisplayKTable, to selectively disable or restore the
|
|||
|
// entries for "grid" and "inline-grid" in that table.
|
|||
|
static void
|
|||
|
GridEnabledPrefChangeCallback(const char* aPrefName, void* aClosure)
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
MOZ_ASSERT(strncmp(aPrefName, GRID_ENABLED_PREF_NAME,
|
|||
|
ArrayLength(GRID_ENABLED_PREF_NAME)) == 0,
|
|||
|
"We only registered this callback for a single pref, so it "
|
|||
|
"should only be called for that pref");
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
static int32_t sIndexOfGridInDisplayTable;
|
|||
|
static int32_t sIndexOfInlineGridInDisplayTable;
|
|||
|
static bool sAreGridKeywordIndicesInitialized; // initialized to false
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
bool isGridEnabled =
|
|||
|
Preferences::GetBool(GRID_ENABLED_PREF_NAME, false);
|
|||
|
if (!sAreGridKeywordIndicesInitialized) {
|
|||
|
// First run: find the position of "grid" and "inline-grid" in
|
|||
|
// kDisplayKTable.
|
|||
|
sIndexOfGridInDisplayTable =
|
|||
|
nsCSSProps::FindIndexOfKeyword(eCSSKeyword_grid,
|
|||
|
nsCSSProps::kDisplayKTable);
|
|||
|
MOZ_ASSERT(sIndexOfGridInDisplayTable >= 0,
|
|||
|
"Couldn't find grid in kDisplayKTable");
|
|||
|
sIndexOfInlineGridInDisplayTable =
|
|||
|
nsCSSProps::FindIndexOfKeyword(eCSSKeyword_inline_grid,
|
|||
|
nsCSSProps::kDisplayKTable);
|
|||
|
MOZ_ASSERT(sIndexOfInlineGridInDisplayTable >= 0,
|
|||
|
"Couldn't find inline-grid in kDisplayKTable");
|
|||
|
sAreGridKeywordIndicesInitialized = true;
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
// OK -- now, stomp on or restore the "grid" entries in kDisplayKTable,
|
|||
|
// depending on whether the grid pref is enabled vs. disabled.
|
|||
|
if (sIndexOfGridInDisplayTable >= 0) {
|
|||
|
nsCSSProps::kDisplayKTable[sIndexOfGridInDisplayTable].mKeyword =
|
|||
|
isGridEnabled ? eCSSKeyword_grid : eCSSKeyword_UNKNOWN;
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
if (sIndexOfInlineGridInDisplayTable >= 0) {
|
|||
|
nsCSSProps::kDisplayKTable[sIndexOfInlineGridInDisplayTable].mKeyword =
|
|||
|
isGridEnabled ? eCSSKeyword_inline_grid : eCSSKeyword_UNKNOWN;
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
// When the pref "layout.css.sticky.enabled" changes, this function is invoked
|
|||
|
// to let us update kPositionKTable, to selectively disable or restore the
|
|||
|
// entry for "sticky" in that table.
|
|||
|
static void
|
|||
|
StickyEnabledPrefChangeCallback(const char* aPrefName, void* aClosure)
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
MOZ_ASSERT(strncmp(aPrefName, STICKY_ENABLED_PREF_NAME,
|
|||
|
ArrayLength(STICKY_ENABLED_PREF_NAME)) == 0,
|
|||
|
"We only registered this callback for a single pref, so it "
|
|||
|
"should only be called for that pref");
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
static int32_t sIndexOfStickyInPositionTable;
|
|||
|
static bool sIsStickyKeywordIndexInitialized; // initialized to false
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
bool isStickyEnabled =
|
|||
|
Preferences::GetBool(STICKY_ENABLED_PREF_NAME, false);
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
if (!sIsStickyKeywordIndexInitialized) {
|
|||
|
// First run: find the position of "sticky" in kPositionKTable.
|
|||
|
sIndexOfStickyInPositionTable =
|
|||
|
nsCSSProps::FindIndexOfKeyword(eCSSKeyword_sticky,
|
|||
|
nsCSSProps::kPositionKTable);
|
|||
|
MOZ_ASSERT(sIndexOfStickyInPositionTable >= 0,
|
|||
|
"Couldn't find sticky in kPositionKTable");
|
|||
|
sIsStickyKeywordIndexInitialized = true;
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
// OK -- now, stomp on or restore the "sticky" entry in kPositionKTable,
|
|||
|
// depending on whether the sticky pref is enabled vs. disabled.
|
|||
|
nsCSSProps::kPositionKTable[sIndexOfStickyInPositionTable].mKeyword =
|
|||
|
isStickyEnabled ? eCSSKeyword_sticky : eCSSKeyword_UNKNOWN;
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
// When the pref "layout.css.display-contents.enabled" changes, this function is
|
|||
|
// invoked to let us update kDisplayKTable, to selectively disable or restore
|
|||
|
// the entries for "contents" in that table.
|
|||
|
static void
|
|||
|
DisplayContentsEnabledPrefChangeCallback(const char* aPrefName, void* aClosure)
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
NS_ASSERTION(strcmp(aPrefName, DISPLAY_CONTENTS_ENABLED_PREF_NAME) == 0,
|
|||
|
"Did you misspell " DISPLAY_CONTENTS_ENABLED_PREF_NAME " ?");
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
static bool sIsDisplayContentsKeywordIndexInitialized;
|
|||
|
static int32_t sIndexOfContentsInDisplayTable;
|
|||
|
bool isDisplayContentsEnabled =
|
|||
|
Preferences::GetBool(DISPLAY_CONTENTS_ENABLED_PREF_NAME, false);
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
if (!sIsDisplayContentsKeywordIndexInitialized) {
|
|||
|
// First run: find the position of "contents" in kDisplayKTable.
|
|||
|
sIndexOfContentsInDisplayTable =
|
|||
|
nsCSSProps::FindIndexOfKeyword(eCSSKeyword_contents,
|
|||
|
nsCSSProps::kDisplayKTable);
|
|||
|
sIsDisplayContentsKeywordIndexInitialized = true;
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
// OK -- now, stomp on or restore the "contents" entry in kDisplayKTable,
|
|||
|
// depending on whether the pref is enabled vs. disabled.
|
|||
|
if (sIndexOfContentsInDisplayTable >= 0) {
|
|||
|
nsCSSProps::kDisplayKTable[sIndexOfContentsInDisplayTable].mKeyword =
|
|||
|
isDisplayContentsEnabled ? eCSSKeyword_contents : eCSSKeyword_UNKNOWN;
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
// When the pref "layout.css.text-align-true-value.enabled" changes, this
|
|||
|
// function is called to let us update kTextAlignKTable & kTextAlignLastKTable,
|
|||
|
// to selectively disable or restore the entries for "true" in those tables.
|
|||
|
static void
|
|||
|
TextAlignTrueEnabledPrefChangeCallback(const char* aPrefName, void* aClosure)
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
NS_ASSERTION(strcmp(aPrefName, TEXT_ALIGN_TRUE_ENABLED_PREF_NAME) == 0,
|
|||
|
"Did you misspell " TEXT_ALIGN_TRUE_ENABLED_PREF_NAME " ?");
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
static bool sIsInitialized;
|
|||
|
static int32_t sIndexOfTrueInTextAlignTable;
|
|||
|
static int32_t sIndexOfTrueInTextAlignLastTable;
|
|||
|
bool isTextAlignTrueEnabled =
|
|||
|
Preferences::GetBool(TEXT_ALIGN_TRUE_ENABLED_PREF_NAME, false);
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
if (!sIsInitialized) {
|
|||
|
// First run: find the position of "true" in kTextAlignKTable.
|
|||
|
sIndexOfTrueInTextAlignTable =
|
|||
|
nsCSSProps::FindIndexOfKeyword(eCSSKeyword_true,
|
|||
|
nsCSSProps::kTextAlignKTable);
|
|||
|
// First run: find the position of "true" in kTextAlignLastKTable.
|
|||
|
sIndexOfTrueInTextAlignLastTable =
|
|||
|
nsCSSProps::FindIndexOfKeyword(eCSSKeyword_true,
|
|||
|
nsCSSProps::kTextAlignLastKTable);
|
|||
|
sIsInitialized = true;
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
// OK -- now, stomp on or restore the "true" entry in the keyword tables,
|
|||
|
// depending on whether the pref is enabled vs. disabled.
|
|||
|
MOZ_ASSERT(sIndexOfTrueInTextAlignTable >= 0);
|
|||
|
nsCSSProps::kTextAlignKTable[sIndexOfTrueInTextAlignTable].mKeyword =
|
|||
|
isTextAlignTrueEnabled ? eCSSKeyword_true : eCSSKeyword_UNKNOWN;
|
|||
|
MOZ_ASSERT(sIndexOfTrueInTextAlignLastTable >= 0);
|
|||
|
nsCSSProps::kTextAlignLastKTable[sIndexOfTrueInTextAlignLastTable].mKeyword =
|
|||
|
isTextAlignTrueEnabled ? eCSSKeyword_true : eCSSKeyword_UNKNOWN;
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
// When the pref "layout.css.float-logical-values.enabled" changes, this
|
|||
|
// function is called to let us update kFloatKTable & kClearKTable,
|
|||
|
// to selectively disable or restore the entries for logical values
|
|||
|
// (inline-start and inline-end) in those tables.
|
|||
|
static void
|
|||
|
FloatLogicalValuesEnabledPrefChangeCallback(const char* aPrefName,
|
|||
|
void* aClosure)
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
NS_ASSERTION(strcmp(aPrefName, FLOAT_LOGICAL_VALUES_ENABLED_PREF_NAME) == 0,
|
|||
|
"Did you misspell " FLOAT_LOGICAL_VALUES_ENABLED_PREF_NAME " ?");
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
static bool sIsInitialized;
|
|||
|
static int32_t sIndexOfInlineStartInFloatTable;
|
|||
|
static int32_t sIndexOfInlineEndInFloatTable;
|
|||
|
static int32_t sIndexOfInlineStartInClearTable;
|
|||
|
static int32_t sIndexOfInlineEndInClearTable;
|
|||
|
bool isFloatLogicalValuesEnabled =
|
|||
|
Preferences::GetBool(FLOAT_LOGICAL_VALUES_ENABLED_PREF_NAME, false);
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
if (!sIsInitialized) {
|
|||
|
// First run: find the position of "inline-start" in kFloatKTable.
|
|||
|
sIndexOfInlineStartInFloatTable =
|
|||
|
nsCSSProps::FindIndexOfKeyword(eCSSKeyword_inline_start,
|
|||
|
nsCSSProps::kFloatKTable);
|
|||
|
// First run: find the position of "inline-end" in kFloatKTable.
|
|||
|
sIndexOfInlineEndInFloatTable =
|
|||
|
nsCSSProps::FindIndexOfKeyword(eCSSKeyword_inline_end,
|
|||
|
nsCSSProps::kFloatKTable);
|
|||
|
// First run: find the position of "inline-start" in kClearKTable.
|
|||
|
sIndexOfInlineStartInClearTable =
|
|||
|
nsCSSProps::FindIndexOfKeyword(eCSSKeyword_inline_start,
|
|||
|
nsCSSProps::kClearKTable);
|
|||
|
// First run: find the position of "inline-end" in kClearKTable.
|
|||
|
sIndexOfInlineEndInClearTable =
|
|||
|
nsCSSProps::FindIndexOfKeyword(eCSSKeyword_inline_end,
|
|||
|
nsCSSProps::kClearKTable);
|
|||
|
sIsInitialized = true;
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
// OK -- now, stomp on or restore the logical entries in the keyword tables,
|
|||
|
// depending on whether the pref is enabled vs. disabled.
|
|||
|
MOZ_ASSERT(sIndexOfInlineStartInFloatTable >= 0);
|
|||
|
nsCSSProps::kFloatKTable[sIndexOfInlineStartInFloatTable].mKeyword =
|
|||
|
isFloatLogicalValuesEnabled ? eCSSKeyword_inline_start : eCSSKeyword_UNKNOWN;
|
|||
|
MOZ_ASSERT(sIndexOfInlineEndInFloatTable >= 0);
|
|||
|
nsCSSProps::kFloatKTable[sIndexOfInlineEndInFloatTable].mKeyword =
|
|||
|
isFloatLogicalValuesEnabled ? eCSSKeyword_inline_end : eCSSKeyword_UNKNOWN;
|
|||
|
MOZ_ASSERT(sIndexOfInlineStartInClearTable >= 0);
|
|||
|
nsCSSProps::kClearKTable[sIndexOfInlineStartInClearTable].mKeyword =
|
|||
|
isFloatLogicalValuesEnabled ? eCSSKeyword_inline_start : eCSSKeyword_UNKNOWN;
|
|||
|
MOZ_ASSERT(sIndexOfInlineEndInClearTable >= 0);
|
|||
|
nsCSSProps::kClearKTable[sIndexOfInlineEndInClearTable].mKeyword =
|
|||
|
isFloatLogicalValuesEnabled ? eCSSKeyword_inline_end : eCSSKeyword_UNKNOWN;
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
template<typename TestType>
|
|||
|
static bool
|
|||
|
HasMatchingCurrentAnimations(const nsIFrame* aFrame, TestType&& aTest)
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
EffectSet* effects = EffectSet::GetEffectSet(aFrame);
|
|||
|
if (!effects) {
|
|||
|
return false;
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
for (KeyframeEffectReadOnly* effect : *effects) {
|
|||
|
if (!effect->IsCurrent()) {
|
|||
|
continue;
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
if (aTest(*effect)) {
|
|||
|
return true;
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
return false;
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
bool
|
|||
|
nsLayoutUtils::HasCurrentAnimationOfProperty(const nsIFrame* aFrame,
|
|||
|
nsCSSProperty aProperty)
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
return HasMatchingCurrentAnimations(aFrame,
|
|||
|
[&aProperty](KeyframeEffectReadOnly& aEffect)
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
return aEffect.HasAnimationOfProperty(aProperty);
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
);
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
bool
|
|||
|
nsLayoutUtils::HasCurrentTransitions(const nsIFrame* aFrame)
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
return HasMatchingCurrentAnimations(aFrame,
|
|||
|
[](KeyframeEffectReadOnly& aEffect)
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
// Since |aEffect| is current, it must have an associated Animation
|
|||
|
// so we don't need to null-check the result of GetAnimation().
|
|||
|
return aEffect.GetAnimation()->AsCSSTransition();
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
);
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
bool
|
|||
|
nsLayoutUtils::HasCurrentAnimationsForProperties(const nsIFrame* aFrame,
|
|||
|
const nsCSSProperty* aProperties,
|
|||
|
size_t aPropertyCount)
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
return HasMatchingCurrentAnimations(aFrame,
|
|||
|
[&aProperties, &aPropertyCount](KeyframeEffectReadOnly& aEffect)
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
return aEffect.HasAnimationOfProperties(aProperties, aPropertyCount);
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
);
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
static float
|
|||
|
GetSuitableScale(float aMaxScale, float aMinScale,
|
|||
|
nscoord aVisibleDimension, nscoord aDisplayDimension)
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
float displayVisibleRatio = float(aDisplayDimension) /
|
|||
|
float(aVisibleDimension);
|
|||
|
// We want to rasterize based on the largest scale used during the
|
|||
|
// transform animation, unless that would make us rasterize something
|
|||
|
// larger than the screen. But we never want to go smaller than the
|
|||
|
// minimum scale over the animation.
|
|||
|
if (FuzzyEqualsMultiplicative(displayVisibleRatio, aMaxScale, .01f)) {
|
|||
|
// Using aMaxScale may make us rasterize something a fraction larger than
|
|||
|
// the screen. However, if aMaxScale happens to be the final scale of a
|
|||
|
// transform animation it is better to use aMaxScale so that for the
|
|||
|
// fraction of a second before we delayerize the composited texture it has
|
|||
|
// a better chance of being pixel aligned and composited without resampling
|
|||
|
// (avoiding visually clunky delayerization).
|
|||
|
return aMaxScale;
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
return std::max(std::min(aMaxScale, displayVisibleRatio), aMinScale);
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
static void
|
|||
|
GetMinAndMaxScaleForAnimationProperty(const nsIFrame* aFrame,
|
|||
|
AnimationPtrArray& aAnimations,
|
|||
|
gfxSize& aMaxScale,
|
|||
|
gfxSize& aMinScale)
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
for (dom::Animation* anim : aAnimations) {
|
|||
|
// This method is only expected to be passed animations that are running on
|
|||
|
// the compositor and we only pass playing animations to the compositor,
|
|||
|
// which are, by definition, "relevant" animations (animations that are
|
|||
|
// not yet finished or which are filling forwards).
|
|||
|
MOZ_ASSERT(anim->IsRelevant());
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
dom::KeyframeEffectReadOnly* effect = anim->GetEffect();
|
|||
|
for (size_t propIdx = effect->Properties().Length(); propIdx-- != 0; ) {
|
|||
|
AnimationProperty& prop = effect->Properties()[propIdx];
|
|||
|
if (prop.mProperty == eCSSProperty_transform) {
|
|||
|
for (uint32_t segIdx = prop.mSegments.Length(); segIdx-- != 0; ) {
|
|||
|
AnimationPropertySegment& segment = prop.mSegments[segIdx];
|
|||
|
gfxSize from = segment.mFromValue.GetScaleValue(aFrame);
|
|||
|
aMaxScale.width = std::max<float>(aMaxScale.width, from.width);
|
|||
|
aMaxScale.height = std::max<float>(aMaxScale.height, from.height);
|
|||
|
aMinScale.width = std::min<float>(aMinScale.width, from.width);
|
|||
|
aMinScale.height = std::min<float>(aMinScale.height, from.height);
|
|||
|
gfxSize to = segment.mToValue.GetScaleValue(aFrame);
|
|||
|
aMaxScale.width = std::max<float>(aMaxScale.width, to.width);
|
|||
|
aMaxScale.height = std::max<float>(aMaxScale.height, to.height);
|
|||
|
aMinScale.width = std::min<float>(aMinScale.width, to.width);
|
|||
|
aMinScale.height = std::min<float>(aMinScale.height, to.height);
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
gfxSize
|
|||
|
nsLayoutUtils::ComputeSuitableScaleForAnimation(const nsIFrame* aFrame,
|
|||
|
const nsSize& aVisibleSize,
|
|||
|
const nsSize& aDisplaySize)
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
gfxSize maxScale(std::numeric_limits<gfxFloat>::min(),
|
|||
|
std::numeric_limits<gfxFloat>::min());
|
|||
|
gfxSize minScale(std::numeric_limits<gfxFloat>::max(),
|
|||
|
std::numeric_limits<gfxFloat>::max());
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
nsTArray<RefPtr<dom::Animation>> compositorAnimations =
|
|||
|
EffectCompositor::GetAnimationsForCompositor(aFrame,
|
|||
|
eCSSProperty_transform);
|
|||
|
GetMinAndMaxScaleForAnimationProperty(aFrame, compositorAnimations,
|
|||
|
maxScale, minScale);
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
if (maxScale.width == std::numeric_limits<gfxFloat>::min()) {
|
|||
|
// We didn't encounter a transform
|
|||
|
return gfxSize(1.0, 1.0);
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
return gfxSize(GetSuitableScale(maxScale.width, minScale.width,
|
|||
|
aVisibleSize.width, aDisplaySize.width),
|
|||
|
GetSuitableScale(maxScale.height, minScale.height,
|
|||
|
aVisibleSize.height, aDisplaySize.height));
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
bool
|
|||
|
nsLayoutUtils::AreAsyncAnimationsEnabled()
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
static bool sAreAsyncAnimationsEnabled;
|
|||
|
static bool sAsyncPrefCached = false;
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
if (!sAsyncPrefCached) {
|
|||
|
sAsyncPrefCached = true;
|
|||
|
Preferences::AddBoolVarCache(&sAreAsyncAnimationsEnabled,
|
|||
|
"layers.offmainthreadcomposition.async-animations");
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
return sAreAsyncAnimationsEnabled &&
|
|||
|
gfxPlatform::OffMainThreadCompositingEnabled();
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
bool
|
|||
|
nsLayoutUtils::IsAnimationLoggingEnabled()
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
static bool sShouldLog;
|
|||
|
static bool sShouldLogPrefCached;
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
if (!sShouldLogPrefCached) {
|
|||
|
sShouldLogPrefCached = true;
|
|||
|
Preferences::AddBoolVarCache(&sShouldLog,
|
|||
|
"layers.offmainthreadcomposition.log-animations");
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
return sShouldLog;
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
bool
|
|||
|
nsLayoutUtils::UseBackgroundNearestFiltering()
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
static bool sUseBackgroundNearestFilteringEnabled;
|
|||
|
static bool sUseBackgroundNearestFilteringPrefInitialised = false;
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
if (!sUseBackgroundNearestFilteringPrefInitialised) {
|
|||
|
sUseBackgroundNearestFilteringPrefInitialised = true;
|
|||
|
sUseBackgroundNearestFilteringEnabled =
|
|||
|
Preferences::GetBool("gfx.filter.nearest.force-enabled", false);
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
return sUseBackgroundNearestFilteringEnabled;
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
bool
|
|||
|
nsLayoutUtils::GPUImageScalingEnabled()
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
static bool sGPUImageScalingEnabled;
|
|||
|
static bool sGPUImageScalingPrefInitialised = false;
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
if (!sGPUImageScalingPrefInitialised) {
|
|||
|
sGPUImageScalingPrefInitialised = true;
|
|||
|
sGPUImageScalingEnabled =
|
|||
|
Preferences::GetBool("layout.gpu-image-scaling.enabled", false);
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
return sGPUImageScalingEnabled;
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
bool
|
|||
|
nsLayoutUtils::AnimatedImageLayersEnabled()
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
static bool sAnimatedImageLayersEnabled;
|
|||
|
static bool sAnimatedImageLayersPrefCached = false;
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
if (!sAnimatedImageLayersPrefCached) {
|
|||
|
sAnimatedImageLayersPrefCached = true;
|
|||
|
Preferences::AddBoolVarCache(&sAnimatedImageLayersEnabled,
|
|||
|
"layout.animated-image-layers.enabled",
|
|||
|
false);
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
return sAnimatedImageLayersEnabled;
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
bool
|
|||
|
nsLayoutUtils::CSSFiltersEnabled()
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
static bool sCSSFiltersEnabled;
|
|||
|
static bool sCSSFiltersPrefCached = false;
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
if (!sCSSFiltersPrefCached) {
|
|||
|
sCSSFiltersPrefCached = true;
|
|||
|
Preferences::AddBoolVarCache(&sCSSFiltersEnabled,
|
|||
|
"layout.css.filters.enabled",
|
|||
|
false);
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
return sCSSFiltersEnabled;
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
bool
|
|||
|
nsLayoutUtils::CSSClipPathShapesEnabled()
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
static bool sCSSClipPathShapesEnabled;
|
|||
|
static bool sCSSClipPathShapesPrefCached = false;
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
if (!sCSSClipPathShapesPrefCached) {
|
|||
|
sCSSClipPathShapesPrefCached = true;
|
|||
|
Preferences::AddBoolVarCache(&sCSSClipPathShapesEnabled,
|
|||
|
"layout.css.clip-path-shapes.enabled",
|
|||
|
false);
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
return sCSSClipPathShapesEnabled;
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
bool
|
|||
|
nsLayoutUtils::UnsetValueEnabled()
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
static bool sUnsetValueEnabled;
|
|||
|
static bool sUnsetValuePrefCached = false;
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
if (!sUnsetValuePrefCached) {
|
|||
|
sUnsetValuePrefCached = true;
|
|||
|
Preferences::AddBoolVarCache(&sUnsetValueEnabled,
|
|||
|
"layout.css.unset-value.enabled",
|
|||
|
false);
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
return sUnsetValueEnabled;
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
bool
|
|||
|
nsLayoutUtils::IsGridTemplateSubgridValueEnabled()
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
static bool sGridTemplateSubgridValueEnabled;
|
|||
|
static bool sGridTemplateSubgridValueEnabledPrefCached = false;
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
if (!sGridTemplateSubgridValueEnabledPrefCached) {
|
|||
|
sGridTemplateSubgridValueEnabledPrefCached = true;
|
|||
|
Preferences::AddBoolVarCache(&sGridTemplateSubgridValueEnabled,
|
|||
|
GRID_TEMPLATE_SUBGRID_ENABLED_PREF_NAME,
|
|||
|
false);
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
return sGridTemplateSubgridValueEnabled;
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
bool
|
|||
|
nsLayoutUtils::IsTextAlignTrueValueEnabled()
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
static bool sTextAlignTrueValueEnabled;
|
|||
|
static bool sTextAlignTrueValueEnabledPrefCached = false;
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
if (!sTextAlignTrueValueEnabledPrefCached) {
|
|||
|
sTextAlignTrueValueEnabledPrefCached = true;
|
|||
|
Preferences::AddBoolVarCache(&sTextAlignTrueValueEnabled,
|
|||
|
TEXT_ALIGN_TRUE_ENABLED_PREF_NAME,
|
|||
|
false);
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
return sTextAlignTrueValueEnabled;
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
void
|
|||
|
nsLayoutUtils::UnionChildOverflow(nsIFrame* aFrame,
|
|||
|
nsOverflowAreas& aOverflowAreas,
|
|||
|
FrameChildListIDs aSkipChildLists)
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
// Iterate over all children except pop-ups.
|
|||
|
FrameChildListIDs skip = aSkipChildLists |
|
|||
|
nsIFrame::kSelectPopupList | nsIFrame::kPopupList;
|
|||
|
for (nsIFrame::ChildListIterator childLists(aFrame);
|
|||
|
!childLists.IsDone(); childLists.Next()) {
|
|||
|
if (skip.Contains(childLists.CurrentID())) {
|
|||
|
continue;
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
nsFrameList children = childLists.CurrentList();
|
|||
|
for (nsFrameList::Enumerator e(children); !e.AtEnd(); e.Next()) {
|
|||
|
nsIFrame* child = e.get();
|
|||
|
nsOverflowAreas childOverflow =
|
|||
|
child->GetOverflowAreas() + child->GetPosition();
|
|||
|
aOverflowAreas.UnionWith(childOverflow);
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
static void DestroyViewID(void* aObject, nsIAtom* aPropertyName,
|
|||
|
void* aPropertyValue, void* aData)
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
ViewID* id = static_cast<ViewID*>(aPropertyValue);
|
|||
|
GetContentMap().Remove(*id);
|
|||
|
delete id;
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
/**
|
|||
|
* A namespace class for static layout utilities.
|
|||
|
*/
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
bool
|
|||
|
nsLayoutUtils::FindIDFor(const nsIContent* aContent, ViewID* aOutViewId)
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
void* scrollIdProperty = aContent->GetProperty(nsGkAtoms::RemoteId);
|
|||
|
if (scrollIdProperty) {
|
|||
|
*aOutViewId = *static_cast<ViewID*>(scrollIdProperty);
|
|||
|
return true;
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
return false;
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
ViewID
|
|||
|
nsLayoutUtils::FindOrCreateIDFor(nsIContent* aContent)
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
ViewID scrollId;
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
if (!FindIDFor(aContent, &scrollId)) {
|
|||
|
scrollId = sScrollIdCounter++;
|
|||
|
aContent->SetProperty(nsGkAtoms::RemoteId, new ViewID(scrollId),
|
|||
|
DestroyViewID);
|
|||
|
GetContentMap().Put(scrollId, aContent);
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
return scrollId;
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
nsIContent*
|
|||
|
nsLayoutUtils::FindContentFor(ViewID aId)
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
MOZ_ASSERT(aId != FrameMetrics::NULL_SCROLL_ID,
|
|||
|
"Cannot find a content element in map for null IDs.");
|
|||
|
nsIContent* content;
|
|||
|
bool exists = GetContentMap().Get(aId, &content);
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
if (exists) {
|
|||
|
return content;
|
|||
|
} else {
|
|||
|
return nullptr;
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
nsIFrame*
|
|||
|
GetScrollFrameFromContent(nsIContent* aContent)
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
nsIFrame* frame = aContent->GetPrimaryFrame();
|
|||
|
if (aContent->OwnerDoc()->GetRootElement() == aContent) {
|
|||
|
nsIPresShell* presShell = frame ? frame->PresContext()->PresShell() :
|
|||
|
nullptr;
|
|||
|
if (!presShell) {
|
|||
|
presShell = aContent->OwnerDoc()->GetShell();
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
// We want the scroll frame, the root scroll frame differs from all
|
|||
|
// others in that the primary frame is not the scroll frame.
|
|||
|
nsIFrame* rootScrollFrame = presShell ? presShell->GetRootScrollFrame() :
|
|||
|
nullptr;
|
|||
|
if (rootScrollFrame) {
|
|||
|
frame = rootScrollFrame;
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
return frame;
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
nsIScrollableFrame*
|
|||
|
nsLayoutUtils::FindScrollableFrameFor(ViewID aId)
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
nsIContent* content = FindContentFor(aId);
|
|||
|
if (!content) {
|
|||
|
return nullptr;
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
#if(0) // backbugs from whatever the hell it was
|
|||
|
nsIFrame* scrolledFrame = content->GetPrimaryFrame();
|
|||
|
if (scrolledFrame && content->OwnerDoc()->GetRootElement() == content) {
|
|||
|
// The content is the root element of a subdocument, so return the root scrollable
|
|||
|
// for the subdocument.
|
|||
|
scrolledFrame = scrolledFrame->PresContext()->PresShell()->GetRootScrollFrame();
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
return scrolledFrame ? scrolledFrame->GetScrollTargetFrame() : nullptr;
|
|||
|
#else
|
|||
|
nsIFrame* scrollFrame = GetScrollFrameFromContent(content);
|
|||
|
return scrollFrame ? scrollFrame->GetScrollTargetFrame() : nullptr;
|
|||
|
#endif
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
static nsRect
|
|||
|
ApplyRectMultiplier(nsRect aRect, float aMultiplier)
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
if (aMultiplier == 1.0f) {
|
|||
|
return aRect;
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
float newWidth = aRect.width * aMultiplier;
|
|||
|
float newHeight = aRect.height * aMultiplier;
|
|||
|
float newX = aRect.x - ((newWidth - aRect.width) / 2.0f);
|
|||
|
float newY = aRect.y - ((newHeight - aRect.height) / 2.0f);
|
|||
|
// Rounding doesn't matter too much here, do a round-in
|
|||
|
return nsRect(ceil(newX), ceil(newY), floor(newWidth), floor(newHeight));
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
bool
|
|||
|
nsLayoutUtils::UsesAsyncScrolling(nsIFrame* aFrame)
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
#ifdef MOZ_WIDGET_ANDROID
|
|||
|
// We always have async scrolling for android
|
|||
|
return true;
|
|||
|
#endif
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
return AsyncPanZoomEnabled(aFrame);
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
bool
|
|||
|
nsLayoutUtils::AsyncPanZoomEnabled(nsIFrame* aFrame)
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
// We use this as a shortcut, since if the compositor will never use APZ,
|
|||
|
// no widget will either.
|
|||
|
if (!gfxPlatform::AsyncPanZoomEnabled()) {
|
|||
|
return false;
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
nsIFrame *frame = nsLayoutUtils::GetDisplayRootFrame(aFrame);
|
|||
|
nsIWidget* widget = frame->GetNearestWidget();
|
|||
|
if (!widget) {
|
|||
|
return false;
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
return widget->AsyncPanZoomEnabled();
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
float
|
|||
|
nsLayoutUtils::GetCurrentAPZResolutionScale(nsIPresShell* aShell) {
|
|||
|
#if !defined(MOZ_WIDGET_ANDROID) || defined(MOZ_ANDROID_APZ)
|
|||
|
return aShell ? aShell->GetCumulativeNonRootScaleResolution() : 1.0;
|
|||
|
#else
|
|||
|
return 1.0f;
|
|||
|
#endif
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
// Return the maximum displayport size, based on the LayerManager's maximum
|
|||
|
// supported texture size. The result is in app units.
|
|||
|
static nscoord
|
|||
|
GetMaxDisplayPortSize(nsIContent* aContent)
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
MOZ_ASSERT(!gfxPrefs::LayersTilesEnabled(), "Do not clamp displayports if tiling is enabled");
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
nsIFrame* frame = aContent->GetPrimaryFrame();
|
|||
|
if (!frame) {
|
|||
|
return nscoord_MAX;
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
frame = nsLayoutUtils::GetDisplayRootFrame(frame);
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
nsIWidget* widget = frame->GetNearestWidget();
|
|||
|
if (!widget) {
|
|||
|
return nscoord_MAX;
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
LayerManager* lm = widget->GetLayerManager();
|
|||
|
if (!lm) {
|
|||
|
return nscoord_MAX;
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
nsPresContext* presContext = frame->PresContext();
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
int32_t maxSizeInDevPixels = lm->GetMaxTextureSize();
|
|||
|
if (maxSizeInDevPixels < 0 || maxSizeInDevPixels == INT_MAX) {
|
|||
|
return nscoord_MAX;
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
return presContext->DevPixelsToAppUnits(maxSizeInDevPixels);
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
static nsRect
|
|||
|
GetDisplayPortFromRectData(nsIContent* aContent,
|
|||
|
DisplayPortPropertyData* aRectData,
|
|||
|
float aMultiplier)
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
// In the case where the displayport is set as a rect, we assume it is
|
|||
|
// already aligned and clamped as necessary. The burden to do that is
|
|||
|
// on the setter of the displayport. In practice very few places set the
|
|||
|
// displayport directly as a rect (mostly tests). We still do need to
|
|||
|
// expand it by the multiplier though.
|
|||
|
return ApplyRectMultiplier(aRectData->mRect, aMultiplier);
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
static nsRect
|
|||
|
GetDisplayPortFromMarginsData(nsIContent* aContent,
|
|||
|
DisplayPortMarginsPropertyData* aMarginsData,
|
|||
|
float aMultiplier)
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
// In the case where the displayport is set via margins, we apply the margins
|
|||
|
// to a base rect. Then we align the expanded rect based on the alignment
|
|||
|
// requested, further expand the rect by the multiplier, and finally, clamp it
|
|||
|
// to the size of the scrollable rect.
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
nsRect base;
|
|||
|
if (nsRect* baseData = static_cast<nsRect*>(aContent->GetProperty(nsGkAtoms::DisplayPortBase))) {
|
|||
|
base = *baseData;
|
|||
|
} else {
|
|||
|
// In theory we shouldn't get here, but we do sometimes (see bug 1212136).
|
|||
|
// Fall through for graceful handling.
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
nsIFrame* frame = aContent->GetPrimaryFrame();
|
|||
|
if (!frame) {
|
|||
|
// Turns out we can't really compute it. Oops. We still should return
|
|||
|
// something sane. Note that since we can't clamp the rect without a
|
|||
|
// frame, we don't apply the multiplier either as it can cause the result
|
|||
|
// to leak outside the scrollable area.
|
|||
|
NS_WARNING("Attempting to get a displayport from a content with no primary frame!");
|
|||
|
return base;
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
bool isRoot = false;
|
|||
|
if (aContent->OwnerDoc()->GetRootElement() == aContent) {
|
|||
|
// We want the scroll frame, the root scroll frame differs from all
|
|||
|
// others in that the primary frame is not the scroll frame.
|
|||
|
frame = frame->PresContext()->PresShell()->GetRootScrollFrame();
|
|||
|
if (!frame) {
|
|||
|
// If there is no root scrollframe, just exit.
|
|||
|
return base;
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
isRoot = true;
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
nsPoint scrollPos;
|
|||
|
if (nsIScrollableFrame* scrollableFrame = frame->GetScrollTargetFrame()) {
|
|||
|
scrollPos = scrollableFrame->GetScrollPosition();
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
nsPresContext* presContext = frame->PresContext();
|
|||
|
int32_t auPerDevPixel = presContext->AppUnitsPerDevPixel();
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
LayoutDeviceToScreenScale2D res(presContext->PresShell()->GetCumulativeResolution()
|
|||
|
* nsLayoutUtils::GetTransformToAncestorScale(frame));
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
// First convert the base rect to screen pixels
|
|||
|
LayoutDeviceToScreenScale2D parentRes = res;
|
|||
|
if (isRoot) {
|
|||
|
// the base rect for root scroll frames is specified in the parent document
|
|||
|
// coordinate space, so it doesn't include the local resolution.
|
|||
|
float localRes = presContext->PresShell()->GetResolution();
|
|||
|
parentRes.xScale /= localRes;
|
|||
|
parentRes.yScale /= localRes;
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
ScreenRect screenRect = LayoutDeviceRect::FromAppUnits(base, auPerDevPixel)
|
|||
|
* parentRes;
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
// Note on the correctness of applying the alignment in Screen space:
|
|||
|
// The correct space to apply the alignment in would be Layer space, but
|
|||
|
// we don't necessarily know the scale to convert to Layer space at this
|
|||
|
// point because Layout may not yet have chosen the resolution at which to
|
|||
|
// render (it chooses that in FrameLayerBuilder, but this can be called
|
|||
|
// during display list building). Therefore, we perform the alignment in
|
|||
|
// Screen space, which basically assumes that Layout chose to render at
|
|||
|
// screen resolution; since this is what Layout does most of the time,
|
|||
|
// this is a good approximation. A proper solution would involve moving
|
|||
|
// the choosing of the resolution to display-list building time.
|
|||
|
ScreenSize alignment;
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
if (gfxPrefs::LayersTilesEnabled()) {
|
|||
|
alignment = ScreenSize(gfxPlatform::GetPlatform()->GetTileWidth(),
|
|||
|
gfxPlatform::GetPlatform()->GetTileHeight());
|
|||
|
} else {
|
|||
|
// If we're not drawing with tiles then we need to be careful about not
|
|||
|
// hitting the max texture size and we only need 1 draw call per layer
|
|||
|
// so we can align to a smaller multiple.
|
|||
|
alignment = ScreenSize(128, 128);
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
// Avoid division by zero.
|
|||
|
if (alignment.width == 0) {
|
|||
|
alignment.width = 128;
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
if (alignment.height == 0) {
|
|||
|
alignment.height = 128;
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
if (gfxPrefs::LayersTilesEnabled()) {
|
|||
|
// Expand the rect by the margins
|
|||
|
screenRect.Inflate(aMarginsData->mMargins);
|
|||
|
} else {
|
|||
|
// Calculate the displayport to make sure we fit within the max texture size
|
|||
|
// when not tiling.
|
|||
|
nscoord maxSizeAppUnits = GetMaxDisplayPortSize(aContent);
|
|||
|
if (maxSizeAppUnits == nscoord_MAX) {
|
|||
|
// Pick a safe maximum displayport size for sanity purposes. This is the
|
|||
|
// lowest maximum texture size on tileless-platforms (Windows, D3D10).
|
|||
|
maxSizeAppUnits = presContext->DevPixelsToAppUnits(8192);
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
// The alignment code can round up to 3 tiles, we want to make sure
|
|||
|
// that the displayport can grow by up to 3 tiles without going
|
|||
|
// over the max texture size.
|
|||
|
const int MAX_ALIGN_ROUNDING = 3;
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
// Find the maximum size in screen pixels.
|
|||
|
int32_t maxSizeDevPx = presContext->AppUnitsToDevPixels(maxSizeAppUnits);
|
|||
|
int32_t maxWidthScreenPx = floor(double(maxSizeDevPx) * res.xScale) -
|
|||
|
MAX_ALIGN_ROUNDING * alignment.width;
|
|||
|
int32_t maxHeightScreenPx = floor(double(maxSizeDevPx) * res.yScale) -
|
|||
|
MAX_ALIGN_ROUNDING * alignment.height;
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
// For each axis, inflate the margins up to the maximum size.
|
|||
|
const ScreenMargin& margins = aMarginsData->mMargins;
|
|||
|
if (screenRect.height < maxHeightScreenPx) {
|
|||
|
int32_t budget = maxHeightScreenPx - screenRect.height;
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
float top = std::min(margins.top, float(budget));
|
|||
|
float bottom = std::min(margins.bottom, budget - top);
|
|||
|
screenRect.y -= top;
|
|||
|
screenRect.height += top + bottom;
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
if (screenRect.width < maxWidthScreenPx) {
|
|||
|
int32_t budget = maxWidthScreenPx - screenRect.width;
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
float left = std::min(margins.left, float(budget));
|
|||
|
float right = std::min(margins.right, budget - left);
|
|||
|
screenRect.x -= left;
|
|||
|
screenRect.width += left + right;
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
ScreenPoint scrollPosScreen = LayoutDevicePoint::FromAppUnits(scrollPos, auPerDevPixel)
|
|||
|
* res;
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
// Round-out the display port to the nearest alignment (tiles)
|
|||
|
screenRect += scrollPosScreen;
|
|||
|
float x = alignment.width * floor(screenRect.x / alignment.width);
|
|||
|
float y = alignment.height * floor(screenRect.y / alignment.height);
|
|||
|
float w = alignment.width * ceil(screenRect.width / alignment.width + 1);
|
|||
|
float h = alignment.height * ceil(screenRect.height / alignment.height + 1);
|
|||
|
screenRect = ScreenRect(x, y, w, h);
|
|||
|
screenRect -= scrollPosScreen;
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
// Convert the aligned rect back into app units.
|
|||
|
nsRect result = LayoutDeviceRect::ToAppUnits(screenRect / res, auPerDevPixel);
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
// Expand it for the low-res buffer if needed
|
|||
|
result = ApplyRectMultiplier(result, aMultiplier);
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
// Make sure the displayport remains within the scrollable rect.
|
|||
|
nsRect expandedScrollableRect =
|
|||
|
nsLayoutUtils::CalculateExpandedScrollableRect(frame);
|
|||
|
result = result.MoveInsideAndClamp(expandedScrollableRect - scrollPos);
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
return result;
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
static bool
|
|||
|
GetDisplayPortImpl(nsIContent* aContent, nsRect *aResult, float aMultiplier)
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
DisplayPortPropertyData* rectData =
|
|||
|
static_cast<DisplayPortPropertyData*>(aContent->GetProperty(nsGkAtoms::DisplayPort));
|
|||
|
DisplayPortMarginsPropertyData* marginsData =
|
|||
|
static_cast<DisplayPortMarginsPropertyData*>(aContent->GetProperty(nsGkAtoms::DisplayPortMargins));
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
if (!rectData && !marginsData) {
|
|||
|
// This content element has no displayport data at all
|
|||
|
return false;
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
if (!aResult) {
|
|||
|
// We have displayport data, but the caller doesn't want the actual
|
|||
|
// rect, so we don't need to actually compute it.
|
|||
|
return true;
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
if (rectData && marginsData) {
|
|||
|
// choose margins if equal priority
|
|||
|
if (rectData->mPriority > marginsData->mPriority) {
|
|||
|
marginsData = nullptr;
|
|||
|
} else {
|
|||
|
rectData = nullptr;
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
NS_ASSERTION((rectData == nullptr) != (marginsData == nullptr),
|
|||
|
"Only one of rectData or marginsData should be set!");
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
nsRect result;
|
|||
|
if (APZCCallbackHelper::IsDisplayportSuppressed()) {
|
|||
|
DisplayPortMarginsPropertyData noMargins(ScreenMargin(), 1);
|
|||
|
result = GetDisplayPortFromMarginsData(aContent, &noMargins, aMultiplier);
|
|||
|
} else if (rectData) {
|
|||
|
result = GetDisplayPortFromRectData(aContent, rectData, aMultiplier);
|
|||
|
} else {
|
|||
|
result = GetDisplayPortFromMarginsData(aContent, marginsData, aMultiplier);
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
if (!gfxPrefs::LayersTilesEnabled()) {
|
|||
|
// Either we should have gotten a valid rect directly from the displayport
|
|||
|
// base, or we should have computed a valid rect from the margins.
|
|||
|
NS_ASSERTION(result.width <= GetMaxDisplayPortSize(aContent),
|
|||
|
"Displayport must be a valid texture size");
|
|||
|
NS_ASSERTION(result.height <= GetMaxDisplayPortSize(aContent),
|
|||
|
"Displayport must be a valid texture size");
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
*aResult = result;
|
|||
|
return true;
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
bool
|
|||
|
nsLayoutUtils::GetDisplayPort(nsIContent* aContent, nsRect *aResult)
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
if (gfxPrefs::UseLowPrecisionBuffer()) {
|
|||
|
return GetDisplayPortImpl(aContent, aResult, 1.0f / gfxPrefs::LowPrecisionResolution());
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
return GetDisplayPortImpl(aContent, aResult, 1.0f);
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
/* static */ bool
|
|||
|
nsLayoutUtils::GetDisplayPortForVisibilityTesting(nsIContent* aContent,
|
|||
|
nsRect* aResult)
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
return GetDisplayPortImpl(aContent, aResult, 1.0f);
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
bool
|
|||
|
nsLayoutUtils::SetDisplayPortMargins(nsIContent* aContent,
|
|||
|
nsIPresShell* aPresShell,
|
|||
|
const ScreenMargin& aMargins,
|
|||
|
uint32_t aPriority,
|
|||
|
RepaintMode aRepaintMode)
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
MOZ_ASSERT(aContent);
|
|||
|
MOZ_ASSERT(aContent->GetComposedDoc() == aPresShell->GetDocument());
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
DisplayPortMarginsPropertyData* currentData =
|
|||
|
static_cast<DisplayPortMarginsPropertyData*>(aContent->GetProperty(nsGkAtoms::DisplayPortMargins));
|
|||
|
if (currentData && currentData->mPriority > aPriority) {
|
|||
|
return false;
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
if (currentData && currentData->mMargins == aMargins) {
|
|||
|
return true;
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
aContent->SetProperty(nsGkAtoms::DisplayPortMargins,
|
|||
|
new DisplayPortMarginsPropertyData(
|
|||
|
aMargins, aPriority),
|
|||
|
nsINode::DeleteProperty<DisplayPortMarginsPropertyData>);
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
if (gfxPrefs::LayoutUseContainersForRootFrames()) {
|
|||
|
nsIFrame* rootScrollFrame = aPresShell->GetRootScrollFrame();
|
|||
|
if (rootScrollFrame &&
|
|||
|
aContent == rootScrollFrame->GetContent() &&
|
|||
|
nsLayoutUtils::UsesAsyncScrolling(rootScrollFrame))
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
// We are setting a root displayport for a document.
|
|||
|
// If we have APZ, then set a special flag on the pres shell so
|
|||
|
// that we don't get scrollbars drawn.
|
|||
|
aPresShell->SetIgnoreViewportScrolling(true);
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
if (aRepaintMode == RepaintMode::Repaint) {
|
|||
|
nsIFrame* frame = aContent->GetPrimaryFrame();
|
|||
|
if (frame) {
|
|||
|
frame->SchedulePaint();
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
// Display port margins changing means that the set of visible images may
|
|||
|
// have drastically changed. Check if we should schedule an update.
|
|||
|
nsIFrame* frame = GetScrollFrameFromContent(aContent);
|
|||
|
nsIScrollableFrame* scrollableFrame = frame ? frame->GetScrollTargetFrame() : nullptr;
|
|||
|
if (!scrollableFrame) {
|
|||
|
return true;
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
nsRect oldDisplayPort;
|
|||
|
bool hadDisplayPort =
|
|||
|
scrollableFrame->GetDisplayPortAtLastImageVisibilityUpdate(&oldDisplayPort);
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
nsRect newDisplayPort;
|
|||
|
Unused << GetDisplayPort(aContent, &newDisplayPort);
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
bool needImageVisibilityUpdate = !hadDisplayPort;
|
|||
|
// Check if the width or height was or is going to be 0, mostly
|
|||
|
// just so we don't divide by zero in the next check.
|
|||
|
if (newDisplayPort.width == 0 || oldDisplayPort.width == 0 ||
|
|||
|
newDisplayPort.height == 0 || oldDisplayPort.height == 0) {
|
|||
|
needImageVisibilityUpdate = true;
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
// Check if the total size has changed by a large factor.
|
|||
|
if (!needImageVisibilityUpdate) {
|
|||
|
if ((newDisplayPort.width/((float)oldDisplayPort.width) > 2.f) ||
|
|||
|
(oldDisplayPort.width/((float)newDisplayPort.width) > 2.f) ||
|
|||
|
(newDisplayPort.height/((float)oldDisplayPort.height) > 2.f) ||
|
|||
|
(oldDisplayPort.height/((float)newDisplayPort.height) > 2.f)) {
|
|||
|
needImageVisibilityUpdate = true;
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
// Check if it's moved by a significant amount.
|
|||
|
if (!needImageVisibilityUpdate) {
|
|||
|
if (nsRect* baseData = static_cast<nsRect*>(aContent->GetProperty(nsGkAtoms::DisplayPortBase))) {
|
|||
|
nsRect base = *baseData;
|
|||
|
if ((std::abs(newDisplayPort.X() - oldDisplayPort.X()) > base.width) ||
|
|||
|
(std::abs(newDisplayPort.XMost() - oldDisplayPort.XMost()) > base.width) ||
|
|||
|
(std::abs(newDisplayPort.Y() - oldDisplayPort.Y()) > base.height) ||
|
|||
|
(std::abs(newDisplayPort.YMost() - oldDisplayPort.YMost()) > base.height)) {
|
|||
|
needImageVisibilityUpdate = true;
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
if (needImageVisibilityUpdate) {
|
|||
|
aPresShell->ScheduleImageVisibilityUpdate();
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
return true;
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
void
|
|||
|
nsLayoutUtils::SetDisplayPortBase(nsIContent* aContent, const nsRect& aBase)
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
aContent->SetProperty(nsGkAtoms::DisplayPortBase, new nsRect(aBase),
|
|||
|
nsINode::DeleteProperty<nsRect>);
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
void
|
|||
|
nsLayoutUtils::SetDisplayPortBaseIfNotSet(nsIContent* aContent, const nsRect& aBase)
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
if (!aContent->GetProperty(nsGkAtoms::DisplayPortBase)) {
|
|||
|
SetDisplayPortBase(aContent, aBase);
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
bool
|
|||
|
nsLayoutUtils::GetCriticalDisplayPort(nsIContent* aContent, nsRect* aResult)
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
if (gfxPrefs::UseLowPrecisionBuffer()) {
|
|||
|
return GetDisplayPortImpl(aContent, aResult, 1.0f);
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
return false;
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
nsContainerFrame*
|
|||
|
nsLayoutUtils::LastContinuationWithChild(nsContainerFrame* aFrame)
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
NS_PRECONDITION(aFrame, "NULL frame pointer");
|
|||
|
nsIFrame* f = aFrame->LastContinuation();
|
|||
|
while (!f->GetFirstPrincipalChild() && f->GetPrevContinuation()) {
|
|||
|
f = f->GetPrevContinuation();
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
return static_cast<nsContainerFrame*>(f);
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
//static
|
|||
|
FrameChildListID
|
|||
|
nsLayoutUtils::GetChildListNameFor(nsIFrame* aChildFrame)
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
nsIFrame::ChildListID id = nsIFrame::kPrincipalList;
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
if (aChildFrame->GetStateBits() & NS_FRAME_IS_OVERFLOW_CONTAINER) {
|
|||
|
nsIFrame* pif = aChildFrame->GetPrevInFlow();
|
|||
|
if (pif->GetParent() == aChildFrame->GetParent()) {
|
|||
|
id = nsIFrame::kExcessOverflowContainersList;
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
else {
|
|||
|
id = nsIFrame::kOverflowContainersList;
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
// See if the frame is moved out of the flow
|
|||
|
else if (aChildFrame->GetStateBits() & NS_FRAME_OUT_OF_FLOW) {
|
|||
|
// Look at the style information to tell
|
|||
|
const nsStyleDisplay* disp = aChildFrame->StyleDisplay();
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
if (NS_STYLE_POSITION_ABSOLUTE == disp->mPosition) {
|
|||
|
id = nsIFrame::kAbsoluteList;
|
|||
|
} else if (NS_STYLE_POSITION_FIXED == disp->mPosition) {
|
|||
|
if (nsLayoutUtils::IsReallyFixedPos(aChildFrame)) {
|
|||
|
id = nsIFrame::kFixedList;
|
|||
|
} else {
|
|||
|
id = nsIFrame::kAbsoluteList;
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
#ifdef MOZ_XUL
|
|||
|
} else if (NS_STYLE_DISPLAY_POPUP == disp->mDisplay) {
|
|||
|
// Out-of-flows that are DISPLAY_POPUP must be kids of the root popup set
|
|||
|
#ifdef DEBUG
|
|||
|
nsIFrame* parent = aChildFrame->GetParent();
|
|||
|
NS_ASSERTION(parent && parent->GetType() == nsGkAtoms::popupSetFrame,
|
|||
|
"Unexpected parent");
|
|||
|
#endif // DEBUG
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
id = nsIFrame::kPopupList;
|
|||
|
#endif // MOZ_XUL
|
|||
|
} else {
|
|||
|
NS_ASSERTION(aChildFrame->IsFloating(), "not a floated frame");
|
|||
|
id = nsIFrame::kFloatList;
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
} else {
|
|||
|
nsIAtom* childType = aChildFrame->GetType();
|
|||
|
if (nsGkAtoms::menuPopupFrame == childType) {
|
|||
|
nsIFrame* parent = aChildFrame->GetParent();
|
|||
|
MOZ_ASSERT(parent, "nsMenuPopupFrame can't be the root frame");
|
|||
|
if (parent) {
|
|||
|
if (parent->GetType() == nsGkAtoms::popupSetFrame) {
|
|||
|
id = nsIFrame::kPopupList;
|
|||
|
} else {
|
|||
|
nsIFrame* firstPopup = parent->GetChildList(nsIFrame::kPopupList).FirstChild();
|
|||
|
MOZ_ASSERT(!firstPopup || !firstPopup->GetNextSibling(),
|
|||
|
"We assume popupList only has one child, but it has more.");
|
|||
|
id = firstPopup == aChildFrame
|
|||
|
? nsIFrame::kPopupList
|
|||
|
: nsIFrame::kPrincipalList;
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
} else {
|
|||
|
id = nsIFrame::kPrincipalList;
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
} else if (nsGkAtoms::tableColGroupFrame == childType) {
|
|||
|
id = nsIFrame::kColGroupList;
|
|||
|
} else if (aChildFrame->IsTableCaption()) {
|
|||
|
id = nsIFrame::kCaptionList;
|
|||
|
} else {
|
|||
|
id = nsIFrame::kPrincipalList;
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
#ifdef DEBUG
|
|||
|
// Verify that the frame is actually in that child list or in the
|
|||
|
// corresponding overflow list.
|
|||
|
nsContainerFrame* parent = aChildFrame->GetParent();
|
|||
|
bool found = parent->GetChildList(id).ContainsFrame(aChildFrame);
|
|||
|
if (!found) {
|
|||
|
if (!(aChildFrame->GetStateBits() & NS_FRAME_OUT_OF_FLOW)) {
|
|||
|
found = parent->GetChildList(nsIFrame::kOverflowList)
|
|||
|
.ContainsFrame(aChildFrame);
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
else if (aChildFrame->IsFloating()) {
|
|||
|
found = parent->GetChildList(nsIFrame::kOverflowOutOfFlowList)
|
|||
|
.ContainsFrame(aChildFrame);
|
|||
|
if (!found) {
|
|||
|
found = parent->GetChildList(nsIFrame::kPushedFloatsList)
|
|||
|
.ContainsFrame(aChildFrame);
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
// else it's positioned and should have been on the 'id' child list.
|
|||
|
NS_POSTCONDITION(found, "not in child list");
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
#endif
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
return id;
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
/*static*/ nsIFrame*
|
|||
|
nsLayoutUtils::GetBeforeFrameForContent(nsIFrame* aFrame,
|
|||
|
nsIContent* aContent)
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
// We need to call GetGenConPseudos() on the first continuation/ib-split.
|
|||
|
// Find it, for symmetry with GetAfterFrameForContent.
|
|||
|
nsContainerFrame* genConParentFrame =
|
|||
|
FirstContinuationOrIBSplitSibling(aFrame)->GetContentInsertionFrame();
|
|||
|
if (!genConParentFrame) {
|
|||
|
return nullptr;
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
nsTArray<nsIContent*>* prop = genConParentFrame->GetGenConPseudos();
|
|||
|
if (prop) {
|
|||
|
const nsTArray<nsIContent*>& pseudos(*prop);
|
|||
|
for (uint32_t i = 0; i < pseudos.Length(); ++i) {
|
|||
|
if (pseudos[i]->GetParent() == aContent &&
|
|||
|
pseudos[i]->NodeInfo()->NameAtom() == nsGkAtoms::mozgeneratedcontentbefore) {
|
|||
|
return pseudos[i]->GetPrimaryFrame();
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
// If the first child frame is a pseudo-frame, then try that.
|
|||
|
// Note that the frame we create for the generated content is also a
|
|||
|
// pseudo-frame and so don't drill down in that case.
|
|||
|
nsIFrame* childFrame = genConParentFrame->GetFirstPrincipalChild();
|
|||
|
if (childFrame &&
|
|||
|
childFrame->IsPseudoFrame(aContent) &&
|
|||
|
!childFrame->IsGeneratedContentFrame()) {
|
|||
|
return GetBeforeFrameForContent(childFrame, aContent);
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
return nullptr;
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
/*static*/ nsIFrame*
|
|||
|
nsLayoutUtils::GetBeforeFrame(nsIFrame* aFrame)
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
return GetBeforeFrameForContent(aFrame, aFrame->GetContent());
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
/*static*/ nsIFrame*
|
|||
|
nsLayoutUtils::GetAfterFrameForContent(nsIFrame* aFrame,
|
|||
|
nsIContent* aContent)
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
// We need to call GetGenConPseudos() on the first continuation,
|
|||
|
// but callers are likely to pass the last.
|
|||
|
nsContainerFrame* genConParentFrame =
|
|||
|
FirstContinuationOrIBSplitSibling(aFrame)->GetContentInsertionFrame();
|
|||
|
if (!genConParentFrame) {
|
|||
|
return nullptr;
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
nsTArray<nsIContent*>* prop = genConParentFrame->GetGenConPseudos();
|
|||
|
if (prop) {
|
|||
|
const nsTArray<nsIContent*>& pseudos(*prop);
|
|||
|
for (uint32_t i = 0; i < pseudos.Length(); ++i) {
|
|||
|
if (pseudos[i]->GetParent() == aContent &&
|
|||
|
pseudos[i]->NodeInfo()->NameAtom() == nsGkAtoms::mozgeneratedcontentafter) {
|
|||
|
return pseudos[i]->GetPrimaryFrame();
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
// If the last child frame is a pseudo-frame, then try that.
|
|||
|
// Note that the frame we create for the generated content is also a
|
|||
|
// pseudo-frame and so don't drill down in that case.
|
|||
|
genConParentFrame = aFrame->GetContentInsertionFrame();
|
|||
|
if (!genConParentFrame) {
|
|||
|
return nullptr;
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
nsIFrame* lastParentContinuation =
|
|||
|
LastContinuationWithChild(static_cast<nsContainerFrame*>(
|
|||
|
LastContinuationOrIBSplitSibling(genConParentFrame)));
|
|||
|
nsIFrame* childFrame =
|
|||
|
lastParentContinuation->GetChildList(nsIFrame::kPrincipalList).LastChild();
|
|||
|
if (childFrame &&
|
|||
|
childFrame->IsPseudoFrame(aContent) &&
|
|||
|
!childFrame->IsGeneratedContentFrame()) {
|
|||
|
return GetAfterFrameForContent(childFrame->FirstContinuation(), aContent);
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
return nullptr;
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
/*static*/ nsIFrame*
|
|||
|
nsLayoutUtils::GetAfterFrame(nsIFrame* aFrame)
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
return GetAfterFrameForContent(aFrame, aFrame->GetContent());
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
// static
|
|||
|
nsIFrame*
|
|||
|
nsLayoutUtils::GetClosestFrameOfType(nsIFrame* aFrame,
|
|||
|
nsIAtom* aFrameType,
|
|||
|
nsIFrame* aStopAt)
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
for (nsIFrame* frame = aFrame; frame; frame = frame->GetParent()) {
|
|||
|
if (frame->GetType() == aFrameType) {
|
|||
|
return frame;
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
if (frame == aStopAt) {
|
|||
|
break;
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
return nullptr;
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
// static
|
|||
|
nsIFrame*
|
|||
|
nsLayoutUtils::GetStyleFrame(nsIFrame* aFrame)
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
if (aFrame->GetType() == nsGkAtoms::tableOuterFrame) {
|
|||
|
nsIFrame* inner = aFrame->GetFirstPrincipalChild();
|
|||
|
NS_ASSERTION(inner, "Outer table must have an inner");
|
|||
|
return inner;
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
return aFrame;
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
nsIFrame*
|
|||
|
nsLayoutUtils::GetStyleFrame(const nsIContent* aContent)
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
nsIFrame *frame = aContent->GetPrimaryFrame();
|
|||
|
if (!frame) {
|
|||
|
return nullptr;
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
return nsLayoutUtils::GetStyleFrame(frame);
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
nsIFrame*
|
|||
|
nsLayoutUtils::GetFloatFromPlaceholder(nsIFrame* aFrame) {
|
|||
|
NS_ASSERTION(nsGkAtoms::placeholderFrame == aFrame->GetType(),
|
|||
|
"Must have a placeholder here");
|
|||
|
if (aFrame->GetStateBits() & PLACEHOLDER_FOR_FLOAT) {
|
|||
|
nsIFrame *outOfFlowFrame =
|
|||
|
nsPlaceholderFrame::GetRealFrameForPlaceholder(aFrame);
|
|||
|
NS_ASSERTION(outOfFlowFrame->IsFloating(),
|
|||
|
"How did that happen?");
|
|||
|
return outOfFlowFrame;
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
return nullptr;
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
// static
|
|||
|
bool
|
|||
|
nsLayoutUtils::IsGeneratedContentFor(nsIContent* aContent,
|
|||
|
nsIFrame* aFrame,
|
|||
|
nsIAtom* aPseudoElement)
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
NS_PRECONDITION(aFrame, "Must have a frame");
|
|||
|
NS_PRECONDITION(aPseudoElement, "Must have a pseudo name");
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
if (!aFrame->IsGeneratedContentFrame()) {
|
|||
|
return false;
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
nsIFrame* parent = aFrame->GetParent();
|
|||
|
NS_ASSERTION(parent, "Generated content can't be root frame");
|
|||
|
if (parent->IsGeneratedContentFrame()) {
|
|||
|
// Not the root of the generated content
|
|||
|
return false;
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
if (aContent && parent->GetContent() != aContent) {
|
|||
|
return false;
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
return (aFrame->GetContent()->NodeInfo()->NameAtom() == nsGkAtoms::mozgeneratedcontentbefore) ==
|
|||
|
(aPseudoElement == nsCSSPseudoElements::before);
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
// static
|
|||
|
nsIFrame*
|
|||
|
nsLayoutUtils::GetCrossDocParentFrame(const nsIFrame* aFrame,
|
|||
|
nsPoint* aExtraOffset)
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
nsIFrame* p = aFrame->GetParent();
|
|||
|
if (p)
|
|||
|
return p;
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
nsView* v = aFrame->GetView();
|
|||
|
if (!v)
|
|||
|
return nullptr;
|
|||
|
v = v->GetParent(); // anonymous inner view
|
|||
|
if (!v)
|
|||
|
return nullptr;
|
|||
|
if (aExtraOffset) {
|
|||
|
*aExtraOffset += v->GetPosition();
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
v = v->GetParent(); // subdocumentframe's view
|
|||
|
return v ? v->GetFrame() : nullptr;
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
// static
|
|||
|
bool
|
|||
|
nsLayoutUtils::IsProperAncestorFrameCrossDoc(nsIFrame* aAncestorFrame, nsIFrame* aFrame,
|
|||
|
nsIFrame* aCommonAncestor)
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
if (aFrame == aAncestorFrame)
|
|||
|
return false;
|
|||
|
return IsAncestorFrameCrossDoc(aAncestorFrame, aFrame, aCommonAncestor);
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
// static
|
|||
|
bool
|
|||
|
nsLayoutUtils::IsAncestorFrameCrossDoc(const nsIFrame* aAncestorFrame, const nsIFrame* aFrame,
|
|||
|
const nsIFrame* aCommonAncestor)
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
for (const nsIFrame* f = aFrame; f != aCommonAncestor;
|
|||
|
f = GetCrossDocParentFrame(f)) {
|
|||
|
if (f == aAncestorFrame)
|
|||
|
return true;
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
return aCommonAncestor == aAncestorFrame;
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
// static
|
|||
|
bool
|
|||
|
nsLayoutUtils::IsProperAncestorFrame(nsIFrame* aAncestorFrame, nsIFrame* aFrame,
|
|||
|
nsIFrame* aCommonAncestor)
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
if (aFrame == aAncestorFrame)
|
|||
|
return false;
|
|||
|
for (nsIFrame* f = aFrame; f != aCommonAncestor; f = f->GetParent()) {
|
|||
|
if (f == aAncestorFrame)
|
|||
|
return true;
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
return aCommonAncestor == aAncestorFrame;
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
// static
|
|||
|
int32_t
|
|||
|
nsLayoutUtils::DoCompareTreePosition(nsIContent* aContent1,
|
|||
|
nsIContent* aContent2,
|
|||
|
int32_t aIf1Ancestor,
|
|||
|
int32_t aIf2Ancestor,
|
|||
|
const nsIContent* aCommonAncestor)
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
NS_PRECONDITION(aContent1, "aContent1 must not be null");
|
|||
|
NS_PRECONDITION(aContent2, "aContent2 must not be null");
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
nsAutoTArray<nsINode*, 32> content1Ancestors;
|
|||
|
nsINode* c1;
|
|||
|
for (c1 = aContent1; c1 && c1 != aCommonAncestor; c1 = c1->GetParentNode()) {
|
|||
|
content1Ancestors.AppendElement(c1);
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
if (!c1 && aCommonAncestor) {
|
|||
|
// So, it turns out aCommonAncestor was not an ancestor of c1. Oops.
|
|||
|
// Never mind. We can continue as if aCommonAncestor was null.
|
|||
|
aCommonAncestor = nullptr;
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
nsAutoTArray<nsINode*, 32> content2Ancestors;
|
|||
|
nsINode* c2;
|
|||
|
for (c2 = aContent2; c2 && c2 != aCommonAncestor; c2 = c2->GetParentNode()) {
|
|||
|
content2Ancestors.AppendElement(c2);
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
if (!c2 && aCommonAncestor) {
|
|||
|
// So, it turns out aCommonAncestor was not an ancestor of c2.
|
|||
|
// We need to retry with no common ancestor hint.
|
|||
|
return DoCompareTreePosition(aContent1, aContent2,
|
|||
|
aIf1Ancestor, aIf2Ancestor, nullptr);
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
int last1 = content1Ancestors.Length() - 1;
|
|||
|
int last2 = content2Ancestors.Length() - 1;
|
|||
|
nsINode* content1Ancestor = nullptr;
|
|||
|
nsINode* content2Ancestor = nullptr;
|
|||
|
while (last1 >= 0 && last2 >= 0
|
|||
|
&& ((content1Ancestor = content1Ancestors.ElementAt(last1)) ==
|
|||
|
(content2Ancestor = content2Ancestors.ElementAt(last2)))) {
|
|||
|
last1--;
|
|||
|
last2--;
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
if (last1 < 0) {
|
|||
|
if (last2 < 0) {
|
|||
|
NS_ASSERTION(aContent1 == aContent2, "internal error?");
|
|||
|
return 0;
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
// aContent1 is an ancestor of aContent2
|
|||
|
return aIf1Ancestor;
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
if (last2 < 0) {
|
|||
|
// aContent2 is an ancestor of aContent1
|
|||
|
return aIf2Ancestor;
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
// content1Ancestor != content2Ancestor, so they must be siblings with the same parent
|
|||
|
nsINode* parent = content1Ancestor->GetParentNode();
|
|||
|
#ifdef DEBUG
|
|||
|
// TODO: remove the uglyness, see bug 598468.
|
|||
|
NS_ASSERTION(gPreventAssertInCompareTreePosition || parent,
|
|||
|
"no common ancestor at all???");
|
|||
|
#endif // DEBUG
|
|||
|
if (!parent) { // different documents??
|
|||
|
return 0;
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
int32_t index1 = parent->IndexOf(content1Ancestor);
|
|||
|
int32_t index2 = parent->IndexOf(content2Ancestor);
|
|||
|
if (index1 < 0 || index2 < 0) {
|
|||
|
// one of them must be anonymous; we can't determine the order
|
|||
|
return 0;
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
return index1 - index2;
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
// static
|
|||
|
nsIFrame*
|
|||
|
nsLayoutUtils::FillAncestors(nsIFrame* aFrame,
|
|||
|
nsIFrame* aStopAtAncestor,
|
|||
|
nsTArray<nsIFrame*>* aAncestors)
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
while (aFrame && aFrame != aStopAtAncestor) {
|
|||
|
aAncestors->AppendElement(aFrame);
|
|||
|
aFrame = nsLayoutUtils::GetParentOrPlaceholderFor(aFrame);
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
return aFrame;
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
// Return true if aFrame1 is after aFrame2
|
|||
|
static bool IsFrameAfter(nsIFrame* aFrame1, nsIFrame* aFrame2)
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
nsIFrame* f = aFrame2;
|
|||
|
do {
|
|||
|
f = f->GetNextSibling();
|
|||
|
if (f == aFrame1)
|
|||
|
return true;
|
|||
|
} while (f);
|
|||
|
return false;
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
// static
|
|||
|
int32_t
|
|||
|
nsLayoutUtils::DoCompareTreePosition(nsIFrame* aFrame1,
|
|||
|
nsIFrame* aFrame2,
|
|||
|
int32_t aIf1Ancestor,
|
|||
|
int32_t aIf2Ancestor,
|
|||
|
nsIFrame* aCommonAncestor)
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
NS_PRECONDITION(aFrame1, "aFrame1 must not be null");
|
|||
|
NS_PRECONDITION(aFrame2, "aFrame2 must not be null");
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
nsAutoTArray<nsIFrame*,20> frame2Ancestors;
|
|||
|
nsIFrame* nonCommonAncestor =
|
|||
|
FillAncestors(aFrame2, aCommonAncestor, &frame2Ancestors);
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
return DoCompareTreePosition(aFrame1, aFrame2, frame2Ancestors,
|
|||
|
aIf1Ancestor, aIf2Ancestor,
|
|||
|
nonCommonAncestor ? aCommonAncestor : nullptr);
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
// static
|
|||
|
int32_t
|
|||
|
nsLayoutUtils::DoCompareTreePosition(nsIFrame* aFrame1,
|
|||
|
nsIFrame* aFrame2,
|
|||
|
nsTArray<nsIFrame*>& aFrame2Ancestors,
|
|||
|
int32_t aIf1Ancestor,
|
|||
|
int32_t aIf2Ancestor,
|
|||
|
nsIFrame* aCommonAncestor)
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
NS_PRECONDITION(aFrame1, "aFrame1 must not be null");
|
|||
|
NS_PRECONDITION(aFrame2, "aFrame2 must not be null");
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
nsPresContext* presContext = aFrame1->PresContext();
|
|||
|
if (presContext != aFrame2->PresContext()) {
|
|||
|
NS_ERROR("no common ancestor at all, different documents");
|
|||
|
return 0;
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
nsAutoTArray<nsIFrame*,20> frame1Ancestors;
|
|||
|
if (aCommonAncestor &&
|
|||
|
!FillAncestors(aFrame1, aCommonAncestor, &frame1Ancestors)) {
|
|||
|
// We reached the root of the frame tree ... if aCommonAncestor was set,
|
|||
|
// it is wrong
|
|||
|
return DoCompareTreePosition(aFrame1, aFrame2,
|
|||
|
aIf1Ancestor, aIf2Ancestor, nullptr);
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
int32_t last1 = int32_t(frame1Ancestors.Length()) - 1;
|
|||
|
int32_t last2 = int32_t(aFrame2Ancestors.Length()) - 1;
|
|||
|
while (last1 >= 0 && last2 >= 0 &&
|
|||
|
frame1Ancestors[last1] == aFrame2Ancestors[last2]) {
|
|||
|
last1--;
|
|||
|
last2--;
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
if (last1 < 0) {
|
|||
|
if (last2 < 0) {
|
|||
|
NS_ASSERTION(aFrame1 == aFrame2, "internal error?");
|
|||
|
return 0;
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
// aFrame1 is an ancestor of aFrame2
|
|||
|
return aIf1Ancestor;
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
if (last2 < 0) {
|
|||
|
// aFrame2 is an ancestor of aFrame1
|
|||
|
return aIf2Ancestor;
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
nsIFrame* ancestor1 = frame1Ancestors[last1];
|
|||
|
nsIFrame* ancestor2 = aFrame2Ancestors[last2];
|
|||
|
// Now we should be able to walk sibling chains to find which one is first
|
|||
|
if (IsFrameAfter(ancestor2, ancestor1))
|
|||
|
return -1;
|
|||
|
if (IsFrameAfter(ancestor1, ancestor2))
|
|||
|
return 1;
|
|||
|
NS_WARNING("Frames were in different child lists???");
|
|||
|
return 0;
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
// static
|
|||
|
nsIFrame* nsLayoutUtils::GetLastSibling(nsIFrame* aFrame) {
|
|||
|
if (!aFrame) {
|
|||
|
return nullptr;
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
nsIFrame* next;
|
|||
|
while ((next = aFrame->GetNextSibling()) != nullptr) {
|
|||
|
aFrame = next;
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
return aFrame;
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
// static
|
|||
|
nsView*
|
|||
|
nsLayoutUtils::FindSiblingViewFor(nsView* aParentView, nsIFrame* aFrame) {
|
|||
|
nsIFrame* parentViewFrame = aParentView->GetFrame();
|
|||
|
nsIContent* parentViewContent = parentViewFrame ? parentViewFrame->GetContent() : nullptr;
|
|||
|
for (nsView* insertBefore = aParentView->GetFirstChild(); insertBefore;
|
|||
|
insertBefore = insertBefore->GetNextSibling()) {
|
|||
|
nsIFrame* f = insertBefore->GetFrame();
|
|||
|
if (!f) {
|
|||
|
// this view could be some anonymous view attached to a meaningful parent
|
|||
|
for (nsView* searchView = insertBefore->GetParent(); searchView;
|
|||
|
searchView = searchView->GetParent()) {
|
|||
|
f = searchView->GetFrame();
|
|||
|
if (f) {
|
|||
|
break;
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
NS_ASSERTION(f, "Can't find a frame anywhere!");
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
if (!f || !aFrame->GetContent() || !f->GetContent() ||
|
|||
|
CompareTreePosition(aFrame->GetContent(), f->GetContent(), parentViewContent) > 0) {
|
|||
|
// aFrame's content is after f's content (or we just don't know),
|
|||
|
// so put our view before f's view
|
|||
|
return insertBefore;
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
return nullptr;
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
//static
|
|||
|
nsIScrollableFrame*
|
|||
|
nsLayoutUtils::GetScrollableFrameFor(const nsIFrame *aScrolledFrame)
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
nsIFrame *frame = aScrolledFrame->GetParent();
|
|||
|
nsIScrollableFrame *sf = do_QueryFrame(frame);
|
|||
|
return (sf && sf->GetScrolledFrame() == aScrolledFrame) ? sf : nullptr;
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
/* static */ void
|
|||
|
nsLayoutUtils::SetFixedPositionLayerData(Layer* aLayer,
|
|||
|
const nsIFrame* aViewportFrame,
|
|||
|
const nsRect& aAnchorRect,
|
|||
|
const nsIFrame* aFixedPosFrame,
|
|||
|
nsPresContext* aPresContext,
|
|||
|
const ContainerLayerParameters& aContainerParameters,
|
|||
|
bool aIsClipFixed) {
|
|||
|
// Find out the rect of the viewport frame relative to the reference frame.
|
|||
|
// This, in conjunction with the container scale, will correspond to the
|
|||
|
// coordinate-space of the built layer.
|
|||
|
float factor = aPresContext->AppUnitsPerDevPixel();
|
|||
|
Rect anchorRect(NSAppUnitsToFloatPixels(aAnchorRect.x, factor) *
|
|||
|
aContainerParameters.mXScale,
|
|||
|
NSAppUnitsToFloatPixels(aAnchorRect.y, factor) *
|
|||
|
aContainerParameters.mYScale,
|
|||
|
NSAppUnitsToFloatPixels(aAnchorRect.width, factor) *
|
|||
|
aContainerParameters.mXScale,
|
|||
|
NSAppUnitsToFloatPixels(aAnchorRect.height, factor) *
|
|||
|
aContainerParameters.mYScale);
|
|||
|
// Need to transform anchorRect from the container layer's coordinate system
|
|||
|
// into aLayer's coordinate system.
|
|||
|
Matrix transform2d;
|
|||
|
if (aLayer->GetTransform().Is2D(&transform2d)) {
|
|||
|
transform2d.Invert();
|
|||
|
anchorRect = transform2d.TransformBounds(anchorRect);
|
|||
|
} else {
|
|||
|
NS_ERROR("3D transform found between fixedpos content and its viewport (should never happen)");
|
|||
|
anchorRect = Rect(0,0,0,0);
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
// Work out the anchor point for this fixed position layer. We assume that
|
|||
|
// any positioning set (left/top/right/bottom) indicates that the
|
|||
|
// corresponding side of its container should be the anchor point,
|
|||
|
// defaulting to top-left.
|
|||
|
LayerPoint anchor(anchorRect.x, anchorRect.y);
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
int32_t sides = eSideBitsNone;
|
|||
|
if (aFixedPosFrame != aViewportFrame) {
|
|||
|
const nsStylePosition* position = aFixedPosFrame->StylePosition();
|
|||
|
if (position->mOffset.GetRightUnit() != eStyleUnit_Auto) {
|
|||
|
sides |= eSideBitsRight;
|
|||
|
if (position->mOffset.GetLeftUnit() != eStyleUnit_Auto) {
|
|||
|
sides |= eSideBitsLeft;
|
|||
|
anchor.x = anchorRect.x + anchorRect.width / 2.f;
|
|||
|
} else {
|
|||
|
anchor.x = anchorRect.XMost();
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
if (position->mOffset.GetBottomUnit() != eStyleUnit_Auto) {
|
|||
|
sides |= eSideBitsBottom;
|
|||
|
if (position->mOffset.GetTopUnit() != eStyleUnit_Auto) {
|
|||
|
sides |= eSideBitsTop;
|
|||
|
anchor.y = anchorRect.y + anchorRect.height / 2.f;
|
|||
|
} else {
|
|||
|
anchor.y = anchorRect.YMost();
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
ViewID id = FrameMetrics::NULL_SCROLL_ID;
|
|||
|
if (nsIFrame* rootScrollFrame = aPresContext->PresShell()->GetRootScrollFrame()) {
|
|||
|
if (nsIContent* content = rootScrollFrame->GetContent()) {
|
|||
|
id = FindOrCreateIDFor(content);
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
aLayer->SetFixedPositionData(id, anchor, sides, aIsClipFixed);
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
bool
|
|||
|
nsLayoutUtils::ViewportHasDisplayPort(nsPresContext* aPresContext, nsRect* aDisplayPort)
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
nsIFrame* rootScrollFrame =
|
|||
|
aPresContext->PresShell()->GetRootScrollFrame();
|
|||
|
return rootScrollFrame &&
|
|||
|
nsLayoutUtils::GetDisplayPort(rootScrollFrame->GetContent(), aDisplayPort);
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
bool
|
|||
|
nsLayoutUtils::IsFixedPosFrameInDisplayPort(const nsIFrame* aFrame, nsRect* aDisplayPort)
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
// Fixed-pos frames are parented by the viewport frame or the page content frame.
|
|||
|
// We'll assume that printing/print preview don't have displayports for their
|
|||
|
// pages!
|
|||
|
nsIFrame* parent = aFrame->GetParent();
|
|||
|
if (!parent || parent->GetParent() ||
|
|||
|
aFrame->StyleDisplay()->mPosition != NS_STYLE_POSITION_FIXED) {
|
|||
|
return false;
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
return ViewportHasDisplayPort(aFrame->PresContext(), aDisplayPort);
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
NS_DECLARE_FRAME_PROPERTY(ScrollbarThumbLayerized, nullptr)
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
/* static */ void
|
|||
|
nsLayoutUtils::SetScrollbarThumbLayerization(nsIFrame* aThumbFrame, bool aLayerize)
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
aThumbFrame->Properties().Set(ScrollbarThumbLayerized(),
|
|||
|
reinterpret_cast<void*>(intptr_t(aLayerize)));
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
bool
|
|||
|
nsLayoutUtils::IsScrollbarThumbLayerized(nsIFrame* aThumbFrame)
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
return reinterpret_cast<intptr_t>(aThumbFrame->Properties().Get(ScrollbarThumbLayerized()));
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
// static
|
|||
|
nsIScrollableFrame*
|
|||
|
nsLayoutUtils::GetNearestScrollableFrameForDirection(nsIFrame* aFrame,
|
|||
|
Direction aDirection)
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
NS_ASSERTION(aFrame, "GetNearestScrollableFrameForDirection expects a non-null frame");
|
|||
|
for (nsIFrame* f = aFrame; f; f = nsLayoutUtils::GetCrossDocParentFrame(f)) {
|
|||
|
nsIScrollableFrame* scrollableFrame = do_QueryFrame(f);
|
|||
|
if (scrollableFrame) {
|
|||
|
ScrollbarStyles ss = scrollableFrame->GetScrollbarStyles();
|
|||
|
uint32_t directions = scrollableFrame->GetPerceivedScrollingDirections();
|
|||
|
if (aDirection == eVertical ?
|
|||
|
(ss.mVertical != NS_STYLE_OVERFLOW_HIDDEN &&
|
|||
|
(directions & nsIScrollableFrame::VERTICAL)) :
|
|||
|
(ss.mHorizontal != NS_STYLE_OVERFLOW_HIDDEN &&
|
|||
|
(directions & nsIScrollableFrame::HORIZONTAL)))
|
|||
|
return scrollableFrame;
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
return nullptr;
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
// static
|
|||
|
nsIScrollableFrame*
|
|||
|
nsLayoutUtils::GetNearestScrollableFrame(nsIFrame* aFrame, uint32_t aFlags)
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
NS_ASSERTION(aFrame, "GetNearestScrollableFrame expects a non-null frame");
|
|||
|
for (nsIFrame* f = aFrame; f; f = (aFlags & SCROLLABLE_SAME_DOC) ?
|
|||
|
f->GetParent() : nsLayoutUtils::GetCrossDocParentFrame(f)) {
|
|||
|
nsIScrollableFrame* scrollableFrame = do_QueryFrame(f);
|
|||
|
if (scrollableFrame) {
|
|||
|
if (aFlags & SCROLLABLE_ONLY_ASYNC_SCROLLABLE) {
|
|||
|
if (scrollableFrame->WantAsyncScroll()) {
|
|||
|
return scrollableFrame;
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
} else {
|
|||
|
ScrollbarStyles ss = scrollableFrame->GetScrollbarStyles();
|
|||
|
if ((aFlags & SCROLLABLE_INCLUDE_HIDDEN) ||
|
|||
|
ss.mVertical != NS_STYLE_OVERFLOW_HIDDEN ||
|
|||
|
ss.mHorizontal != NS_STYLE_OVERFLOW_HIDDEN) {
|
|||
|
return scrollableFrame;
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
if (aFlags & SCROLLABLE_ALWAYS_MATCH_ROOT) {
|
|||
|
nsIPresShell* ps = f->PresContext()->PresShell();
|
|||
|
if (ps->GetRootScrollFrame() == f &&
|
|||
|
ps->GetDocument() && ps->GetDocument()->IsRootDisplayDocument()) {
|
|||
|
return scrollableFrame;
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
if ((aFlags & SCROLLABLE_FIXEDPOS_FINDS_ROOT) &&
|
|||
|
f->StyleDisplay()->mPosition == NS_STYLE_POSITION_FIXED &&
|
|||
|
nsLayoutUtils::IsReallyFixedPos(f)) {
|
|||
|
return f->PresContext()->PresShell()->GetRootScrollFrameAsScrollable();
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
return nullptr;
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
// static
|
|||
|
nsRect
|
|||
|
nsLayoutUtils::GetScrolledRect(nsIFrame* aScrolledFrame,
|
|||
|
const nsRect& aScrolledFrameOverflowArea,
|
|||
|
const nsSize& aScrollPortSize,
|
|||
|
uint8_t aDirection)
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
nscoord x1 = aScrolledFrameOverflowArea.x,
|
|||
|
x2 = aScrolledFrameOverflowArea.XMost(),
|
|||
|
y1 = aScrolledFrameOverflowArea.y,
|
|||
|
y2 = aScrolledFrameOverflowArea.YMost();
|
|||
|
if (y1 < 0) {
|
|||
|
y1 = 0;
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
if (aDirection != NS_STYLE_DIRECTION_RTL) {
|
|||
|
if (x1 < 0) {
|
|||
|
x1 = 0;
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
} else {
|
|||
|
if (x2 > aScrollPortSize.width) {
|
|||
|
x2 = aScrollPortSize.width;
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
// When the scrolled frame chooses a size larger than its available width (because
|
|||
|
// its padding alone is larger than the available width), we need to keep the
|
|||
|
// start-edge of the scroll frame anchored to the start-edge of the scrollport.
|
|||
|
// When the scrolled frame is RTL, this means moving it in our left-based
|
|||
|
// coordinate system, so we need to compensate for its extra width here by
|
|||
|
// effectively repositioning the frame.
|
|||
|
nscoord extraWidth = std::max(0, aScrolledFrame->GetSize().width - aScrollPortSize.width);
|
|||
|
x2 += extraWidth;
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
return nsRect(x1, y1, x2 - x1, y2 - y1);
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
//static
|
|||
|
bool
|
|||
|
nsLayoutUtils::HasPseudoStyle(nsIContent* aContent,
|
|||
|
nsStyleContext* aStyleContext,
|
|||
|
nsCSSPseudoElements::Type aPseudoElement,
|
|||
|
nsPresContext* aPresContext)
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
NS_PRECONDITION(aPresContext, "Must have a prescontext");
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
RefPtr<nsStyleContext> pseudoContext;
|
|||
|
if (aContent) {
|
|||
|
pseudoContext = aPresContext->StyleSet()->
|
|||
|
ProbePseudoElementStyle(aContent->AsElement(), aPseudoElement,
|
|||
|
aStyleContext);
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
return pseudoContext != nullptr;
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
nsPoint
|
|||
|
nsLayoutUtils::GetDOMEventCoordinatesRelativeTo(nsIDOMEvent* aDOMEvent, nsIFrame* aFrame)
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
if (!aDOMEvent)
|
|||
|
return nsPoint(NS_UNCONSTRAINEDSIZE, NS_UNCONSTRAINEDSIZE);
|
|||
|
WidgetEvent* event = aDOMEvent->GetInternalNSEvent();
|
|||
|
if (!event)
|
|||
|
return nsPoint(NS_UNCONSTRAINEDSIZE, NS_UNCONSTRAINEDSIZE);
|
|||
|
return GetEventCoordinatesRelativeTo(event, aFrame);
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
nsPoint
|
|||
|
nsLayoutUtils::GetEventCoordinatesRelativeTo(const WidgetEvent* aEvent,
|
|||
|
nsIFrame* aFrame)
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
if (!aEvent || (aEvent->mClass != eMouseEventClass &&
|
|||
|
aEvent->mClass != eMouseScrollEventClass &&
|
|||
|
aEvent->mClass != eWheelEventClass &&
|
|||
|
aEvent->mClass != eDragEventClass &&
|
|||
|
aEvent->mClass != eSimpleGestureEventClass &&
|
|||
|
aEvent->mClass != ePointerEventClass &&
|
|||
|
aEvent->mClass != eGestureNotifyEventClass &&
|
|||
|
aEvent->mClass != eTouchEventClass &&
|
|||
|
aEvent->mClass != eQueryContentEventClass))
|
|||
|
return nsPoint(NS_UNCONSTRAINEDSIZE, NS_UNCONSTRAINEDSIZE);
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
return GetEventCoordinatesRelativeTo(aEvent,
|
|||
|
aEvent->AsGUIEvent()->refPoint,
|
|||
|
aFrame);
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
nsPoint
|
|||
|
nsLayoutUtils::GetEventCoordinatesRelativeTo(const WidgetEvent* aEvent,
|
|||
|
const LayoutDeviceIntPoint& aPoint,
|
|||
|
nsIFrame* aFrame)
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
if (!aFrame) {
|
|||
|
return nsPoint(NS_UNCONSTRAINEDSIZE, NS_UNCONSTRAINEDSIZE);
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
nsIWidget* widget = aEvent->AsGUIEvent()->widget;
|
|||
|
if (!widget) {
|
|||
|
return nsPoint(NS_UNCONSTRAINEDSIZE, NS_UNCONSTRAINEDSIZE);
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
return GetEventCoordinatesRelativeTo(widget, aPoint, aFrame);
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
nsPoint
|
|||
|
nsLayoutUtils::GetEventCoordinatesRelativeTo(nsIWidget* aWidget,
|
|||
|
const LayoutDeviceIntPoint& aPoint,
|
|||
|
nsIFrame* aFrame)
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
if (!aFrame || !aWidget) {
|
|||
|
return nsPoint(NS_UNCONSTRAINEDSIZE, NS_UNCONSTRAINEDSIZE);
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
nsView* view = aFrame->GetView();
|
|||
|
if (view) {
|
|||
|
nsIWidget* frameWidget = view->GetWidget();
|
|||
|
if (frameWidget && frameWidget == aWidget) {
|
|||
|
// Special case this cause it happens a lot.
|
|||
|
// This also fixes bug 664707, events in the extra-special case of select
|
|||
|
// dropdown popups that are transformed.
|
|||
|
nsPresContext* presContext = aFrame->PresContext();
|
|||
|
nsPoint pt(presContext->DevPixelsToAppUnits(aPoint.x),
|
|||
|
presContext->DevPixelsToAppUnits(aPoint.y));
|
|||
|
pt = pt - view->ViewToWidgetOffset();
|
|||
|
pt = pt.RemoveResolution(GetCurrentAPZResolutionScale(presContext->PresShell()));
|
|||
|
return pt;
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
/* If we walk up the frame tree and discover that any of the frames are
|
|||
|
* transformed, we need to do extra work to convert from the global
|
|||
|
* space to the local space.
|
|||
|
*/
|
|||
|
nsIFrame* rootFrame = aFrame;
|
|||
|
bool transformFound = false;
|
|||
|
for (nsIFrame* f = aFrame; f; f = GetCrossDocParentFrame(f)) {
|
|||
|
if (f->IsTransformed()) {
|
|||
|
transformFound = true;
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
rootFrame = f;
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
nsView* rootView = rootFrame->GetView();
|
|||
|
if (!rootView) {
|
|||
|
return nsPoint(NS_UNCONSTRAINEDSIZE, NS_UNCONSTRAINEDSIZE);
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
nsPoint widgetToView = TranslateWidgetToView(rootFrame->PresContext(),
|
|||
|
aWidget, aPoint, rootView);
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
if (widgetToView == nsPoint(NS_UNCONSTRAINEDSIZE, NS_UNCONSTRAINEDSIZE)) {
|
|||
|
return nsPoint(NS_UNCONSTRAINEDSIZE, NS_UNCONSTRAINEDSIZE);
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
// Convert from root document app units to app units of the document aFrame
|
|||
|
// is in.
|
|||
|
int32_t rootAPD = rootFrame->PresContext()->AppUnitsPerDevPixel();
|
|||
|
int32_t localAPD = aFrame->PresContext()->AppUnitsPerDevPixel();
|
|||
|
widgetToView = widgetToView.ScaleToOtherAppUnits(rootAPD, localAPD);
|
|||
|
nsIPresShell* shell = aFrame->PresContext()->PresShell();
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
// XXX Bug 1224748 - Update nsLayoutUtils functions to correctly handle nsPresShell resolution
|
|||
|
widgetToView = widgetToView.RemoveResolution(GetCurrentAPZResolutionScale(shell));
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
/* If we encountered a transform, we can't do simple arithmetic to figure
|
|||
|
* out how to convert back to aFrame's coordinates and must use the CTM.
|
|||
|
*/
|
|||
|
if (transformFound || aFrame->IsSVGText()) {
|
|||
|
return TransformRootPointToFrame(aFrame, widgetToView);
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
/* Otherwise, all coordinate systems are translations of one another,
|
|||
|
* so we can just subtract out the difference.
|
|||
|
*/
|
|||
|
return widgetToView - aFrame->GetOffsetToCrossDoc(rootFrame);
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
nsIFrame*
|
|||
|
nsLayoutUtils::GetPopupFrameForEventCoordinates(nsPresContext* aPresContext,
|
|||
|
const WidgetEvent* aEvent)
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
#ifdef MOZ_XUL
|
|||
|
nsXULPopupManager* pm = nsXULPopupManager::GetInstance();
|
|||
|
if (!pm) {
|
|||
|
return nullptr;
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
nsTArray<nsIFrame*> popups;
|
|||
|
pm->GetVisiblePopups(popups);
|
|||
|
uint32_t i;
|
|||
|
// Search from top to bottom
|
|||
|
for (i = 0; i < popups.Length(); i++) {
|
|||
|
nsIFrame* popup = popups[i];
|
|||
|
if (popup->PresContext()->GetRootPresContext() == aPresContext &&
|
|||
|
popup->GetScrollableOverflowRect().Contains(
|
|||
|
GetEventCoordinatesRelativeTo(aEvent, popup))) {
|
|||
|
return popup;
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
#endif
|
|||
|
return nullptr;
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
static void ConstrainToCoordValues(float& aStart, float& aSize)
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
MOZ_ASSERT(aSize >= 0);
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
// Here we try to make sure that the resulting nsRect will continue to cover
|
|||
|
// as much of the area that was covered by the original gfx Rect as possible.
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
// We clamp the bounds of the rect to {nscoord_MIN,nscoord_MAX} since
|
|||
|
// nsRect::X/Y() and nsRect::XMost/YMost() can't return values outwith this
|
|||
|
// range:
|
|||
|
float end = aStart + aSize;
|
|||
|
aStart = clamped(aStart, float(nscoord_MIN), float(nscoord_MAX));
|
|||
|
end = clamped(end, float(nscoord_MIN), float(nscoord_MAX));
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
aSize = end - aStart;
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
// We must also clamp aSize to {0,nscoord_MAX} since nsRect::Width/Height()
|
|||
|
// can't return a value greater than nscoord_MAX. If aSize is greater than
|
|||
|
// nscoord_MAX then we reduce it to nscoord_MAX while keeping the rect
|
|||
|
// centered:
|
|||
|
if (aSize > nscoord_MAX) {
|
|||
|
float excess = aSize - nscoord_MAX;
|
|||
|
excess /= 2;
|
|||
|
aStart += excess;
|
|||
|
aSize = nscoord_MAX;
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
/**
|
|||
|
* Given a gfxFloat, constrains its value to be between nscoord_MIN and nscoord_MAX.
|
|||
|
*
|
|||
|
* @param aVal The value to constrain (in/out)
|
|||
|
*/
|
|||
|
static void ConstrainToCoordValues(gfxFloat& aVal)
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
if (aVal <= nscoord_MIN)
|
|||
|
aVal = nscoord_MIN;
|
|||
|
else if (aVal >= nscoord_MAX)
|
|||
|
aVal = nscoord_MAX;
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
static void ConstrainToCoordValues(gfxFloat& aStart, gfxFloat& aSize)
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
gfxFloat max = aStart + aSize;
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
// Clamp the end points to within nscoord range
|
|||
|
ConstrainToCoordValues(aStart);
|
|||
|
ConstrainToCoordValues(max);
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
aSize = max - aStart;
|
|||
|
// If the width if still greater than the max nscoord, then bring both
|
|||
|
// endpoints in by the same amount until it fits.
|
|||
|
if (aSize > nscoord_MAX) {
|
|||
|
gfxFloat excess = aSize - nscoord_MAX;
|
|||
|
excess /= 2;
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
aStart += excess;
|
|||
|
aSize = nscoord_MAX;
|
|||
|
} else if (aSize < nscoord_MIN) {
|
|||
|
gfxFloat excess = aSize - nscoord_MIN;
|
|||
|
excess /= 2;
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
aStart -= excess;
|
|||
|
aSize = nscoord_MIN;
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
nsRect
|
|||
|
nsLayoutUtils::RoundGfxRectToAppRect(const Rect &aRect, float aFactor)
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
/* Get a new Rect whose units are app units by scaling by the specified factor. */
|
|||
|
Rect scaledRect = aRect;
|
|||
|
scaledRect.ScaleRoundOut(aFactor);
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
/* We now need to constrain our results to the max and min values for coords. */
|
|||
|
ConstrainToCoordValues(scaledRect.x, scaledRect.width);
|
|||
|
ConstrainToCoordValues(scaledRect.y, scaledRect.height);
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
/* Now typecast everything back. This is guaranteed to be safe. */
|
|||
|
return nsRect(nscoord(scaledRect.X()), nscoord(scaledRect.Y()),
|
|||
|
nscoord(scaledRect.Width()), nscoord(scaledRect.Height()));
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
nsRect
|
|||
|
nsLayoutUtils::RoundGfxRectToAppRect(const gfxRect &aRect, float aFactor)
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
/* Get a new gfxRect whose units are app units by scaling by the specified factor. */
|
|||
|
gfxRect scaledRect = aRect;
|
|||
|
scaledRect.ScaleRoundOut(aFactor);
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
/* We now need to constrain our results to the max and min values for coords. */
|
|||
|
ConstrainToCoordValues(scaledRect.x, scaledRect.width);
|
|||
|
ConstrainToCoordValues(scaledRect.y, scaledRect.height);
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
/* Now typecast everything back. This is guaranteed to be safe. */
|
|||
|
return nsRect(nscoord(scaledRect.X()), nscoord(scaledRect.Y()),
|
|||
|
nscoord(scaledRect.Width()), nscoord(scaledRect.Height()));
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
nsRegion
|
|||
|
nsLayoutUtils::RoundedRectIntersectRect(const nsRect& aRoundedRect,
|
|||
|
const nscoord aRadii[8],
|
|||
|
const nsRect& aContainedRect)
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
// rectFullHeight and rectFullWidth together will approximately contain
|
|||
|
// the total area of the frame minus the rounded corners.
|
|||
|
nsRect rectFullHeight = aRoundedRect;
|
|||
|
nscoord xDiff = std::max(aRadii[NS_CORNER_TOP_LEFT_X], aRadii[NS_CORNER_BOTTOM_LEFT_X]);
|
|||
|
rectFullHeight.x += xDiff;
|
|||
|
rectFullHeight.width -= std::max(aRadii[NS_CORNER_TOP_RIGHT_X],
|
|||
|
aRadii[NS_CORNER_BOTTOM_RIGHT_X]) + xDiff;
|
|||
|
nsRect r1;
|
|||
|
r1.IntersectRect(rectFullHeight, aContainedRect);
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
nsRect rectFullWidth = aRoundedRect;
|
|||
|
nscoord yDiff = std::max(aRadii[NS_CORNER_TOP_LEFT_Y], aRadii[NS_CORNER_TOP_RIGHT_Y]);
|
|||
|
rectFullWidth.y += yDiff;
|
|||
|
rectFullWidth.height -= std::max(aRadii[NS_CORNER_BOTTOM_LEFT_Y],
|
|||
|
aRadii[NS_CORNER_BOTTOM_RIGHT_Y]) + yDiff;
|
|||
|
nsRect r2;
|
|||
|
r2.IntersectRect(rectFullWidth, aContainedRect);
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
nsRegion result;
|
|||
|
result.Or(r1, r2);
|
|||
|
return result;
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
nsIntRegion
|
|||
|
nsLayoutUtils::RoundedRectIntersectIntRect(const nsIntRect& aRoundedRect,
|
|||
|
const RectCornerRadii& aCornerRadii,
|
|||
|
const nsIntRect& aContainedRect)
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
// rectFullHeight and rectFullWidth together will approximately contain
|
|||
|
// the total area of the frame minus the rounded corners.
|
|||
|
nsIntRect rectFullHeight = aRoundedRect;
|
|||
|
uint32_t xDiff = std::max(aCornerRadii.TopLeft().width,
|
|||
|
aCornerRadii.BottomLeft().width);
|
|||
|
rectFullHeight.x += xDiff;
|
|||
|
rectFullHeight.width -= std::max(aCornerRadii.TopRight().width,
|
|||
|
aCornerRadii.BottomRight().width) + xDiff;
|
|||
|
nsIntRect r1;
|
|||
|
r1.IntersectRect(rectFullHeight, aContainedRect);
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
nsIntRect rectFullWidth = aRoundedRect;
|
|||
|
uint32_t yDiff = std::max(aCornerRadii.TopLeft().height,
|
|||
|
aCornerRadii.TopRight().height);
|
|||
|
rectFullWidth.y += yDiff;
|
|||
|
rectFullWidth.height -= std::max(aCornerRadii.BottomLeft().height,
|
|||
|
aCornerRadii.BottomRight().height) + yDiff;
|
|||
|
nsIntRect r2;
|
|||
|
r2.IntersectRect(rectFullWidth, aContainedRect);
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
nsIntRegion result;
|
|||
|
result.Or(r1, r2);
|
|||
|
return result;
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
// Helper for RoundedRectIntersectsRect.
|
|||
|
static bool
|
|||
|
CheckCorner(nscoord aXOffset, nscoord aYOffset,
|
|||
|
nscoord aXRadius, nscoord aYRadius)
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
MOZ_ASSERT(aXOffset > 0 && aYOffset > 0,
|
|||
|
"must not pass nonpositives to CheckCorner");
|
|||
|
MOZ_ASSERT(aXRadius >= 0 && aYRadius >= 0,
|
|||
|
"must not pass negatives to CheckCorner");
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
// Avoid floating point math unless we're either (1) within the
|
|||
|
// quarter-ellipse area at the rounded corner or (2) outside the
|
|||
|
// rounding.
|
|||
|
if (aXOffset >= aXRadius || aYOffset >= aYRadius)
|
|||
|
return true;
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
// Convert coordinates to a unit circle with (0,0) as the center of
|
|||
|
// curvature, and see if we're inside the circle or outside.
|
|||
|
float scaledX = float(aXRadius - aXOffset) / float(aXRadius);
|
|||
|
float scaledY = float(aYRadius - aYOffset) / float(aYRadius);
|
|||
|
return scaledX * scaledX + scaledY * scaledY < 1.0f;
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
bool
|
|||
|
nsLayoutUtils::RoundedRectIntersectsRect(const nsRect& aRoundedRect,
|
|||
|
const nscoord aRadii[8],
|
|||
|
const nsRect& aTestRect)
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
if (!aTestRect.Intersects(aRoundedRect))
|
|||
|
return false;
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
// distances from this edge of aRoundedRect to opposite edge of aTestRect,
|
|||
|
// which we know are positive due to the Intersects check above.
|
|||
|
nsMargin insets;
|
|||
|
insets.top = aTestRect.YMost() - aRoundedRect.y;
|
|||
|
insets.right = aRoundedRect.XMost() - aTestRect.x;
|
|||
|
insets.bottom = aRoundedRect.YMost() - aTestRect.y;
|
|||
|
insets.left = aTestRect.XMost() - aRoundedRect.x;
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
// Check whether the bottom-right corner of aTestRect is inside the
|
|||
|
// top left corner of aBounds when rounded by aRadii, etc. If any
|
|||
|
// corner is not, then fail; otherwise succeed.
|
|||
|
return CheckCorner(insets.left, insets.top,
|
|||
|
aRadii[NS_CORNER_TOP_LEFT_X],
|
|||
|
aRadii[NS_CORNER_TOP_LEFT_Y]) &&
|
|||
|
CheckCorner(insets.right, insets.top,
|
|||
|
aRadii[NS_CORNER_TOP_RIGHT_X],
|
|||
|
aRadii[NS_CORNER_TOP_RIGHT_Y]) &&
|
|||
|
CheckCorner(insets.right, insets.bottom,
|
|||
|
aRadii[NS_CORNER_BOTTOM_RIGHT_X],
|
|||
|
aRadii[NS_CORNER_BOTTOM_RIGHT_Y]) &&
|
|||
|
CheckCorner(insets.left, insets.bottom,
|
|||
|
aRadii[NS_CORNER_BOTTOM_LEFT_X],
|
|||
|
aRadii[NS_CORNER_BOTTOM_LEFT_Y]);
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
nsRect
|
|||
|
nsLayoutUtils::MatrixTransformRectOut(const nsRect &aBounds,
|
|||
|
const Matrix4x4 &aMatrix, float aFactor)
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
nsRect outside = aBounds;
|
|||
|
outside.ScaleRoundOut(1/aFactor);
|
|||
|
RectDouble image = RectDouble(outside.x, outside.y,
|
|||
|
outside.width, outside.height);
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
RectDouble maxBounds = RectDouble(double(nscoord_MIN) / aFactor * 0.5,
|
|||
|
double(nscoord_MIN) / aFactor * 0.5,
|
|||
|
double(nscoord_MAX) / aFactor,
|
|||
|
double(nscoord_MAX) / aFactor);
|
|||
|
image = aMatrix.TransformAndClipBounds(image, maxBounds);
|
|||
|
return RoundGfxRectToAppRect(ThebesRect(image), aFactor);
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
nsRect
|
|||
|
nsLayoutUtils::MatrixTransformRect(const nsRect &aBounds,
|
|||
|
const Matrix4x4 &aMatrix, float aFactor)
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
RectDouble image = RectDouble(NSAppUnitsToDoublePixels(aBounds.x, aFactor),
|
|||
|
NSAppUnitsToDoublePixels(aBounds.y, aFactor),
|
|||
|
NSAppUnitsToDoublePixels(aBounds.width, aFactor),
|
|||
|
NSAppUnitsToDoublePixels(aBounds.height, aFactor));
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
RectDouble maxBounds = RectDouble(double(nscoord_MIN) / aFactor * 0.5,
|
|||
|
double(nscoord_MIN) / aFactor * 0.5,
|
|||
|
double(nscoord_MAX) / aFactor,
|
|||
|
double(nscoord_MAX) / aFactor);
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
image = aMatrix.TransformAndClipBounds(image, maxBounds);
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
return RoundGfxRectToAppRect(ThebesRect(image), aFactor);
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
nsPoint
|
|||
|
nsLayoutUtils::MatrixTransformPoint(const nsPoint &aPoint,
|
|||
|
const Matrix4x4 &aMatrix, float aFactor)
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
gfxPoint image = gfxPoint(NSAppUnitsToFloatPixels(aPoint.x, aFactor),
|
|||
|
NSAppUnitsToFloatPixels(aPoint.y, aFactor));
|
|||
|
image.Transform(aMatrix);
|
|||
|
return nsPoint(NSFloatPixelsToAppUnits(float(image.x), aFactor),
|
|||
|
NSFloatPixelsToAppUnits(float(image.y), aFactor));
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
Matrix4x4
|
|||
|
nsLayoutUtils::GetTransformToAncestor(nsIFrame *aFrame, const nsIFrame *aAncestor)
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
nsIFrame* parent;
|
|||
|
Matrix4x4 ctm;
|
|||
|
if (aFrame == aAncestor) {
|
|||
|
return ctm;
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
ctm = aFrame->GetTransformMatrix(aAncestor, &parent);
|
|||
|
while (parent && parent != aAncestor) {
|
|||
|
if (!parent->Preserves3DChildren()) {
|
|||
|
ctm.ProjectTo2D();
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
ctm = ctm * parent->GetTransformMatrix(aAncestor, &parent);
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
return ctm;
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
gfxSize
|
|||
|
nsLayoutUtils::GetTransformToAncestorScale(nsIFrame* aFrame)
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
Matrix4x4 transform = GetTransformToAncestor(aFrame,
|
|||
|
nsLayoutUtils::GetDisplayRootFrame(aFrame));
|
|||
|
Matrix transform2D;
|
|||
|
if (transform.Is2D(&transform2D)) {
|
|||
|
return ThebesMatrix(transform2D).ScaleFactors(true);
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
return gfxSize(1, 1);
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
static Matrix4x4
|
|||
|
GetTransformToAncestorExcludingAnimated(nsIFrame* aFrame,
|
|||
|
const nsIFrame* aAncestor)
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
nsIFrame* parent;
|
|||
|
Matrix4x4 ctm;
|
|||
|
if (aFrame == aAncestor) {
|
|||
|
return ctm;
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
if (ActiveLayerTracker::IsScaleSubjectToAnimation(aFrame)) {
|
|||
|
return ctm;
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
ctm = aFrame->GetTransformMatrix(aAncestor, &parent);
|
|||
|
while (parent && parent != aAncestor) {
|
|||
|
if (ActiveLayerTracker::IsScaleSubjectToAnimation(parent)) {
|
|||
|
return Matrix4x4();
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
if (!parent->Preserves3DChildren()) {
|
|||
|
ctm.ProjectTo2D();
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
ctm = ctm * parent->GetTransformMatrix(aAncestor, &parent);
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
return ctm;
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
gfxSize
|
|||
|
nsLayoutUtils::GetTransformToAncestorScaleExcludingAnimated(nsIFrame* aFrame)
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
Matrix4x4 transform = GetTransformToAncestorExcludingAnimated(aFrame,
|
|||
|
nsLayoutUtils::GetDisplayRootFrame(aFrame));
|
|||
|
Matrix transform2D;
|
|||
|
if (transform.Is2D(&transform2D)) {
|
|||
|
return ThebesMatrix(transform2D).ScaleFactors(true);
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
return gfxSize(1, 1);
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
nsIFrame*
|
|||
|
nsLayoutUtils::FindNearestCommonAncestorFrame(nsIFrame* aFrame1, nsIFrame* aFrame2)
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
nsAutoTArray<nsIFrame*,100> ancestors1;
|
|||
|
nsAutoTArray<nsIFrame*,100> ancestors2;
|
|||
|
nsIFrame* commonAncestor = nullptr;
|
|||
|
if (aFrame1->PresContext() == aFrame2->PresContext()) {
|
|||
|
commonAncestor = aFrame1->PresContext()->PresShell()->GetRootFrame();
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
for (nsIFrame* f = aFrame1; f != commonAncestor;
|
|||
|
f = nsLayoutUtils::GetCrossDocParentFrame(f)) {
|
|||
|
ancestors1.AppendElement(f);
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
for (nsIFrame* f = aFrame2; f != commonAncestor;
|
|||
|
f = nsLayoutUtils::GetCrossDocParentFrame(f)) {
|
|||
|
ancestors2.AppendElement(f);
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
uint32_t minLengths = std::min(ancestors1.Length(), ancestors2.Length());
|
|||
|
for (uint32_t i = 1; i <= minLengths; ++i) {
|
|||
|
if (ancestors1[ancestors1.Length() - i] == ancestors2[ancestors2.Length() - i]) {
|
|||
|
commonAncestor = ancestors1[ancestors1.Length() - i];
|
|||
|
} else {
|
|||
|
break;
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
return commonAncestor;
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
nsLayoutUtils::TransformResult
|
|||
|
nsLayoutUtils::TransformPoints(nsIFrame* aFromFrame, nsIFrame* aToFrame,
|
|||
|
uint32_t aPointCount, CSSPoint* aPoints)
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
nsIFrame* nearestCommonAncestor = FindNearestCommonAncestorFrame(aFromFrame, aToFrame);
|
|||
|
if (!nearestCommonAncestor) {
|
|||
|
return NO_COMMON_ANCESTOR;
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
Matrix4x4 downToDest = GetTransformToAncestor(aToFrame, nearestCommonAncestor);
|
|||
|
if (downToDest.IsSingular()) {
|
|||
|
return NONINVERTIBLE_TRANSFORM;
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
downToDest.Invert();
|
|||
|
Matrix4x4 upToAncestor = GetTransformToAncestor(aFromFrame, nearestCommonAncestor);
|
|||
|
CSSToLayoutDeviceScale devPixelsPerCSSPixelFromFrame =
|
|||
|
aFromFrame->PresContext()->CSSToDevPixelScale();
|
|||
|
CSSToLayoutDeviceScale devPixelsPerCSSPixelToFrame =
|
|||
|
aToFrame->PresContext()->CSSToDevPixelScale();
|
|||
|
for (uint32_t i = 0; i < aPointCount; ++i) {
|
|||
|
LayoutDevicePoint devPixels = aPoints[i] * devPixelsPerCSSPixelFromFrame;
|
|||
|
// What should the behaviour be if some of the points aren't invertible
|
|||
|
// and others are? Just assume all points are for now.
|
|||
|
Point toDevPixels = downToDest.ProjectPoint(
|
|||
|
(upToAncestor * Point(devPixels.x, devPixels.y))).As2DPoint();
|
|||
|
// Divide here so that when the devPixelsPerCSSPixels are the same, we get the correct
|
|||
|
// answer instead of some inaccuracy multiplying a number by its reciprocal.
|
|||
|
aPoints[i] = LayoutDevicePoint(toDevPixels.x, toDevPixels.y) /
|
|||
|
devPixelsPerCSSPixelToFrame;
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
return TRANSFORM_SUCCEEDED;
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
nsLayoutUtils::TransformResult
|
|||
|
nsLayoutUtils::TransformPoint(nsIFrame* aFromFrame, nsIFrame* aToFrame,
|
|||
|
nsPoint& aPoint)
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
nsIFrame* nearestCommonAncestor = FindNearestCommonAncestorFrame(aFromFrame, aToFrame);
|
|||
|
if (!nearestCommonAncestor) {
|
|||
|
return NO_COMMON_ANCESTOR;
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
Matrix4x4 downToDest = GetTransformToAncestor(aToFrame, nearestCommonAncestor);
|
|||
|
if (downToDest.IsSingular()) {
|
|||
|
return NONINVERTIBLE_TRANSFORM;
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
downToDest.Invert();
|
|||
|
Matrix4x4 upToAncestor = GetTransformToAncestor(aFromFrame, nearestCommonAncestor);
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
float devPixelsPerAppUnitFromFrame =
|
|||
|
1.0f / aFromFrame->PresContext()->AppUnitsPerDevPixel();
|
|||
|
float devPixelsPerAppUnitToFrame =
|
|||
|
1.0f / aToFrame->PresContext()->AppUnitsPerDevPixel();
|
|||
|
Point4D toDevPixels = downToDest.ProjectPoint(
|
|||
|
upToAncestor * Point(aPoint.x * devPixelsPerAppUnitFromFrame,
|
|||
|
aPoint.y * devPixelsPerAppUnitFromFrame));
|
|||
|
if (!toDevPixels.HasPositiveWCoord()) {
|
|||
|
// Not strictly true, but we failed to get a valid point in this
|
|||
|
// coordinate space.
|
|||
|
return NONINVERTIBLE_TRANSFORM;
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
aPoint.x = NSToCoordRound(toDevPixels.x / devPixelsPerAppUnitToFrame);
|
|||
|
aPoint.y = NSToCoordRound(toDevPixels.y / devPixelsPerAppUnitToFrame);
|
|||
|
return TRANSFORM_SUCCEEDED;
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
nsLayoutUtils::TransformResult
|
|||
|
nsLayoutUtils::TransformRect(nsIFrame* aFromFrame, nsIFrame* aToFrame,
|
|||
|
nsRect& aRect)
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
nsIFrame* nearestCommonAncestor = FindNearestCommonAncestorFrame(aFromFrame, aToFrame);
|
|||
|
if (!nearestCommonAncestor) {
|
|||
|
return NO_COMMON_ANCESTOR;
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
Matrix4x4 downToDest = GetTransformToAncestor(aToFrame, nearestCommonAncestor);
|
|||
|
if (downToDest.IsSingular()) {
|
|||
|
return NONINVERTIBLE_TRANSFORM;
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
downToDest.Invert();
|
|||
|
Matrix4x4 upToAncestor = GetTransformToAncestor(aFromFrame, nearestCommonAncestor);
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
float devPixelsPerAppUnitFromFrame =
|
|||
|
1.0f / aFromFrame->PresContext()->AppUnitsPerDevPixel();
|
|||
|
float devPixelsPerAppUnitToFrame =
|
|||
|
1.0f / aToFrame->PresContext()->AppUnitsPerDevPixel();
|
|||
|
gfx::Rect toDevPixels = downToDest.ProjectRectBounds(
|
|||
|
upToAncestor.ProjectRectBounds(
|
|||
|
gfx::Rect(aRect.x * devPixelsPerAppUnitFromFrame,
|
|||
|
aRect.y * devPixelsPerAppUnitFromFrame,
|
|||
|
aRect.width * devPixelsPerAppUnitFromFrame,
|
|||
|
aRect.height * devPixelsPerAppUnitFromFrame),
|
|||
|
Rect(-std::numeric_limits<Float>::max() * 0.5f,
|
|||
|
-std::numeric_limits<Float>::max() * 0.5f,
|
|||
|
std::numeric_limits<Float>::max(),
|
|||
|
std::numeric_limits<Float>::max())),
|
|||
|
Rect(-std::numeric_limits<Float>::max() * devPixelsPerAppUnitFromFrame * 0.5f,
|
|||
|
-std::numeric_limits<Float>::max() * devPixelsPerAppUnitFromFrame * 0.5f,
|
|||
|
std::numeric_limits<Float>::max() * devPixelsPerAppUnitFromFrame,
|
|||
|
std::numeric_limits<Float>::max() * devPixelsPerAppUnitFromFrame));
|
|||
|
aRect.x = toDevPixels.x / devPixelsPerAppUnitToFrame;
|
|||
|
aRect.y = toDevPixels.y / devPixelsPerAppUnitToFrame;
|
|||
|
aRect.width = toDevPixels.width / devPixelsPerAppUnitToFrame;
|
|||
|
aRect.height = toDevPixels.height / devPixelsPerAppUnitToFrame;
|
|||
|
return TRANSFORM_SUCCEEDED;
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
nsRect
|
|||
|
nsLayoutUtils::GetRectRelativeToFrame(Element* aElement, nsIFrame* aFrame)
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
if (!aElement || !aFrame) {
|
|||
|
return nsRect();
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
nsIFrame* frame = aElement->GetPrimaryFrame();
|
|||
|
if (!frame) {
|
|||
|
return nsRect();
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
nsRect rect = frame->GetRectRelativeToSelf();
|
|||
|
nsLayoutUtils::TransformResult rv =
|
|||
|
nsLayoutUtils::TransformRect(frame, aFrame, rect);
|
|||
|
if (rv != nsLayoutUtils::TRANSFORM_SUCCEEDED) {
|
|||
|
return nsRect();
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
return rect;
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
bool
|
|||
|
nsLayoutUtils::ContainsPoint(const nsRect& aRect, const nsPoint& aPoint,
|
|||
|
nscoord aInflateSize)
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
nsRect rect = aRect;
|
|||
|
rect.Inflate(aInflateSize);
|
|||
|
return rect.Contains(aPoint);
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
bool
|
|||
|
nsLayoutUtils::IsRectVisibleInScrollFrames(nsIFrame* aFrame, const nsRect& aRect)
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
return !ClampRectToScrollFrames(aFrame, aRect).IsEmpty();
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
nsRect
|
|||
|
nsLayoutUtils::ClampRectToScrollFrames(nsIFrame* aFrame, const nsRect& aRect)
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
nsIFrame* closestScrollFrame =
|
|||
|
nsLayoutUtils::GetClosestFrameOfType(aFrame, nsGkAtoms::scrollFrame);
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
nsRect resultRect = aRect;
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
while (closestScrollFrame) {
|
|||
|
nsIScrollableFrame* sf = do_QueryFrame(closestScrollFrame);
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
nsRect scrollPortRect = sf->GetScrollPortRect();
|
|||
|
nsLayoutUtils::TransformRect(closestScrollFrame, aFrame, scrollPortRect);
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
resultRect = resultRect.Intersect(scrollPortRect);
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
// Check whether aRect is visible in the scroll frame or not.
|
|||
|
if (resultRect.IsEmpty()) {
|
|||
|
break;
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
// Get next ancestor scroll frame.
|
|||
|
closestScrollFrame =
|
|||
|
nsLayoutUtils::GetClosestFrameOfType(closestScrollFrame->GetParent(),
|
|||
|
nsGkAtoms::scrollFrame);
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
return resultRect;
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
bool
|
|||
|
nsLayoutUtils::GetLayerTransformForFrame(nsIFrame* aFrame,
|
|||
|
Matrix4x4* aTransform)
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
// FIXME/bug 796690: we can sometimes compute a transform in these
|
|||
|
// cases, it just increases complexity considerably. Punt for now.
|
|||
|
if (aFrame->Preserves3DChildren() || aFrame->HasTransformGetter()) {
|
|||
|
return false;
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
nsIFrame* root = nsLayoutUtils::GetDisplayRootFrame(aFrame);
|
|||
|
if (root->HasAnyStateBits(NS_FRAME_UPDATE_LAYER_TREE)) {
|
|||
|
// Content may have been invalidated, so we can't reliably compute
|
|||
|
// the "layer transform" in general.
|
|||
|
return false;
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
// If the caller doesn't care about the value, early-return to skip
|
|||
|
// overhead below.
|
|||
|
if (!aTransform) {
|
|||
|
return true;
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
nsDisplayListBuilder builder(root, nsDisplayListBuilder::TRANSFORM_COMPUTATION,
|
|||
|
false/*don't build caret*/);
|
|||
|
nsDisplayList list;
|
|||
|
nsDisplayTransform* item =
|
|||
|
new (&builder) nsDisplayTransform(&builder, aFrame, &list, nsRect());
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
*aTransform = item->GetTransform();
|
|||
|
item->~nsDisplayTransform();
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
return true;
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
static bool
|
|||
|
TransformGfxPointFromAncestor(nsIFrame *aFrame,
|
|||
|
const Point &aPoint,
|
|||
|
nsIFrame *aAncestor,
|
|||
|
Point* aOut)
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
Matrix4x4 ctm = nsLayoutUtils::GetTransformToAncestor(aFrame, aAncestor);
|
|||
|
ctm.Invert();
|
|||
|
Point4D point = ctm.ProjectPoint(aPoint);
|
|||
|
if (!point.HasPositiveWCoord()) {
|
|||
|
return false;
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
*aOut = point.As2DPoint();
|
|||
|
return true;
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
static Rect
|
|||
|
TransformGfxRectToAncestor(nsIFrame *aFrame,
|
|||
|
const Rect &aRect,
|
|||
|
const nsIFrame *aAncestor,
|
|||
|
bool* aPreservesAxisAlignedRectangles = nullptr)
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
Matrix4x4 ctm = nsLayoutUtils::GetTransformToAncestor(aFrame, aAncestor);
|
|||
|
if (aPreservesAxisAlignedRectangles) {
|
|||
|
Matrix matrix2d;
|
|||
|
*aPreservesAxisAlignedRectangles =
|
|||
|
ctm.Is2D(&matrix2d) && matrix2d.PreservesAxisAlignedRectangles();
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
Rect maxBounds = Rect(-std::numeric_limits<float>::max() * 0.5,
|
|||
|
-std::numeric_limits<float>::max() * 0.5,
|
|||
|
std::numeric_limits<float>::max(),
|
|||
|
std::numeric_limits<float>::max());
|
|||
|
return ctm.TransformAndClipBounds(aRect, maxBounds);
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
static SVGTextFrame*
|
|||
|
GetContainingSVGTextFrame(nsIFrame* aFrame)
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
if (!aFrame->IsSVGText()) {
|
|||
|
return nullptr;
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
return static_cast<SVGTextFrame*>
|
|||
|
(nsLayoutUtils::GetClosestFrameOfType(aFrame->GetParent(),
|
|||
|
nsGkAtoms::svgTextFrame));
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
nsPoint
|
|||
|
nsLayoutUtils::TransformAncestorPointToFrame(nsIFrame* aFrame,
|
|||
|
const nsPoint& aPoint,
|
|||
|
nsIFrame* aAncestor)
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
SVGTextFrame* text = GetContainingSVGTextFrame(aFrame);
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
float factor = aFrame->PresContext()->AppUnitsPerDevPixel();
|
|||
|
Point result(NSAppUnitsToFloatPixels(aPoint.x, factor),
|
|||
|
NSAppUnitsToFloatPixels(aPoint.y, factor));
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
if (text) {
|
|||
|
if (!TransformGfxPointFromAncestor(text, result, aAncestor, &result)) {
|
|||
|
return nsPoint(NS_UNCONSTRAINEDSIZE, NS_UNCONSTRAINEDSIZE);
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
result = text->TransformFramePointToTextChild(result, aFrame);
|
|||
|
} else {
|
|||
|
if (!TransformGfxPointFromAncestor(aFrame, result, nullptr, &result)) {
|
|||
|
return nsPoint(NS_UNCONSTRAINEDSIZE, NS_UNCONSTRAINEDSIZE);
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
return nsPoint(NSFloatPixelsToAppUnits(float(result.x), factor),
|
|||
|
NSFloatPixelsToAppUnits(float(result.y), factor));
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
nsRect
|
|||
|
nsLayoutUtils::TransformFrameRectToAncestor(nsIFrame* aFrame,
|
|||
|
const nsRect& aRect,
|
|||
|
const nsIFrame* aAncestor,
|
|||
|
bool* aPreservesAxisAlignedRectangles /* = nullptr */)
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
SVGTextFrame* text = GetContainingSVGTextFrame(aFrame);
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
float srcAppUnitsPerDevPixel = aFrame->PresContext()->AppUnitsPerDevPixel();
|
|||
|
Rect result;
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
if (text) {
|
|||
|
result = ToRect(text->TransformFrameRectFromTextChild(aRect, aFrame));
|
|||
|
result = TransformGfxRectToAncestor(text, result, aAncestor);
|
|||
|
// TransformFrameRectFromTextChild could involve any kind of transform, we
|
|||
|
// could drill down into it to get an answer out of it but we don't yet.
|
|||
|
if (aPreservesAxisAlignedRectangles)
|
|||
|
*aPreservesAxisAlignedRectangles = false;
|
|||
|
} else {
|
|||
|
result = Rect(NSAppUnitsToFloatPixels(aRect.x, srcAppUnitsPerDevPixel),
|
|||
|
NSAppUnitsToFloatPixels(aRect.y, srcAppUnitsPerDevPixel),
|
|||
|
NSAppUnitsToFloatPixels(aRect.width, srcAppUnitsPerDevPixel),
|
|||
|
NSAppUnitsToFloatPixels(aRect.height, srcAppUnitsPerDevPixel));
|
|||
|
result = TransformGfxRectToAncestor(aFrame, result, aAncestor, aPreservesAxisAlignedRectangles);
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
float destAppUnitsPerDevPixel = aAncestor->PresContext()->AppUnitsPerDevPixel();
|
|||
|
return nsRect(NSFloatPixelsToAppUnits(float(result.x), destAppUnitsPerDevPixel),
|
|||
|
NSFloatPixelsToAppUnits(float(result.y), destAppUnitsPerDevPixel),
|
|||
|
NSFloatPixelsToAppUnits(float(result.width), destAppUnitsPerDevPixel),
|
|||
|
NSFloatPixelsToAppUnits(float(result.height), destAppUnitsPerDevPixel));
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
static LayoutDeviceIntPoint GetWidgetOffset(nsIWidget* aWidget, nsIWidget*& aRootWidget) {
|
|||
|
LayoutDeviceIntPoint offset(0, 0);
|
|||
|
while ((aWidget->WindowType() == eWindowType_child ||
|
|||
|
aWidget->IsPlugin())) {
|
|||
|
nsIWidget* parent = aWidget->GetParent();
|
|||
|
if (!parent) {
|
|||
|
break;
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
LayoutDeviceIntRect bounds;
|
|||
|
aWidget->GetBounds(bounds);
|
|||
|
offset += bounds.TopLeft();
|
|||
|
aWidget = parent;
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
aRootWidget = aWidget;
|
|||
|
return offset;
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
static LayoutDeviceIntPoint
|
|||
|
WidgetToWidgetOffset(nsIWidget* aFrom, nsIWidget* aTo) {
|
|||
|
nsIWidget* fromRoot;
|
|||
|
LayoutDeviceIntPoint fromOffset = GetWidgetOffset(aFrom, fromRoot);
|
|||
|
nsIWidget* toRoot;
|
|||
|
LayoutDeviceIntPoint toOffset = GetWidgetOffset(aTo, toRoot);
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
if (fromRoot == toRoot) {
|
|||
|
return fromOffset - toOffset;
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
return aFrom->WidgetToScreenOffset() - aTo->WidgetToScreenOffset();
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
nsPoint
|
|||
|
nsLayoutUtils::TranslateWidgetToView(nsPresContext* aPresContext,
|
|||
|
nsIWidget* aWidget, const LayoutDeviceIntPoint& aPt,
|
|||
|
nsView* aView)
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
nsPoint viewOffset;
|
|||
|
nsIWidget* viewWidget = aView->GetNearestWidget(&viewOffset);
|
|||
|
if (!viewWidget) {
|
|||
|
return nsPoint(NS_UNCONSTRAINEDSIZE, NS_UNCONSTRAINEDSIZE);
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
LayoutDeviceIntPoint widgetPoint = aPt + WidgetToWidgetOffset(aWidget, viewWidget);
|
|||
|
nsPoint widgetAppUnits(aPresContext->DevPixelsToAppUnits(widgetPoint.x),
|
|||
|
aPresContext->DevPixelsToAppUnits(widgetPoint.y));
|
|||
|
return widgetAppUnits - viewOffset;
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
LayoutDeviceIntPoint
|
|||
|
nsLayoutUtils::TranslateViewToWidget(nsPresContext* aPresContext,
|
|||
|
nsView* aView, nsPoint aPt,
|
|||
|
nsIWidget* aWidget)
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
nsPoint viewOffset;
|
|||
|
nsIWidget* viewWidget = aView->GetNearestWidget(&viewOffset);
|
|||
|
if (!viewWidget) {
|
|||
|
return LayoutDeviceIntPoint(NS_UNCONSTRAINEDSIZE, NS_UNCONSTRAINEDSIZE);
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
nsPoint pt = (aPt +
|
|||
|
viewOffset).ApplyResolution(GetCurrentAPZResolutionScale(aPresContext->PresShell()));
|
|||
|
LayoutDeviceIntPoint relativeToViewWidget(aPresContext->AppUnitsToDevPixels(pt.x),
|
|||
|
aPresContext->AppUnitsToDevPixels(pt.y));
|
|||
|
return relativeToViewWidget + WidgetToWidgetOffset(viewWidget, aWidget);
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
// Combine aNewBreakType with aOrigBreakType, but limit the break types
|
|||
|
// to NS_STYLE_CLEAR_LEFT, RIGHT, BOTH.
|
|||
|
uint8_t
|
|||
|
nsLayoutUtils::CombineBreakType(uint8_t aOrigBreakType,
|
|||
|
uint8_t aNewBreakType)
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
uint8_t breakType = aOrigBreakType;
|
|||
|
switch(breakType) {
|
|||
|
case NS_STYLE_CLEAR_LEFT:
|
|||
|
if (NS_STYLE_CLEAR_RIGHT == aNewBreakType ||
|
|||
|
NS_STYLE_CLEAR_BOTH == aNewBreakType) {
|
|||
|
breakType = NS_STYLE_CLEAR_BOTH;
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
break;
|
|||
|
case NS_STYLE_CLEAR_RIGHT:
|
|||
|
if (NS_STYLE_CLEAR_LEFT == aNewBreakType ||
|
|||
|
NS_STYLE_CLEAR_BOTH == aNewBreakType) {
|
|||
|
breakType = NS_STYLE_CLEAR_BOTH;
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
break;
|
|||
|
case NS_STYLE_CLEAR_NONE:
|
|||
|
if (NS_STYLE_CLEAR_LEFT == aNewBreakType ||
|
|||
|
NS_STYLE_CLEAR_RIGHT == aNewBreakType ||
|
|||
|
NS_STYLE_CLEAR_BOTH == aNewBreakType) {
|
|||
|
breakType = aNewBreakType;
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
return breakType;
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
#ifdef MOZ_DUMP_PAINTING
|
|||
|
#include <stdio.h>
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
static bool gDumpEventList = false;
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
// nsLayoutUtils::PaintFrame() can call itself recursively, so rather than
|
|||
|
// maintaining a single paint count, we need a stack.
|
|||
|
StaticAutoPtr<nsTArray<int>> gPaintCountStack;
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
struct AutoNestedPaintCount {
|
|||
|
AutoNestedPaintCount() {
|
|||
|
gPaintCountStack->AppendElement(0);
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
~AutoNestedPaintCount() {
|
|||
|
gPaintCountStack->RemoveElementAt(gPaintCountStack->Length() - 1);
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
};
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
#endif
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
nsIFrame*
|
|||
|
nsLayoutUtils::GetFrameForPoint(nsIFrame* aFrame, nsPoint aPt, uint32_t aFlags)
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
PROFILER_LABEL("nsLayoutUtils", "GetFrameForPoint",
|
|||
|
js::ProfileEntry::Category::GRAPHICS);
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
nsresult rv;
|
|||
|
nsAutoTArray<nsIFrame*,8> outFrames;
|
|||
|
rv = GetFramesForArea(aFrame, nsRect(aPt, nsSize(1, 1)), outFrames, aFlags);
|
|||
|
NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, nullptr);
|
|||
|
return outFrames.Length() ? outFrames.ElementAt(0) : nullptr;
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
nsresult
|
|||
|
nsLayoutUtils::GetFramesForArea(nsIFrame* aFrame, const nsRect& aRect,
|
|||
|
nsTArray<nsIFrame*> &aOutFrames,
|
|||
|
uint32_t aFlags)
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
PROFILER_LABEL("nsLayoutUtils", "GetFramesForArea",
|
|||
|
js::ProfileEntry::Category::GRAPHICS);
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
nsDisplayListBuilder builder(aFrame, nsDisplayListBuilder::EVENT_DELIVERY,
|
|||
|
false);
|
|||
|
nsDisplayList list;
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
if (aFlags & IGNORE_PAINT_SUPPRESSION) {
|
|||
|
builder.IgnorePaintSuppression();
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
if (aFlags & IGNORE_ROOT_SCROLL_FRAME) {
|
|||
|
nsIFrame* rootScrollFrame =
|
|||
|
aFrame->PresContext()->PresShell()->GetRootScrollFrame();
|
|||
|
if (rootScrollFrame) {
|
|||
|
builder.SetIgnoreScrollFrame(rootScrollFrame);
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
if (aFlags & IGNORE_CROSS_DOC) {
|
|||
|
builder.SetDescendIntoSubdocuments(false);
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
builder.EnterPresShell(aFrame);
|
|||
|
aFrame->BuildDisplayListForStackingContext(&builder, aRect, &list);
|
|||
|
builder.LeavePresShell(aFrame);
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
#ifdef MOZ_DUMP_PAINTING
|
|||
|
if (gDumpEventList) {
|
|||
|
fprintf_stderr(stderr, "Event handling --- (%d,%d):\n", aRect.x, aRect.y);
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
std::stringstream ss;
|
|||
|
nsFrame::PrintDisplayList(&builder, list, ss);
|
|||
|
print_stderr(ss);
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
#endif
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
nsDisplayItem::HitTestState hitTestState;
|
|||
|
list.HitTest(&builder, aRect, &hitTestState, &aOutFrames);
|
|||
|
list.DeleteAll();
|
|||
|
return NS_OK;
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
// aScrollFrameAsScrollable must be non-nullptr and queryable to an nsIFrame
|
|||
|
FrameMetrics
|
|||
|
nsLayoutUtils::CalculateBasicFrameMetrics(nsIScrollableFrame* aScrollFrame) {
|
|||
|
nsIFrame* frame = do_QueryFrame(aScrollFrame);
|
|||
|
MOZ_ASSERT(frame);
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
// Calculate the metrics necessary for calculating the displayport.
|
|||
|
// This code has a lot in common with the code in ComputeFrameMetrics();
|
|||
|
// we may want to refactor this at some point.
|
|||
|
FrameMetrics metrics;
|
|||
|
nsPresContext* presContext = frame->PresContext();
|
|||
|
nsIPresShell* presShell = presContext->PresShell();
|
|||
|
CSSToLayoutDeviceScale deviceScale = presContext->CSSToDevPixelScale();
|
|||
|
float resolution = 1.0f;
|
|||
|
if (frame == presShell->GetRootScrollFrame()) {
|
|||
|
// Only the root scrollable frame for a given presShell should pick up
|
|||
|
// the presShell's resolution. All the other frames are 1.0.
|
|||
|
resolution = presShell->GetResolution();
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
// Note: unlike in ComputeFrameMetrics(), we don't know the full cumulative
|
|||
|
// resolution including FrameMetrics::mExtraResolution, because layout hasn't
|
|||
|
// chosen a resolution to paint at yet. However, the display port calculation
|
|||
|
// divides out mExtraResolution anyways, so we get the correct result by
|
|||
|
// setting the mCumulativeResolution to everything except the extra resolution
|
|||
|
// and leaving mExtraResolution at 1.
|
|||
|
LayoutDeviceToLayerScale2D cumulativeResolution(
|
|||
|
presShell->GetCumulativeResolution()
|
|||
|
* nsLayoutUtils::GetTransformToAncestorScale(frame));
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
LayerToParentLayerScale layerToParentLayerScale(1.0f);
|
|||
|
metrics.SetDevPixelsPerCSSPixel(deviceScale);
|
|||
|
metrics.SetPresShellResolution(resolution);
|
|||
|
metrics.SetCumulativeResolution(cumulativeResolution);
|
|||
|
metrics.SetZoom(deviceScale * cumulativeResolution * layerToParentLayerScale);
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
// Only the size of the composition bounds is relevant to the
|
|||
|
// displayport calculation, not its origin.
|
|||
|
nsSize compositionSize = nsLayoutUtils::CalculateCompositionSizeForFrame(frame);
|
|||
|
LayoutDeviceToParentLayerScale2D compBoundsScale;
|
|||
|
if (frame == presShell->GetRootScrollFrame() && presContext->IsRootContentDocument()) {
|
|||
|
if (presContext->GetParentPresContext()) {
|
|||
|
float res = presContext->GetParentPresContext()->PresShell()->GetCumulativeResolution();
|
|||
|
compBoundsScale = LayoutDeviceToParentLayerScale2D(
|
|||
|
LayoutDeviceToParentLayerScale(res));
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
} else {
|
|||
|
compBoundsScale = cumulativeResolution * layerToParentLayerScale;
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
metrics.SetCompositionBounds(
|
|||
|
LayoutDeviceRect::FromAppUnits(nsRect(nsPoint(0, 0), compositionSize),
|
|||
|
presContext->AppUnitsPerDevPixel())
|
|||
|
* compBoundsScale);
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
metrics.SetRootCompositionSize(
|
|||
|
nsLayoutUtils::CalculateRootCompositionSize(frame, false, metrics));
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
metrics.SetScrollOffset(CSSPoint::FromAppUnits(
|
|||
|
aScrollFrame->GetScrollPosition()));
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
metrics.SetScrollableRect(CSSRect::FromAppUnits(
|
|||
|
nsLayoutUtils::CalculateScrollableRectForFrame(aScrollFrame, nullptr)));
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
return metrics;
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
bool
|
|||
|
nsLayoutUtils::CalculateAndSetDisplayPortMargins(nsIScrollableFrame* aScrollFrame,
|
|||
|
RepaintMode aRepaintMode) {
|
|||
|
nsIFrame* frame = do_QueryFrame(aScrollFrame);
|
|||
|
MOZ_ASSERT(frame);
|
|||
|
nsIContent* content = frame->GetContent();
|
|||
|
MOZ_ASSERT(content);
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
FrameMetrics metrics = CalculateBasicFrameMetrics(aScrollFrame);
|
|||
|
ScreenMargin displayportMargins = APZCTreeManager::CalculatePendingDisplayPort(
|
|||
|
metrics, ParentLayerPoint(0.0f, 0.0f), 0.0);
|
|||
|
nsIPresShell* presShell = frame->PresContext()->GetPresShell();
|
|||
|
return nsLayoutUtils::SetDisplayPortMargins(
|
|||
|
content, presShell, displayportMargins, 0, aRepaintMode);
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
bool
|
|||
|
nsLayoutUtils::GetOrMaybeCreateDisplayPort(nsDisplayListBuilder& aBuilder,
|
|||
|
nsIFrame* aScrollFrame,
|
|||
|
nsRect aDisplayPortBase,
|
|||
|
nsRect* aOutDisplayport) {
|
|||
|
nsIContent* content = aScrollFrame->GetContent();
|
|||
|
nsIScrollableFrame* scrollableFrame = do_QueryFrame(aScrollFrame);
|
|||
|
if (!content || !scrollableFrame) {
|
|||
|
return false;
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
// Set the base rect. Note that this will not influence 'haveDisplayPort',
|
|||
|
// which is based on either the whole rect or margins being set, but it
|
|||
|
// will affect what is returned in 'aOutDisplayPort' if margins are set.
|
|||
|
SetDisplayPortBase(content, aDisplayPortBase);
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
bool haveDisplayPort = GetDisplayPort(content, aOutDisplayport);
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
// We perform an optimization where we ensure that at least one
|
|||
|
// async-scrollable frame (i.e. one that WantsAsyncScroll()) has a displayport.
|
|||
|
// If that's not the case yet, and we are async-scrollable, we will get a
|
|||
|
// displayport.
|
|||
|
// Note: we only do this in processes where we do subframe scrolling to
|
|||
|
// begin with (i.e., not in the parent process on B2G).
|
|||
|
if (aBuilder.IsPaintingToWindow() &&
|
|||
|
nsLayoutUtils::AsyncPanZoomEnabled(aScrollFrame) &&
|
|||
|
!aBuilder.HaveScrollableDisplayPort() &&
|
|||
|
scrollableFrame->WantAsyncScroll()) {
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
// If we don't already have a displayport, calculate and set one.
|
|||
|
if (!haveDisplayPort) {
|
|||
|
CalculateAndSetDisplayPortMargins(scrollableFrame, nsLayoutUtils::RepaintMode::DoNotRepaint);
|
|||
|
haveDisplayPort = GetDisplayPort(content, aOutDisplayport);
|
|||
|
NS_ASSERTION(haveDisplayPort, "should have a displayport after having just set it");
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
// Record that the we now have a scrollable display port.
|
|||
|
aBuilder.SetHaveScrollableDisplayPort();
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
return haveDisplayPort;
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
nsIScrollableFrame*
|
|||
|
nsLayoutUtils::GetAsyncScrollableAncestorFrame(nsIFrame* aTarget)
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
uint32_t flags = nsLayoutUtils::SCROLLABLE_ALWAYS_MATCH_ROOT
|
|||
|
| nsLayoutUtils::SCROLLABLE_ONLY_ASYNC_SCROLLABLE
|
|||
|
| nsLayoutUtils::SCROLLABLE_FIXEDPOS_FINDS_ROOT;
|
|||
|
return nsLayoutUtils::GetNearestScrollableFrame(aTarget, flags);
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
void
|
|||
|
nsLayoutUtils::SetZeroMarginDisplayPortOnAsyncScrollableAncestors(nsIFrame* aFrame,
|
|||
|
RepaintMode aRepaintMode)
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
nsIFrame* frame = aFrame;
|
|||
|
while (frame) {
|
|||
|
frame = nsLayoutUtils::GetCrossDocParentFrame(frame);
|
|||
|
if (!frame) {
|
|||
|
break;
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
nsIScrollableFrame* scrollAncestor = GetAsyncScrollableAncestorFrame(frame);
|
|||
|
if (!scrollAncestor) {
|
|||
|
break;
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
frame = do_QueryFrame(scrollAncestor);
|
|||
|
MOZ_ASSERT(frame);
|
|||
|
MOZ_ASSERT(scrollAncestor->WantAsyncScroll() ||
|
|||
|
frame->PresContext()->PresShell()->GetRootScrollFrame() == frame);
|
|||
|
if (nsLayoutUtils::AsyncPanZoomEnabled(frame) &&
|
|||
|
!nsLayoutUtils::GetDisplayPort(frame->GetContent())) {
|
|||
|
nsLayoutUtils::SetDisplayPortMargins(
|
|||
|
frame->GetContent(), frame->PresContext()->PresShell(), ScreenMargin(), 0,
|
|||
|
aRepaintMode);
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
nsresult
|
|||
|
nsLayoutUtils::PaintFrame(nsRenderingContext* aRenderingContext, nsIFrame* aFrame,
|
|||
|
const nsRegion& aDirtyRegion, nscolor aBackstop,
|
|||
|
uint32_t aFlags)
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
PROFILER_LABEL("nsLayoutUtils", "PaintFrame",
|
|||
|
js::ProfileEntry::Category::GRAPHICS);
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
#ifdef MOZ_DUMP_PAINTING
|
|||
|
if (!gPaintCountStack) {
|
|||
|
gPaintCountStack = new nsTArray<int>();
|
|||
|
ClearOnShutdown(&gPaintCountStack);
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
gPaintCountStack->AppendElement(0);
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
++gPaintCountStack->LastElement();
|
|||
|
AutoNestedPaintCount nestedPaintCount;
|
|||
|
#endif
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
if (aFlags & PAINT_WIDGET_LAYERS) {
|
|||
|
nsView* view = aFrame->GetView();
|
|||
|
if (!(view && view->GetWidget() && GetDisplayRootFrame(aFrame) == aFrame)) {
|
|||
|
aFlags &= ~PAINT_WIDGET_LAYERS;
|
|||
|
NS_ASSERTION(aRenderingContext, "need a rendering context");
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
nsPresContext* presContext = aFrame->PresContext();
|
|||
|
nsIPresShell* presShell = presContext->PresShell();
|
|||
|
nsRootPresContext* rootPresContext = presContext->GetRootPresContext();
|
|||
|
if (!rootPresContext) {
|
|||
|
return NS_OK;
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
TimeStamp startBuildDisplayList = TimeStamp::Now();
|
|||
|
nsDisplayListBuilder builder(aFrame, nsDisplayListBuilder::PAINTING,
|
|||
|
!(aFlags & PAINT_HIDE_CARET));
|
|||
|
if (aFlags & PAINT_IN_TRANSFORM) {
|
|||
|
builder.SetInTransform(true);
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
if (aFlags & PAINT_SYNC_DECODE_IMAGES) {
|
|||
|
builder.SetSyncDecodeImages(true);
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
if (aFlags & (PAINT_WIDGET_LAYERS | PAINT_TO_WINDOW)) {
|
|||
|
builder.SetPaintingToWindow(true);
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
if (aFlags & PAINT_IGNORE_SUPPRESSION) {
|
|||
|
builder.IgnorePaintSuppression();
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
nsIFrame* rootScrollFrame = presShell->GetRootScrollFrame();
|
|||
|
bool usingDisplayPort = false;
|
|||
|
nsRect displayport;
|
|||
|
if (rootScrollFrame && !aFrame->GetParent()) {
|
|||
|
nsIScrollableFrame* rootScrollableFrame = presShell->GetRootScrollFrameAsScrollable();
|
|||
|
MOZ_ASSERT(rootScrollableFrame);
|
|||
|
displayport = aFrame->GetVisualOverflowRectRelativeToSelf();
|
|||
|
usingDisplayPort = rootScrollableFrame->DecideScrollableLayer(&builder,
|
|||
|
&displayport, /* aAllowCreateDisplayPort = */ true);
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
if (!gfxPrefs::LayoutUseContainersForRootFrames()) {
|
|||
|
usingDisplayPort = false;
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
nsDisplayList hoistedScrollItemStorage;
|
|||
|
if (builder.IsPaintingToWindow()) {
|
|||
|
builder.SetCommittedScrollInfoItemList(&hoistedScrollItemStorage);
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
nsRegion visibleRegion;
|
|||
|
if (aFlags & PAINT_WIDGET_LAYERS) {
|
|||
|
// This layer tree will be reused, so we'll need to calculate it
|
|||
|
// for the whole "visible" area of the window
|
|||
|
//
|
|||
|
// |ignoreViewportScrolling| and |usingDisplayPort| are persistent
|
|||
|
// document-rendering state. We rely on PresShell to flush
|
|||
|
// retained layers as needed when that persistent state changes.
|
|||
|
if (!usingDisplayPort) {
|
|||
|
visibleRegion = aFrame->GetVisualOverflowRectRelativeToSelf();
|
|||
|
} else {
|
|||
|
visibleRegion = displayport;
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
} else {
|
|||
|
visibleRegion = aDirtyRegion;
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
nsDisplayList list;
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
// If the root has embedded plugins, flag the builder so we know we'll need
|
|||
|
// to update plugin geometry after painting.
|
|||
|
if ((aFlags & PAINT_WIDGET_LAYERS) &&
|
|||
|
!(aFlags & PAINT_DOCUMENT_RELATIVE) &&
|
|||
|
rootPresContext->NeedToComputePluginGeometryUpdates()) {
|
|||
|
builder.SetWillComputePluginGeometry(true);
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
nsRect canvasArea(nsPoint(0, 0), aFrame->GetSize());
|
|||
|
bool ignoreViewportScrolling =
|
|||
|
aFrame->GetParent() ? false : presShell->IgnoringViewportScrolling();
|
|||
|
if (ignoreViewportScrolling && rootScrollFrame) {
|
|||
|
nsIScrollableFrame* rootScrollableFrame =
|
|||
|
presShell->GetRootScrollFrameAsScrollable();
|
|||
|
if (aFlags & PAINT_DOCUMENT_RELATIVE) {
|
|||
|
// Make visibleRegion and aRenderingContext relative to the
|
|||
|
// scrolled frame instead of the root frame.
|
|||
|
nsPoint pos = rootScrollableFrame->GetScrollPosition();
|
|||
|
visibleRegion.MoveBy(-pos);
|
|||
|
if (aRenderingContext) {
|
|||
|
gfxPoint devPixelOffset =
|
|||
|
nsLayoutUtils::PointToGfxPoint(pos,
|
|||
|
presContext->AppUnitsPerDevPixel());
|
|||
|
aRenderingContext->ThebesContext()->SetMatrix(
|
|||
|
aRenderingContext->ThebesContext()->CurrentMatrix().Translate(devPixelOffset));
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
builder.SetIgnoreScrollFrame(rootScrollFrame);
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
nsCanvasFrame* canvasFrame =
|
|||
|
do_QueryFrame(rootScrollableFrame->GetScrolledFrame());
|
|||
|
if (canvasFrame) {
|
|||
|
// Use UnionRect here to ensure that areas where the scrollbars
|
|||
|
// were are still filled with the background color.
|
|||
|
canvasArea.UnionRect(canvasArea,
|
|||
|
canvasFrame->CanvasArea() + builder.ToReferenceFrame(canvasFrame));
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
builder.EnterPresShell(aFrame);
|
|||
|
nsRect dirtyRect = visibleRegion.GetBounds();
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
// If a scrollable container layer is created in nsDisplayList::PaintForFrame,
|
|||
|
// it will be the scroll parent for display items that are built in the
|
|||
|
// BuildDisplayListForStackingContext call below. We need to set the scroll
|
|||
|
// parent on the display list builder while we build those items, so that they
|
|||
|
// can pick up their scroll parent's id.
|
|||
|
ViewID id = FrameMetrics::NULL_SCROLL_ID;
|
|||
|
if (ignoreViewportScrolling && presContext->IsRootContentDocument()) {
|
|||
|
if (nsIFrame* rootScrollFrame = presShell->GetRootScrollFrame()) {
|
|||
|
if (nsIContent* content = rootScrollFrame->GetContent()) {
|
|||
|
id = nsLayoutUtils::FindOrCreateIDFor(content);
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
#if !defined(MOZ_WIDGET_ANDROID) || defined(MOZ_ANDROID_APZ)
|
|||
|
else if (presShell->GetDocument() && presShell->GetDocument()->IsRootDisplayDocument()
|
|||
|
&& !presShell->GetRootScrollFrame()) {
|
|||
|
// In cases where the root document is a XUL document, we want to take
|
|||
|
// the ViewID from the root element, as that will be the ViewID of the
|
|||
|
// root APZC in the tree. Skip doing this in cases where we know
|
|||
|
// nsGfxScrollFrame::BuilDisplayList will do it instead.
|
|||
|
if (dom::Element* element = presShell->GetDocument()->GetDocumentElement()) {
|
|||
|
id = nsLayoutUtils::FindOrCreateIDFor(element);
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
#endif
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
nsDisplayListBuilder::AutoCurrentScrollParentIdSetter idSetter(&builder, id);
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
PROFILER_LABEL("nsLayoutUtils", "PaintFrame::BuildDisplayList",
|
|||
|
js::ProfileEntry::Category::GRAPHICS);
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
aFrame->BuildDisplayListForStackingContext(&builder, dirtyRect, &list);
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
nsIAtom* frameType = aFrame->GetType();
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
// For the viewport frame in print preview/page layout we want to paint
|
|||
|
// the grey background behind the page, not the canvas color.
|
|||
|
if (frameType == nsGkAtoms::viewportFrame &&
|
|||
|
nsLayoutUtils::NeedsPrintPreviewBackground(presContext)) {
|
|||
|
nsRect bounds = nsRect(builder.ToReferenceFrame(aFrame),
|
|||
|
aFrame->GetSize());
|
|||
|
nsDisplayListBuilder::AutoBuildingDisplayList
|
|||
|
buildingDisplayList(&builder, aFrame, bounds, false);
|
|||
|
presShell->AddPrintPreviewBackgroundItem(builder, list, aFrame, bounds);
|
|||
|
} else if (frameType != nsGkAtoms::pageFrame) {
|
|||
|
// For printing, this function is first called on an nsPageFrame, which
|
|||
|
// creates a display list with a PageContent item. The PageContent item's
|
|||
|
// paint function calls this function on the nsPageFrame's child which is
|
|||
|
// an nsPageContentFrame. We only want to add the canvas background color
|
|||
|
// item once, for the nsPageContentFrame.
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
// Add the canvas background color to the bottom of the list. This
|
|||
|
// happens after we've built the list so that AddCanvasBackgroundColorItem
|
|||
|
// can monkey with the contents if necessary.
|
|||
|
canvasArea.IntersectRect(canvasArea, visibleRegion.GetBounds());
|
|||
|
nsDisplayListBuilder::AutoBuildingDisplayList
|
|||
|
buildingDisplayList(&builder, aFrame, canvasArea, false);
|
|||
|
presShell->AddCanvasBackgroundColorItem(
|
|||
|
builder, list, aFrame, canvasArea, aBackstop);
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
builder.LeavePresShell(aFrame);
|
|||
|
Telemetry::AccumulateTimeDelta(Telemetry::PAINT_BUILD_DISPLAYLIST_TIME,
|
|||
|
startBuildDisplayList);
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
bool profilerNeedsDisplayList = profiler_feature_active("displaylistdump");
|
|||
|
bool consoleNeedsDisplayList = gfxUtils::DumpDisplayList() || gfxEnv::DumpPaint();
|
|||
|
#ifdef MOZ_DUMP_PAINTING
|
|||
|
FILE* savedDumpFile = gfxUtils::sDumpPaintFile;
|
|||
|
#endif
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
UniquePtr<std::stringstream> ss;
|
|||
|
if (consoleNeedsDisplayList || profilerNeedsDisplayList) {
|
|||
|
ss = MakeUnique<std::stringstream>();
|
|||
|
#ifdef MOZ_DUMP_PAINTING
|
|||
|
if (gfxEnv::DumpPaintToFile()) {
|
|||
|
nsCString string("dump-");
|
|||
|
// Include the process ID in the dump file name, to make sure that in an
|
|||
|
// e10s setup different processes don't clobber each other's dump files.
|
|||
|
string.AppendInt(getpid());
|
|||
|
for (int paintCount : *gPaintCountStack) {
|
|||
|
string.AppendLiteral("-");
|
|||
|
string.AppendInt(paintCount);
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
string.AppendLiteral(".html");
|
|||
|
gfxUtils::sDumpPaintFile = fopen(string.BeginReading(), "w");
|
|||
|
} else {
|
|||
|
gfxUtils::sDumpPaintFile = stderr;
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
if (gfxEnv::DumpPaintToFile()) {
|
|||
|
*ss << "<html><head><script>\n"
|
|||
|
"var array = {};\n"
|
|||
|
"function ViewImage(index) { \n"
|
|||
|
" var image = document.getElementById(index);\n"
|
|||
|
" if (image.src) {\n"
|
|||
|
" image.removeAttribute('src');\n"
|
|||
|
" } else {\n"
|
|||
|
" image.src = array[index];\n"
|
|||
|
" }\n"
|
|||
|
"}</script></head><body>";
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
#endif
|
|||
|
*ss << nsPrintfCString("Painting --- before optimization (dirty %d,%d,%d,%d):\n",
|
|||
|
dirtyRect.x, dirtyRect.y, dirtyRect.width, dirtyRect.height).get();
|
|||
|
nsFrame::PrintDisplayList(&builder, list, *ss, gfxEnv::DumpPaintToFile());
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
if (gfxEnv::DumpPaint() || gfxEnv::DumpPaintItems()) {
|
|||
|
// Flush stream now to avoid reordering dump output relative to
|
|||
|
// messages dumped by PaintRoot below.
|
|||
|
if (profilerNeedsDisplayList && !consoleNeedsDisplayList) {
|
|||
|
profiler_log(ss->str().c_str());
|
|||
|
} else {
|
|||
|
// Send to the console which will send to the profiler if required.
|
|||
|
fprint_stderr(gfxUtils::sDumpPaintFile, *ss);
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
ss = MakeUnique<std::stringstream>();
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
uint32_t flags = nsDisplayList::PAINT_DEFAULT;
|
|||
|
if (aFlags & PAINT_WIDGET_LAYERS) {
|
|||
|
flags |= nsDisplayList::PAINT_USE_WIDGET_LAYERS;
|
|||
|
if (!(aFlags & PAINT_DOCUMENT_RELATIVE)) {
|
|||
|
nsIWidget *widget = aFrame->GetNearestWidget();
|
|||
|
if (widget) {
|
|||
|
// If we're finished building display list items for painting of the outermost
|
|||
|
// pres shell, notify the widget about any toolbars we've encountered.
|
|||
|
widget->UpdateThemeGeometries(builder.GetThemeGeometries());
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
if (aFlags & PAINT_EXISTING_TRANSACTION) {
|
|||
|
flags |= nsDisplayList::PAINT_EXISTING_TRANSACTION;
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
if (aFlags & PAINT_NO_COMPOSITE) {
|
|||
|
flags |= nsDisplayList::PAINT_NO_COMPOSITE;
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
if (aFlags & PAINT_COMPRESSED) {
|
|||
|
flags |= nsDisplayList::PAINT_COMPRESSED;
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
TimeStamp paintStart = TimeStamp::Now();
|
|||
|
RefPtr<LayerManager> layerManager =
|
|||
|
list.PaintRoot(&builder, aRenderingContext, flags);
|
|||
|
Telemetry::AccumulateTimeDelta(Telemetry::PAINT_RASTERIZE_TIME,
|
|||
|
paintStart);
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
if (consoleNeedsDisplayList || profilerNeedsDisplayList) {
|
|||
|
*ss << "Painting --- after optimization:\n";
|
|||
|
nsFrame::PrintDisplayList(&builder, list, *ss, gfxEnv::DumpPaintToFile());
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
*ss << "Painting --- layer tree:\n";
|
|||
|
if (layerManager) {
|
|||
|
FrameLayerBuilder::DumpRetainedLayerTree(layerManager, *ss,
|
|||
|
gfxEnv::DumpPaintToFile());
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
if (profilerNeedsDisplayList && !consoleNeedsDisplayList) {
|
|||
|
profiler_log(ss->str().c_str());
|
|||
|
} else {
|
|||
|
// Send to the console which will send to the profiler if required.
|
|||
|
fprint_stderr(gfxUtils::sDumpPaintFile, *ss);
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
#ifdef MOZ_DUMP_PAINTING
|
|||
|
if (gfxEnv::DumpPaintToFile()) {
|
|||
|
*ss << "</body></html>";
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
if (gfxEnv::DumpPaintToFile()) {
|
|||
|
fclose(gfxUtils::sDumpPaintFile);
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
gfxUtils::sDumpPaintFile = savedDumpFile;
|
|||
|
#endif
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
std::stringstream lsStream;
|
|||
|
nsFrame::PrintDisplayList(&builder, list, lsStream);
|
|||
|
layerManager->GetRoot()->SetDisplayListLog(lsStream.str().c_str());
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
#ifdef MOZ_DUMP_PAINTING
|
|||
|
if (gfxPrefs::DumpClientLayers()) {
|
|||
|
std::stringstream ss;
|
|||
|
FrameLayerBuilder::DumpRetainedLayerTree(layerManager, ss, false);
|
|||
|
print_stderr(ss);
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
#endif
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
// Update the widget's opaque region information. This sets
|
|||
|
// glass boundaries on Windows. Also set up the window dragging region
|
|||
|
// and plugin clip regions and bounds.
|
|||
|
if ((aFlags & PAINT_WIDGET_LAYERS) &&
|
|||
|
!(aFlags & PAINT_DOCUMENT_RELATIVE)) {
|
|||
|
nsIWidget *widget = aFrame->GetNearestWidget();
|
|||
|
if (widget) {
|
|||
|
nsRegion opaqueRegion;
|
|||
|
opaqueRegion.And(builder.GetWindowExcludeGlassRegion(), builder.GetWindowOpaqueRegion());
|
|||
|
widget->UpdateOpaqueRegion(
|
|||
|
LayoutDeviceIntRegion::FromUnknownRegion(
|
|||
|
opaqueRegion.ToNearestPixels(presContext->AppUnitsPerDevPixel())));
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
widget->UpdateWindowDraggingRegion(builder.GetWindowDraggingRegion());
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
if (builder.WillComputePluginGeometry()) {
|
|||
|
// For single process compute and apply plugin geometry updates to plugin
|
|||
|
// windows, then request composition. For content processes skip eveything
|
|||
|
// except requesting composition. Geometry updates were calculated and
|
|||
|
// shipped to the chrome process in nsDisplayList when the layer
|
|||
|
// transaction completed.
|
|||
|
if (XRE_IsParentProcess()) {
|
|||
|
rootPresContext->ComputePluginGeometryUpdates(aFrame, &builder, &list);
|
|||
|
// We're not going to get a WillPaintWindow event here if we didn't do
|
|||
|
// widget invalidation, so just apply the plugin geometry update here
|
|||
|
// instead. We could instead have the compositor send back an equivalent
|
|||
|
// to WillPaintWindow, but it should be close enough to now not to matter.
|
|||
|
if (layerManager && !layerManager->NeedsWidgetInvalidation()) {
|
|||
|
rootPresContext->ApplyPluginGeometryUpdates();
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
// We told the compositor thread not to composite when it received the
|
|||
|
// transaction because we wanted to update plugins first. Schedule the
|
|||
|
// composite now.
|
|||
|
if (layerManager) {
|
|||
|
layerManager->Composite();
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
// Flush the list so we don't trigger the IsEmpty-on-destruction assertion
|
|||
|
list.DeleteAll();
|
|||
|
return NS_OK;
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
/**
|
|||
|
* Uses a binary search for find where the cursor falls in the line of text
|
|||
|
* It also keeps track of the part of the string that has already been measured
|
|||
|
* so it doesn't have to keep measuring the same text over and over
|
|||
|
*
|
|||
|
* @param "aBaseWidth" contains the width in twips of the portion
|
|||
|
* of the text that has already been measured, and aBaseInx contains
|
|||
|
* the index of the text that has already been measured.
|
|||
|
*
|
|||
|
* @param aTextWidth returns the (in twips) the length of the text that falls
|
|||
|
* before the cursor aIndex contains the index of the text where the cursor falls
|
|||
|
*/
|
|||
|
bool
|
|||
|
nsLayoutUtils::BinarySearchForPosition(nsRenderingContext* aRendContext,
|
|||
|
nsFontMetrics& aFontMetrics,
|
|||
|
const char16_t* aText,
|
|||
|
int32_t aBaseWidth,
|
|||
|
int32_t aBaseInx,
|
|||
|
int32_t aStartInx,
|
|||
|
int32_t aEndInx,
|
|||
|
int32_t aCursorPos,
|
|||
|
int32_t& aIndex,
|
|||
|
int32_t& aTextWidth)
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
int32_t range = aEndInx - aStartInx;
|
|||
|
if ((range == 1) || (range == 2 && NS_IS_HIGH_SURROGATE(aText[aStartInx]))) {
|
|||
|
aIndex = aStartInx + aBaseInx;
|
|||
|
aTextWidth = nsLayoutUtils::AppUnitWidthOfString(aText, aIndex,
|
|||
|
aFontMetrics,
|
|||
|
*aRendContext);
|
|||
|
return true;
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
int32_t inx = aStartInx + (range / 2);
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
// Make sure we don't leave a dangling low surrogate
|
|||
|
if (NS_IS_HIGH_SURROGATE(aText[inx-1]))
|
|||
|
inx++;
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
int32_t textWidth = nsLayoutUtils::AppUnitWidthOfString(aText, inx,
|
|||
|
aFontMetrics,
|
|||
|
*aRendContext);
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
int32_t fullWidth = aBaseWidth + textWidth;
|
|||
|
if (fullWidth == aCursorPos) {
|
|||
|
aTextWidth = textWidth;
|
|||
|
aIndex = inx;
|
|||
|
return true;
|
|||
|
} else if (aCursorPos < fullWidth) {
|
|||
|
aTextWidth = aBaseWidth;
|
|||
|
if (BinarySearchForPosition(aRendContext, aFontMetrics, aText, aBaseWidth,
|
|||
|
aBaseInx, aStartInx, inx, aCursorPos, aIndex,
|
|||
|
aTextWidth)) {
|
|||
|
return true;
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
} else {
|
|||
|
aTextWidth = fullWidth;
|
|||
|
if (BinarySearchForPosition(aRendContext, aFontMetrics, aText, aBaseWidth,
|
|||
|
aBaseInx, inx, aEndInx, aCursorPos, aIndex,
|
|||
|
aTextWidth)) {
|
|||
|
return true;
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
return false;
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
static void
|
|||
|
AddBoxesForFrame(nsIFrame* aFrame,
|
|||
|
nsLayoutUtils::BoxCallback* aCallback)
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
nsIAtom* pseudoType = aFrame->StyleContext()->GetPseudo();
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
if (pseudoType == nsCSSAnonBoxes::tableOuter) {
|
|||
|
AddBoxesForFrame(aFrame->GetFirstPrincipalChild(), aCallback);
|
|||
|
nsIFrame* kid = aFrame->GetChildList(nsIFrame::kCaptionList).FirstChild();
|
|||
|
if (kid) {
|
|||
|
AddBoxesForFrame(kid, aCallback);
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
} else if (pseudoType == nsCSSAnonBoxes::mozAnonymousBlock ||
|
|||
|
pseudoType == nsCSSAnonBoxes::mozAnonymousPositionedBlock ||
|
|||
|
pseudoType == nsCSSAnonBoxes::mozMathMLAnonymousBlock ||
|
|||
|
pseudoType == nsCSSAnonBoxes::mozXULAnonymousBlock) {
|
|||
|
for (nsIFrame* kid : aFrame->PrincipalChildList()) {
|
|||
|
AddBoxesForFrame(kid, aCallback);
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
} else {
|
|||
|
aCallback->AddBox(aFrame);
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
void
|
|||
|
nsLayoutUtils::GetAllInFlowBoxes(nsIFrame* aFrame, BoxCallback* aCallback)
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
while (aFrame) {
|
|||
|
AddBoxesForFrame(aFrame, aCallback);
|
|||
|
aFrame = nsLayoutUtils::GetNextContinuationOrIBSplitSibling(aFrame);
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
nsIFrame*
|
|||
|
nsLayoutUtils::GetFirstNonAnonymousFrame(nsIFrame* aFrame)
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
while (aFrame) {
|
|||
|
nsIAtom* pseudoType = aFrame->StyleContext()->GetPseudo();
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
if (pseudoType == nsCSSAnonBoxes::tableOuter) {
|
|||
|
nsIFrame* f = GetFirstNonAnonymousFrame(aFrame->GetFirstPrincipalChild());
|
|||
|
if (f) {
|
|||
|
return f;
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
nsIFrame* kid = aFrame->GetChildList(nsIFrame::kCaptionList).FirstChild();
|
|||
|
if (kid) {
|
|||
|
f = GetFirstNonAnonymousFrame(kid);
|
|||
|
if (f) {
|
|||
|
return f;
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
} else if (pseudoType == nsCSSAnonBoxes::mozAnonymousBlock ||
|
|||
|
pseudoType == nsCSSAnonBoxes::mozAnonymousPositionedBlock ||
|
|||
|
pseudoType == nsCSSAnonBoxes::mozMathMLAnonymousBlock ||
|
|||
|
pseudoType == nsCSSAnonBoxes::mozXULAnonymousBlock) {
|
|||
|
for (nsIFrame* kid : aFrame->PrincipalChildList()) {
|
|||
|
nsIFrame* f = GetFirstNonAnonymousFrame(kid);
|
|||
|
if (f) {
|
|||
|
return f;
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
} else {
|
|||
|
return aFrame;
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
aFrame = nsLayoutUtils::GetNextContinuationOrIBSplitSibling(aFrame);
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
return nullptr;
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
struct BoxToRect : public nsLayoutUtils::BoxCallback {
|
|||
|
nsIFrame* mRelativeTo;
|
|||
|
nsLayoutUtils::RectCallback* mCallback;
|
|||
|
uint32_t mFlags;
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
BoxToRect(nsIFrame* aRelativeTo, nsLayoutUtils::RectCallback* aCallback,
|
|||
|
uint32_t aFlags)
|
|||
|
: mRelativeTo(aRelativeTo), mCallback(aCallback), mFlags(aFlags) {}
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
virtual void AddBox(nsIFrame* aFrame) override {
|
|||
|
nsRect r;
|
|||
|
nsIFrame* outer = nsSVGUtils::GetOuterSVGFrameAndCoveredRegion(aFrame, &r);
|
|||
|
if (!outer) {
|
|||
|
outer = aFrame;
|
|||
|
switch (mFlags & nsLayoutUtils::RECTS_WHICH_BOX_MASK) {
|
|||
|
case nsLayoutUtils::RECTS_USE_CONTENT_BOX:
|
|||
|
r = aFrame->GetContentRectRelativeToSelf();
|
|||
|
break;
|
|||
|
case nsLayoutUtils::RECTS_USE_PADDING_BOX:
|
|||
|
r = aFrame->GetPaddingRectRelativeToSelf();
|
|||
|
break;
|
|||
|
case nsLayoutUtils::RECTS_USE_MARGIN_BOX:
|
|||
|
r = aFrame->GetMarginRectRelativeToSelf();
|
|||
|
break;
|
|||
|
default: // Use the border box
|
|||
|
r = aFrame->GetRectRelativeToSelf();
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
if (mFlags & nsLayoutUtils::RECTS_ACCOUNT_FOR_TRANSFORMS) {
|
|||
|
r = nsLayoutUtils::TransformFrameRectToAncestor(outer, r, mRelativeTo);
|
|||
|
} else {
|
|||
|
r += outer->GetOffsetTo(mRelativeTo);
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
mCallback->AddRect(r);
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
};
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
void
|
|||
|
nsLayoutUtils::GetAllInFlowRects(nsIFrame* aFrame, nsIFrame* aRelativeTo,
|
|||
|
RectCallback* aCallback, uint32_t aFlags)
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
BoxToRect converter(aRelativeTo, aCallback, aFlags);
|
|||
|
GetAllInFlowBoxes(aFrame, &converter);
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
nsLayoutUtils::RectAccumulator::RectAccumulator() : mSeenFirstRect(false) {}
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
void nsLayoutUtils::RectAccumulator::AddRect(const nsRect& aRect) {
|
|||
|
mResultRect.UnionRect(mResultRect, aRect);
|
|||
|
if (!mSeenFirstRect) {
|
|||
|
mSeenFirstRect = true;
|
|||
|
mFirstRect = aRect;
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
nsLayoutUtils::RectListBuilder::RectListBuilder(DOMRectList* aList)
|
|||
|
: mRectList(aList)
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
void nsLayoutUtils::RectListBuilder::AddRect(const nsRect& aRect) {
|
|||
|
RefPtr<DOMRect> rect = new DOMRect(mRectList);
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
rect->SetLayoutRect(aRect);
|
|||
|
mRectList->Append(rect);
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
nsIFrame* nsLayoutUtils::GetContainingBlockForClientRect(nsIFrame* aFrame)
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
return aFrame->PresContext()->PresShell()->GetRootFrame();
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
nsRect
|
|||
|
nsLayoutUtils::GetAllInFlowRectsUnion(nsIFrame* aFrame, nsIFrame* aRelativeTo,
|
|||
|
uint32_t aFlags) {
|
|||
|
RectAccumulator accumulator;
|
|||
|
GetAllInFlowRects(aFrame, aRelativeTo, &accumulator, aFlags);
|
|||
|
return accumulator.mResultRect.IsEmpty() ? accumulator.mFirstRect
|
|||
|
: accumulator.mResultRect;
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
nsRect
|
|||
|
nsLayoutUtils::GetTextShadowRectsUnion(const nsRect& aTextAndDecorationsRect,
|
|||
|
nsIFrame* aFrame,
|
|||
|
uint32_t aFlags)
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
const nsStyleText* textStyle = aFrame->StyleText();
|
|||
|
if (!textStyle->HasTextShadow())
|
|||
|
return aTextAndDecorationsRect;
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
nsRect resultRect = aTextAndDecorationsRect;
|
|||
|
int32_t A2D = aFrame->PresContext()->AppUnitsPerDevPixel();
|
|||
|
for (uint32_t i = 0; i < textStyle->mTextShadow->Length(); ++i) {
|
|||
|
nsCSSShadowItem* shadow = textStyle->mTextShadow->ShadowAt(i);
|
|||
|
nsMargin blur = nsContextBoxBlur::GetBlurRadiusMargin(shadow->mRadius, A2D);
|
|||
|
if ((aFlags & EXCLUDE_BLUR_SHADOWS) && blur != nsMargin(0, 0, 0, 0))
|
|||
|
continue;
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
nsRect tmpRect(aTextAndDecorationsRect);
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
tmpRect.MoveBy(nsPoint(shadow->mXOffset, shadow->mYOffset));
|
|||
|
tmpRect.Inflate(blur);
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
resultRect.UnionRect(resultRect, tmpRect);
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
return resultRect;
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
enum ObjectDimensionType { eWidth, eHeight };
|
|||
|
static nscoord
|
|||
|
ComputeMissingDimension(const nsSize& aDefaultObjectSize,
|
|||
|
const nsSize& aIntrinsicRatio,
|
|||
|
const Maybe<nscoord>& aSpecifiedWidth,
|
|||
|
const Maybe<nscoord>& aSpecifiedHeight,
|
|||
|
ObjectDimensionType aDimensionToCompute)
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
// The "default sizing algorithm" computes the missing dimension as follows:
|
|||
|
// (source: http://dev.w3.org/csswg/css-images-3/#default-sizing )
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
// 1. "If the object has an intrinsic aspect ratio, the missing dimension of
|
|||
|
// the concrete object size is calculated using the intrinsic aspect
|
|||
|
// ratio and the present dimension."
|
|||
|
if (aIntrinsicRatio.width > 0 && aIntrinsicRatio.height > 0) {
|
|||
|
// Fill in the missing dimension using the intrinsic aspect ratio.
|
|||
|
nscoord knownDimensionSize;
|
|||
|
float ratio;
|
|||
|
if (aDimensionToCompute == eWidth) {
|
|||
|
knownDimensionSize = *aSpecifiedHeight;
|
|||
|
ratio = aIntrinsicRatio.width / aIntrinsicRatio.height;
|
|||
|
} else {
|
|||
|
knownDimensionSize = *aSpecifiedWidth;
|
|||
|
ratio = aIntrinsicRatio.height / aIntrinsicRatio.width;
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
return NSCoordSaturatingNonnegativeMultiply(knownDimensionSize, ratio);
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
// 2. "Otherwise, if the missing dimension is present in the object’s
|
|||
|
// intrinsic dimensions, [...]"
|
|||
|
// NOTE: *Skipping* this case, because we already know it's not true -- we're
|
|||
|
// in this function because the missing dimension is *not* present in
|
|||
|
// the object's intrinsic dimensions.
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
// 3. "Otherwise, the missing dimension of the concrete object size is taken
|
|||
|
// from the default object size. "
|
|||
|
return (aDimensionToCompute == eWidth) ?
|
|||
|
aDefaultObjectSize.width : aDefaultObjectSize.height;
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
/*
|
|||
|
* This computes & returns the concrete object size of replaced content, if
|
|||
|
* that content were to be rendered with "object-fit: none". (Or, if the
|
|||
|
* element has neither an intrinsic height nor width, this method returns an
|
|||
|
* empty Maybe<> object.)
|
|||
|
*
|
|||
|
* As specced...
|
|||
|
* http://dev.w3.org/csswg/css-images-3/#valdef-object-fit-none
|
|||
|
* ..we use "the default sizing algorithm with no specified size,
|
|||
|
* and a default object size equal to the replaced element's used width and
|
|||
|
* height."
|
|||
|
*
|
|||
|
* The default sizing algorithm is described here:
|
|||
|
* http://dev.w3.org/csswg/css-images-3/#default-sizing
|
|||
|
* Quotes in the function-impl are taken from that ^ spec-text.
|
|||
|
*
|
|||
|
* Per its final bulleted section: since there's no specified size,
|
|||
|
* we run the default sizing algorithm using the object's intrinsic size in
|
|||
|
* place of the specified size. But if the object has neither an intrinsic
|
|||
|
* height nor an intrinsic width, then we instead return without populating our
|
|||
|
* outparam, and we let the caller figure out the size (using a contain
|
|||
|
* constraint).
|
|||
|
*/
|
|||
|
static Maybe<nsSize>
|
|||
|
MaybeComputeObjectFitNoneSize(const nsSize& aDefaultObjectSize,
|
|||
|
const IntrinsicSize& aIntrinsicSize,
|
|||
|
const nsSize& aIntrinsicRatio)
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
// "If the object has an intrinsic height or width, its size is resolved as
|
|||
|
// if its intrinsic dimensions were given as the specified size."
|
|||
|
//
|
|||
|
// So, first we check if we have an intrinsic height and/or width:
|
|||
|
Maybe<nscoord> specifiedWidth;
|
|||
|
if (aIntrinsicSize.width.GetUnit() == eStyleUnit_Coord) {
|
|||
|
specifiedWidth.emplace(aIntrinsicSize.width.GetCoordValue());
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
Maybe<nscoord> specifiedHeight;
|
|||
|
if (aIntrinsicSize.height.GetUnit() == eStyleUnit_Coord) {
|
|||
|
specifiedHeight.emplace(aIntrinsicSize.height.GetCoordValue());
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
Maybe<nsSize> noneSize; // (the value we'll return)
|
|||
|
if (specifiedWidth || specifiedHeight) {
|
|||
|
// We have at least one specified dimension; use whichever dimension is
|
|||
|
// specified, and compute the other one using our intrinsic ratio, or (if
|
|||
|
// no valid ratio) using the default object size.
|
|||
|
noneSize.emplace();
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
noneSize->width = specifiedWidth ?
|
|||
|
*specifiedWidth :
|
|||
|
ComputeMissingDimension(aDefaultObjectSize, aIntrinsicRatio,
|
|||
|
specifiedWidth, specifiedHeight,
|
|||
|
eWidth);
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
noneSize->height = specifiedHeight ?
|
|||
|
*specifiedHeight :
|
|||
|
ComputeMissingDimension(aDefaultObjectSize, aIntrinsicRatio,
|
|||
|
specifiedWidth, specifiedHeight,
|
|||
|
eHeight);
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
// [else:] "Otherwise [if there's neither an intrinsic height nor width], its
|
|||
|
// size is resolved as a contain constraint against the default object size."
|
|||
|
// We'll let our caller do that, to share code & avoid redundant
|
|||
|
// computations; so, we return w/out populating noneSize.
|
|||
|
return noneSize;
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
// Computes the concrete object size to render into, as described at
|
|||
|
// http://dev.w3.org/csswg/css-images-3/#concrete-size-resolution
|
|||
|
static nsSize
|
|||
|
ComputeConcreteObjectSize(const nsSize& aConstraintSize,
|
|||
|
const IntrinsicSize& aIntrinsicSize,
|
|||
|
const nsSize& aIntrinsicRatio,
|
|||
|
uint8_t aObjectFit)
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
// Handle default behavior (filling the container) w/ fast early return.
|
|||
|
// (Also: if there's no valid intrinsic ratio, then we have the "fill"
|
|||
|
// behavior & just use the constraint size.)
|
|||
|
if (MOZ_LIKELY(aObjectFit == NS_STYLE_OBJECT_FIT_FILL) ||
|
|||
|
aIntrinsicRatio.width == 0 ||
|
|||
|
aIntrinsicRatio.height == 0) {
|
|||
|
return aConstraintSize;
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
// The type of constraint to compute (cover/contain), if needed:
|
|||
|
Maybe<nsImageRenderer::FitType> fitType;
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
Maybe<nsSize> noneSize;
|
|||
|
if (aObjectFit == NS_STYLE_OBJECT_FIT_NONE ||
|
|||
|
aObjectFit == NS_STYLE_OBJECT_FIT_SCALE_DOWN) {
|
|||
|
noneSize = MaybeComputeObjectFitNoneSize(aConstraintSize, aIntrinsicSize,
|
|||
|
aIntrinsicRatio);
|
|||
|
if (!noneSize || aObjectFit == NS_STYLE_OBJECT_FIT_SCALE_DOWN) {
|
|||
|
// Need to compute a 'CONTAIN' constraint (either for the 'none' size
|
|||
|
// itself, or for comparison w/ the 'none' size to resolve 'scale-down'.)
|
|||
|
fitType.emplace(nsImageRenderer::CONTAIN);
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
} else if (aObjectFit == NS_STYLE_OBJECT_FIT_COVER) {
|
|||
|
fitType.emplace(nsImageRenderer::COVER);
|
|||
|
} else if (aObjectFit == NS_STYLE_OBJECT_FIT_CONTAIN) {
|
|||
|
fitType.emplace(nsImageRenderer::CONTAIN);
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
Maybe<nsSize> constrainedSize;
|
|||
|
if (fitType) {
|
|||
|
constrainedSize.emplace(
|
|||
|
nsImageRenderer::ComputeConstrainedSize(aConstraintSize,
|
|||
|
aIntrinsicRatio,
|
|||
|
*fitType));
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
// Now, we should have all the sizing information that we need.
|
|||
|
switch (aObjectFit) {
|
|||
|
// skipping NS_STYLE_OBJECT_FIT_FILL; we handled it w/ early-return.
|
|||
|
case NS_STYLE_OBJECT_FIT_CONTAIN:
|
|||
|
case NS_STYLE_OBJECT_FIT_COVER:
|
|||
|
MOZ_ASSERT(constrainedSize);
|
|||
|
return *constrainedSize;
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
case NS_STYLE_OBJECT_FIT_NONE:
|
|||
|
if (noneSize) {
|
|||
|
return *noneSize;
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
MOZ_ASSERT(constrainedSize);
|
|||
|
return *constrainedSize;
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
case NS_STYLE_OBJECT_FIT_SCALE_DOWN:
|
|||
|
MOZ_ASSERT(constrainedSize);
|
|||
|
if (noneSize) {
|
|||
|
constrainedSize->width =
|
|||
|
std::min(constrainedSize->width, noneSize->width);
|
|||
|
constrainedSize->height =
|
|||
|
std::min(constrainedSize->height, noneSize->height);
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
return *constrainedSize;
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
default:
|
|||
|
MOZ_ASSERT_UNREACHABLE("Unexpected enum value for 'object-fit'");
|
|||
|
return aConstraintSize; // fall back to (default) 'fill' behavior
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
// (Helper for HasInitialObjectFitAndPosition, to check
|
|||
|
// each "object-position" coord.)
|
|||
|
typedef nsStyleBackground::Position::PositionCoord PositionCoord;
|
|||
|
static bool
|
|||
|
IsCoord50Pct(const PositionCoord& aCoord)
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
return (aCoord.mLength == 0 &&
|
|||
|
aCoord.mHasPercent &&
|
|||
|
aCoord.mPercent == 0.5f);
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
// Indicates whether the given nsStylePosition has the initial values
|
|||
|
// for the "object-fit" and "object-position" properties.
|
|||
|
static bool
|
|||
|
HasInitialObjectFitAndPosition(const nsStylePosition* aStylePos)
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
const nsStyleBackground::Position& objectPos = aStylePos->mObjectPosition;
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
return aStylePos->mObjectFit == NS_STYLE_OBJECT_FIT_FILL &&
|
|||
|
IsCoord50Pct(objectPos.mXPosition) &&
|
|||
|
IsCoord50Pct(objectPos.mYPosition);
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
/* static */ nsRect
|
|||
|
nsLayoutUtils::ComputeObjectDestRect(const nsRect& aConstraintRect,
|
|||
|
const IntrinsicSize& aIntrinsicSize,
|
|||
|
const nsSize& aIntrinsicRatio,
|
|||
|
const nsStylePosition* aStylePos,
|
|||
|
nsPoint* aAnchorPoint)
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
// Step 1: Figure out our "concrete object size"
|
|||
|
// (the size of the region we'll actually draw our image's pixels into).
|
|||
|
nsSize concreteObjectSize =
|
|||
|
ComputeConcreteObjectSize(aConstraintRect.Size(), aIntrinsicSize,
|
|||
|
aIntrinsicRatio, aStylePos->mObjectFit);
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
// Step 2: Figure out how to align that region in the element's content-box.
|
|||
|
nsPoint imageTopLeftPt, imageAnchorPt;
|
|||
|
nsImageRenderer::ComputeObjectAnchorPoint(aStylePos->mObjectPosition,
|
|||
|
aConstraintRect.Size(),
|
|||
|
concreteObjectSize,
|
|||
|
&imageTopLeftPt, &imageAnchorPt);
|
|||
|
// Right now, we're with respect to aConstraintRect's top-left point. We add
|
|||
|
// that point here, to convert to the same broader coordinate space that
|
|||
|
// aConstraintRect is in.
|
|||
|
imageTopLeftPt += aConstraintRect.TopLeft();
|
|||
|
imageAnchorPt += aConstraintRect.TopLeft();
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
if (aAnchorPoint) {
|
|||
|
// Special-case: if our "object-fit" and "object-position" properties have
|
|||
|
// their default values ("object-fit: fill; object-position:50% 50%"), then
|
|||
|
// we'll override the calculated imageAnchorPt, and instead use the
|
|||
|
// object's top-left corner.
|
|||
|
//
|
|||
|
// This special case is partly for backwards compatibility (since
|
|||
|
// traditionally we've pixel-aligned the top-left corner of e.g. <img>
|
|||
|
// elements), and partly because ComputeSnappedDrawingParameters produces
|
|||
|
// less error if the anchor point is at the top-left corner. So, all other
|
|||
|
// things being equal, we prefer that code path with less error.
|
|||
|
if (HasInitialObjectFitAndPosition(aStylePos)) {
|
|||
|
*aAnchorPoint = imageTopLeftPt;
|
|||
|
} else {
|
|||
|
*aAnchorPoint = imageAnchorPt;
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
return nsRect(imageTopLeftPt, concreteObjectSize);
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
nsresult
|
|||
|
nsLayoutUtils::GetFontMetricsForFrame(const nsIFrame* aFrame,
|
|||
|
nsFontMetrics** aFontMetrics,
|
|||
|
float aInflation)
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
return nsLayoutUtils::GetFontMetricsForStyleContext(aFrame->StyleContext(),
|
|||
|
aFontMetrics,
|
|||
|
aInflation);
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
nsresult
|
|||
|
nsLayoutUtils::GetFontMetricsForStyleContext(nsStyleContext* aStyleContext,
|
|||
|
nsFontMetrics** aFontMetrics,
|
|||
|
float aInflation)
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
// pass the user font set object into the device context to pass along to CreateFontGroup
|
|||
|
nsPresContext* pc = aStyleContext->PresContext();
|
|||
|
gfxUserFontSet* fs = pc->GetUserFontSet();
|
|||
|
gfxTextPerfMetrics* tp = pc->GetTextPerfMetrics();
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
WritingMode wm(aStyleContext);
|
|||
|
gfxFont::Orientation orientation =
|
|||
|
wm.IsVertical() && !wm.IsSideways() ? gfxFont::eVertical
|
|||
|
: gfxFont::eHorizontal;
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
const nsStyleFont* styleFont = aStyleContext->StyleFont();
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
// When aInflation is 1.0, avoid making a local copy of the nsFont.
|
|||
|
// This also avoids running font.size through floats when it is large,
|
|||
|
// which would be lossy. Fortunately, in such cases, aInflation is
|
|||
|
// guaranteed to be 1.0f.
|
|||
|
if (aInflation == 1.0f) {
|
|||
|
return pc->DeviceContext()->GetMetricsFor(styleFont->mFont,
|
|||
|
styleFont->mLanguage,
|
|||
|
styleFont->mExplicitLanguage,
|
|||
|
orientation, fs, tp,
|
|||
|
*aFontMetrics);
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
nsFont font = styleFont->mFont;
|
|||
|
font.size = NSToCoordRound(font.size * aInflation);
|
|||
|
return pc->DeviceContext()->GetMetricsFor(font, styleFont->mLanguage,
|
|||
|
styleFont->mExplicitLanguage,
|
|||
|
orientation, fs, tp,
|
|||
|
*aFontMetrics);
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
nsIFrame*
|
|||
|
nsLayoutUtils::FindChildContainingDescendant(nsIFrame* aParent, nsIFrame* aDescendantFrame)
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
nsIFrame* result = aDescendantFrame;
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
while (result) {
|
|||
|
nsIFrame* parent = result->GetParent();
|
|||
|
if (parent == aParent) {
|
|||
|
break;
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
// The frame is not an immediate child of aParent so walk up another level
|
|||
|
result = parent;
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
return result;
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
nsBlockFrame*
|
|||
|
nsLayoutUtils::GetAsBlock(nsIFrame* aFrame)
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
nsBlockFrame* block = do_QueryFrame(aFrame);
|
|||
|
return block;
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
nsBlockFrame*
|
|||
|
nsLayoutUtils::FindNearestBlockAncestor(nsIFrame* aFrame)
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
nsIFrame* nextAncestor;
|
|||
|
for (nextAncestor = aFrame->GetParent(); nextAncestor;
|
|||
|
nextAncestor = nextAncestor->GetParent()) {
|
|||
|
nsBlockFrame* block = GetAsBlock(nextAncestor);
|
|||
|
if (block)
|
|||
|
return block;
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
return nullptr;
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
nsIFrame*
|
|||
|
nsLayoutUtils::GetNonGeneratedAncestor(nsIFrame* aFrame)
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
if (!(aFrame->GetStateBits() & NS_FRAME_GENERATED_CONTENT))
|
|||
|
return aFrame;
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
nsIFrame* f = aFrame;
|
|||
|
do {
|
|||
|
f = GetParentOrPlaceholderFor(f);
|
|||
|
} while (f->GetStateBits() & NS_FRAME_GENERATED_CONTENT);
|
|||
|
return f;
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
nsIFrame*
|
|||
|
nsLayoutUtils::GetParentOrPlaceholderFor(nsIFrame* aFrame)
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
if ((aFrame->GetStateBits() & NS_FRAME_OUT_OF_FLOW)
|
|||
|
&& !aFrame->GetPrevInFlow()) {
|
|||
|
return aFrame->PresContext()->PresShell()->FrameManager()->
|
|||
|
GetPlaceholderFrameFor(aFrame);
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
return aFrame->GetParent();
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
nsIFrame*
|
|||
|
nsLayoutUtils::GetParentOrPlaceholderForCrossDoc(nsIFrame* aFrame)
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
nsIFrame* f = GetParentOrPlaceholderFor(aFrame);
|
|||
|
if (f)
|
|||
|
return f;
|
|||
|
return GetCrossDocParentFrame(aFrame);
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
nsIFrame*
|
|||
|
nsLayoutUtils::GetNextContinuationOrIBSplitSibling(nsIFrame *aFrame)
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
nsIFrame *result = aFrame->GetNextContinuation();
|
|||
|
if (result)
|
|||
|
return result;
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
if ((aFrame->GetStateBits() & NS_FRAME_PART_OF_IBSPLIT) != 0) {
|
|||
|
// We only store the ib-split sibling annotation with the first
|
|||
|
// frame in the continuation chain. Walk back to find that frame now.
|
|||
|
aFrame = aFrame->FirstContinuation();
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
void* value = aFrame->Properties().Get(nsIFrame::IBSplitSibling());
|
|||
|
return static_cast<nsIFrame*>(value);
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
return nullptr;
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
nsIFrame*
|
|||
|
nsLayoutUtils::FirstContinuationOrIBSplitSibling(nsIFrame *aFrame)
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
nsIFrame *result = aFrame->FirstContinuation();
|
|||
|
if (result->GetStateBits() & NS_FRAME_PART_OF_IBSPLIT) {
|
|||
|
while (true) {
|
|||
|
nsIFrame *f = static_cast<nsIFrame*>
|
|||
|
(result->Properties().Get(nsIFrame::IBSplitPrevSibling()));
|
|||
|
if (!f)
|
|||
|
break;
|
|||
|
result = f;
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
return result;
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
nsIFrame*
|
|||
|
nsLayoutUtils::LastContinuationOrIBSplitSibling(nsIFrame *aFrame)
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
nsIFrame *result = aFrame->FirstContinuation();
|
|||
|
if (result->GetStateBits() & NS_FRAME_PART_OF_IBSPLIT) {
|
|||
|
while (true) {
|
|||
|
nsIFrame *f = static_cast<nsIFrame*>
|
|||
|
(result->Properties().Get(nsIFrame::IBSplitSibling()));
|
|||
|
if (!f)
|
|||
|
break;
|
|||
|
result = f;
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
result = result->LastContinuation();
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
return result;
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
bool
|
|||
|
nsLayoutUtils::IsFirstContinuationOrIBSplitSibling(nsIFrame *aFrame)
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
if (aFrame->GetPrevContinuation()) {
|
|||
|
return false;
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
if ((aFrame->GetStateBits() & NS_FRAME_PART_OF_IBSPLIT) &&
|
|||
|
aFrame->Properties().Get(nsIFrame::IBSplitPrevSibling())) {
|
|||
|
return false;
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
return true;
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
bool
|
|||
|
nsLayoutUtils::IsViewportScrollbarFrame(nsIFrame* aFrame)
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
if (!aFrame)
|
|||
|
return false;
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
nsIFrame* rootScrollFrame =
|
|||
|
aFrame->PresContext()->PresShell()->GetRootScrollFrame();
|
|||
|
if (!rootScrollFrame)
|
|||
|
return false;
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
nsIScrollableFrame* rootScrollableFrame = do_QueryFrame(rootScrollFrame);
|
|||
|
NS_ASSERTION(rootScrollableFrame, "The root scorollable frame is null");
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
if (!IsProperAncestorFrame(rootScrollFrame, aFrame))
|
|||
|
return false;
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
nsIFrame* rootScrolledFrame = rootScrollableFrame->GetScrolledFrame();
|
|||
|
return !(rootScrolledFrame == aFrame ||
|
|||
|
IsProperAncestorFrame(rootScrolledFrame, aFrame));
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
// Use only for widths/heights (or their min/max), since it clamps
|
|||
|
// negative calc() results to 0.
|
|||
|
static bool GetAbsoluteCoord(const nsStyleCoord& aStyle, nscoord& aResult)
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
if (aStyle.IsCalcUnit()) {
|
|||
|
if (aStyle.CalcHasPercent()) {
|
|||
|
return false;
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
// If it has no percents, we can pass 0 for the percentage basis.
|
|||
|
aResult = nsRuleNode::ComputeComputedCalc(aStyle, 0);
|
|||
|
if (aResult < 0)
|
|||
|
aResult = 0;
|
|||
|
return true;
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
if (eStyleUnit_Coord != aStyle.GetUnit())
|
|||
|
return false;
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
aResult = aStyle.GetCoordValue();
|
|||
|
NS_ASSERTION(aResult >= 0, "negative widths not allowed");
|
|||
|
return true;
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
static nscoord
|
|||
|
GetBSizeTakenByBoxSizing(StyleBoxSizing aBoxSizing,
|
|||
|
nsIFrame* aFrame,
|
|||
|
bool aHorizontalAxis,
|
|||
|
bool aIgnorePadding);
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
// Only call on style coords for which GetAbsoluteCoord returned false.
|
|||
|
static bool
|
|||
|
GetPercentBSize(const nsStyleCoord& aStyle,
|
|||
|
nsIFrame* aFrame,
|
|||
|
bool aHorizontalAxis,
|
|||
|
nscoord& aResult)
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
if (eStyleUnit_Percent != aStyle.GetUnit() &&
|
|||
|
!aStyle.IsCalcUnit())
|
|||
|
return false;
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
MOZ_ASSERT(!aStyle.IsCalcUnit() || aStyle.CalcHasPercent(),
|
|||
|
"GetAbsoluteCoord should have handled this");
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
// During reflow, nsHTMLScrollFrame::ReflowScrolledFrame uses
|
|||
|
// SetComputedHeight on the reflow state for its child to propagate its
|
|||
|
// computed height to the scrolled content. So here we skip to the scroll
|
|||
|
// frame that contains this scrolled content in order to get the same
|
|||
|
// behavior as layout when computing percentage heights.
|
|||
|
nsIFrame *f = aFrame->GetContainingBlock(nsIFrame::SKIP_SCROLLED_FRAME);
|
|||
|
if (!f) {
|
|||
|
NS_NOTREACHED("top of frame tree not a containing block");
|
|||
|
return false;
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
WritingMode wm = f->GetWritingMode();
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
const nsStylePosition *pos = f->StylePosition();
|
|||
|
const nsStyleCoord& bSizeCoord = pos->BSize(wm);
|
|||
|
nscoord h;
|
|||
|
if (!GetAbsoluteCoord(bSizeCoord, h) &&
|
|||
|
!GetPercentBSize(bSizeCoord, f, aHorizontalAxis, h)) {
|
|||
|
NS_ASSERTION(bSizeCoord.GetUnit() == eStyleUnit_Auto ||
|
|||
|
bSizeCoord.HasPercent(),
|
|||
|
"unknown block-size unit");
|
|||
|
nsIAtom* fType = f->GetType();
|
|||
|
if (fType != nsGkAtoms::viewportFrame && fType != nsGkAtoms::canvasFrame &&
|
|||
|
fType != nsGkAtoms::pageContentFrame) {
|
|||
|
// There's no basis for the percentage height, so it acts like auto.
|
|||
|
// Should we consider a max-height < min-height pair a basis for
|
|||
|
// percentage heights? The spec is somewhat unclear, and not doing
|
|||
|
// so is simpler and avoids troubling discontinuities in behavior,
|
|||
|
// so I'll choose not to. -LDB
|
|||
|
return false;
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
NS_ASSERTION(bSizeCoord.GetUnit() == eStyleUnit_Auto,
|
|||
|
"Unexpected block-size unit for viewport or canvas or page-content");
|
|||
|
// For the viewport, canvas, and page-content kids, the percentage
|
|||
|
// basis is just the parent block-size.
|
|||
|
h = f->BSize(wm);
|
|||
|
if (h == NS_UNCONSTRAINEDSIZE) {
|
|||
|
// We don't have a percentage basis after all
|
|||
|
return false;
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
const nsStyleCoord& maxBSizeCoord = pos->MaxBSize(wm);
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
nscoord maxh;
|
|||
|
if (GetAbsoluteCoord(maxBSizeCoord, maxh) ||
|
|||
|
GetPercentBSize(maxBSizeCoord, f, aHorizontalAxis, maxh)) {
|
|||
|
if (maxh < h)
|
|||
|
h = maxh;
|
|||
|
} else {
|
|||
|
NS_ASSERTION(maxBSizeCoord.GetUnit() == eStyleUnit_None ||
|
|||
|
maxBSizeCoord.HasPercent(),
|
|||
|
"unknown max block-size unit");
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
const nsStyleCoord& minBSizeCoord = pos->MinBSize(wm);
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
nscoord minh;
|
|||
|
if (GetAbsoluteCoord(minBSizeCoord, minh) ||
|
|||
|
GetPercentBSize(minBSizeCoord, f, aHorizontalAxis, minh)) {
|
|||
|
if (minh > h)
|
|||
|
h = minh;
|
|||
|
} else {
|
|||
|
NS_ASSERTION(minBSizeCoord.HasPercent() ||
|
|||
|
minBSizeCoord.GetUnit() == eStyleUnit_Auto,
|
|||
|
"unknown min block-size unit");
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
// Now adjust h for box-sizing styles on the parent. We never ignore padding
|
|||
|
// here. That could conceivably cause some problems with fieldsets (which are
|
|||
|
// the one place that wants to ignore padding), but solving that here without
|
|||
|
// hardcoding a check for f being a fieldset-content frame is a bit of a pain.
|
|||
|
nscoord bSizeTakenByBoxSizing =
|
|||
|
GetBSizeTakenByBoxSizing(pos->mBoxSizing, f, aHorizontalAxis, false);
|
|||
|
h = std::max(0, h - bSizeTakenByBoxSizing);
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
if (aStyle.IsCalcUnit()) {
|
|||
|
aResult = std::max(nsRuleNode::ComputeComputedCalc(aStyle, h), 0);
|
|||
|
return true;
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
aResult = NSToCoordRound(aStyle.GetPercentValue() * h);
|
|||
|
return true;
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
// Get the amount of vertical space taken out of aFrame's content area due to
|
|||
|
// its borders and paddings given the box-sizing value in aBoxSizing. We don't
|
|||
|
// get aBoxSizing from the frame because some callers want to compute this for
|
|||
|
// specific box-sizing values. aHorizontalAxis is true if our inline direction
|
|||
|
// is horisontal and our block direction is vertical. aIgnorePadding is true if
|
|||
|
// padding should be ignored.
|
|||
|
static nscoord
|
|||
|
GetBSizeTakenByBoxSizing(StyleBoxSizing aBoxSizing,
|
|||
|
nsIFrame* aFrame,
|
|||
|
bool aHorizontalAxis,
|
|||
|
bool aIgnorePadding)
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
nscoord bSizeTakenByBoxSizing = 0;
|
|||
|
switch (aBoxSizing) {
|
|||
|
case StyleBoxSizing::Border: {
|
|||
|
const nsStyleBorder* styleBorder = aFrame->StyleBorder();
|
|||
|
bSizeTakenByBoxSizing +=
|
|||
|
aHorizontalAxis ? styleBorder->GetComputedBorder().TopBottom()
|
|||
|
: styleBorder->GetComputedBorder().LeftRight();
|
|||
|
// fall through
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
case StyleBoxSizing::Padding: {
|
|||
|
if (!aIgnorePadding) {
|
|||
|
const nsStyleSides& stylePadding =
|
|||
|
aFrame->StylePadding()->mPadding;
|
|||
|
const nsStyleCoord& paddingStart =
|
|||
|
stylePadding.Get(aHorizontalAxis ? NS_SIDE_TOP : NS_SIDE_LEFT);
|
|||
|
const nsStyleCoord& paddingEnd =
|
|||
|
stylePadding.Get(aHorizontalAxis ? NS_SIDE_BOTTOM : NS_SIDE_RIGHT);
|
|||
|
nscoord pad;
|
|||
|
// XXXbz Calling GetPercentBSize on padding values looks bogus, since
|
|||
|
// percent padding is always a percentage of the inline-size of the
|
|||
|
// containing block. We should perhaps just treat non-absolute paddings
|
|||
|
// here as 0 instead, except that in some cases the width may in fact be
|
|||
|
// known. See bug 1231059.
|
|||
|
if (GetAbsoluteCoord(paddingStart, pad) ||
|
|||
|
GetPercentBSize(paddingStart, aFrame, aHorizontalAxis, pad)) {
|
|||
|
bSizeTakenByBoxSizing += pad;
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
if (GetAbsoluteCoord(paddingEnd, pad) ||
|
|||
|
GetPercentBSize(paddingEnd, aFrame, aHorizontalAxis, pad)) {
|
|||
|
bSizeTakenByBoxSizing += pad;
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
// fall through
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
case StyleBoxSizing::Content:
|
|||
|
default:
|
|||
|
break;
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
return bSizeTakenByBoxSizing;
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
// Handles only -moz-max-content and -moz-min-content, and
|
|||
|
// -moz-fit-content for min-width and max-width, since the others
|
|||
|
// (-moz-fit-content for width, and -moz-available) have no effect on
|
|||
|
// intrinsic widths.
|
|||
|
enum eWidthProperty { PROP_WIDTH, PROP_MAX_WIDTH, PROP_MIN_WIDTH };
|
|||
|
static bool
|
|||
|
GetIntrinsicCoord(const nsStyleCoord& aStyle,
|
|||
|
nsRenderingContext* aRenderingContext,
|
|||
|
nsIFrame* aFrame,
|
|||
|
eWidthProperty aProperty,
|
|||
|
nscoord& aResult)
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
NS_PRECONDITION(aProperty == PROP_WIDTH || aProperty == PROP_MAX_WIDTH ||
|
|||
|
aProperty == PROP_MIN_WIDTH, "unexpected property");
|
|||
|
if (aStyle.GetUnit() != eStyleUnit_Enumerated)
|
|||
|
return false;
|
|||
|
int32_t val = aStyle.GetIntValue();
|
|||
|
NS_ASSERTION(val == NS_STYLE_WIDTH_MAX_CONTENT ||
|
|||
|
val == NS_STYLE_WIDTH_MIN_CONTENT ||
|
|||
|
val == NS_STYLE_WIDTH_FIT_CONTENT ||
|
|||
|
val == NS_STYLE_WIDTH_AVAILABLE,
|
|||
|
"unexpected enumerated value for width property");
|
|||
|
if (val == NS_STYLE_WIDTH_AVAILABLE)
|
|||
|
return false;
|
|||
|
if (val == NS_STYLE_WIDTH_FIT_CONTENT) {
|
|||
|
if (aProperty == PROP_WIDTH)
|
|||
|
return false; // handle like 'width: auto'
|
|||
|
if (aProperty == PROP_MAX_WIDTH)
|
|||
|
// constrain large 'width' values down to -moz-max-content
|
|||
|
val = NS_STYLE_WIDTH_MAX_CONTENT;
|
|||
|
else
|
|||
|
// constrain small 'width' or 'max-width' values up to -moz-min-content
|
|||
|
val = NS_STYLE_WIDTH_MIN_CONTENT;
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
NS_ASSERTION(val == NS_STYLE_WIDTH_MAX_CONTENT ||
|
|||
|
val == NS_STYLE_WIDTH_MIN_CONTENT,
|
|||
|
"should have reduced everything remaining to one of these");
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
// If aFrame is a container for font size inflation, then shrink
|
|||
|
// wrapping inside of it should not apply font size inflation.
|
|||
|
AutoMaybeDisableFontInflation an(aFrame);
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
if (val == NS_STYLE_WIDTH_MAX_CONTENT)
|
|||
|
aResult = aFrame->GetPrefISize(aRenderingContext);
|
|||
|
else
|
|||
|
aResult = aFrame->GetMinISize(aRenderingContext);
|
|||
|
return true;
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
#undef DEBUG_INTRINSIC_WIDTH
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
#ifdef DEBUG_INTRINSIC_WIDTH
|
|||
|
static int32_t gNoiseIndent = 0;
|
|||
|
#endif
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
/**
|
|||
|
* Add aOffsets which describes what to add on outside of the content box
|
|||
|
* aContentSize (controlled by 'box-sizing') and apply min/max properties.
|
|||
|
* We have to account for these properties after getting all the offsets
|
|||
|
* (margin, border, padding) because percentages do not operate linearly.
|
|||
|
* Doing this is ok because although percentages aren't handled linearly,
|
|||
|
* they are handled monotonically.
|
|||
|
*
|
|||
|
* @param aContentSize the content size calculated so far
|
|||
|
(@see IntrinsicForContainer)
|
|||
|
* @param aContentMinSize ditto min content size
|
|||
|
* @param aStyleSize a 'width' or 'height' property value
|
|||
|
* @param aFixedMinSize if aStyleMinSize is a definite size then this points to
|
|||
|
* the value, otherwise nullptr
|
|||
|
* @param aStyleMinSize a 'min-width' or 'min-height' property value
|
|||
|
* @param aFixedMaxSize if aStyleMaxSize is a definite size then this points to
|
|||
|
* the value, otherwise nullptr
|
|||
|
* @param aStyleMaxSize a 'max-width' or 'max-height' property value
|
|||
|
* @param aFlags same as for IntrinsicForContainer
|
|||
|
* @param aContainerWM the container's WM
|
|||
|
*/
|
|||
|
static nscoord
|
|||
|
AddIntrinsicSizeOffset(nsRenderingContext* aRenderingContext,
|
|||
|
nsIFrame* aFrame,
|
|||
|
const nsIFrame::IntrinsicISizeOffsetData& aOffsets,
|
|||
|
nsLayoutUtils::IntrinsicISizeType aType,
|
|||
|
StyleBoxSizing aBoxSizing,
|
|||
|
nscoord aContentSize,
|
|||
|
nscoord aContentMinSize,
|
|||
|
const nsStyleCoord& aStyleSize,
|
|||
|
const nscoord* aFixedMinSize,
|
|||
|
const nsStyleCoord& aStyleMinSize,
|
|||
|
const nscoord* aFixedMaxSize,
|
|||
|
const nsStyleCoord& aStyleMaxSize,
|
|||
|
uint32_t aFlags,
|
|||
|
PhysicalAxis aAxis)
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
nscoord result = aContentSize;
|
|||
|
nscoord min = aContentMinSize;
|
|||
|
nscoord coordOutsideSize = 0;
|
|||
|
float pctOutsideSize = 0;
|
|||
|
float pctTotal = 0.0f;
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
if (!(aFlags & nsLayoutUtils::IGNORE_PADDING)) {
|
|||
|
coordOutsideSize += aOffsets.hPadding;
|
|||
|
pctOutsideSize += aOffsets.hPctPadding;
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
if (aBoxSizing == StyleBoxSizing::Padding) {
|
|||
|
min += coordOutsideSize;
|
|||
|
result = NSCoordSaturatingAdd(result, coordOutsideSize);
|
|||
|
pctTotal += pctOutsideSize;
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
coordOutsideSize = 0;
|
|||
|
pctOutsideSize = 0.0f;
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
coordOutsideSize += aOffsets.hBorder;
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
if (aBoxSizing == StyleBoxSizing::Border) {
|
|||
|
min += coordOutsideSize;
|
|||
|
result = NSCoordSaturatingAdd(result, coordOutsideSize);
|
|||
|
pctTotal += pctOutsideSize;
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
coordOutsideSize = 0;
|
|||
|
pctOutsideSize = 0.0f;
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
coordOutsideSize += aOffsets.hMargin;
|
|||
|
pctOutsideSize += aOffsets.hPctMargin;
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
min += coordOutsideSize;
|
|||
|
result = NSCoordSaturatingAdd(result, coordOutsideSize);
|
|||
|
pctTotal += pctOutsideSize;
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
nscoord size;
|
|||
|
if (GetAbsoluteCoord(aStyleSize, size) ||
|
|||
|
GetIntrinsicCoord(aStyleSize, aRenderingContext, aFrame,
|
|||
|
PROP_WIDTH, size)) {
|
|||
|
result = nsLayoutUtils::AddPercents(aType, size + coordOutsideSize,
|
|||
|
pctOutsideSize);
|
|||
|
} else if (aType == nsLayoutUtils::MIN_ISIZE &&
|
|||
|
// The only cases of coord-percent-calc() units that
|
|||
|
// GetAbsoluteCoord didn't handle are percent and calc()s
|
|||
|
// containing percent.
|
|||
|
aStyleSize.IsCoordPercentCalcUnit() &&
|
|||
|
aFrame->IsFrameOfType(nsIFrame::eReplaced)) {
|
|||
|
// A percentage width on replaced elements means they can shrink to 0.
|
|||
|
result = 0; // let |min| handle padding/border/margin
|
|||
|
} else {
|
|||
|
// NOTE: We could really do a lot better for percents and for some
|
|||
|
// cases of calc() containing percent (certainly including any where
|
|||
|
// the coefficient on the percent is positive and there are no max()
|
|||
|
// expressions). However, doing better for percents wouldn't be
|
|||
|
// backwards compatible.
|
|||
|
result = nsLayoutUtils::AddPercents(aType, result, pctTotal);
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
nscoord maxSize = aFixedMaxSize ? *aFixedMaxSize : 0;
|
|||
|
if (aFixedMaxSize ||
|
|||
|
GetIntrinsicCoord(aStyleMaxSize, aRenderingContext, aFrame,
|
|||
|
PROP_MAX_WIDTH, maxSize)) {
|
|||
|
maxSize = nsLayoutUtils::AddPercents(aType, maxSize + coordOutsideSize,
|
|||
|
pctOutsideSize);
|
|||
|
if (result > maxSize) {
|
|||
|
result = maxSize;
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
nscoord minSize = aFixedMinSize ? *aFixedMinSize : 0;
|
|||
|
if (aFixedMinSize ||
|
|||
|
GetIntrinsicCoord(aStyleMinSize, aRenderingContext, aFrame,
|
|||
|
PROP_MIN_WIDTH, minSize)) {
|
|||
|
minSize = nsLayoutUtils::AddPercents(aType, minSize + coordOutsideSize,
|
|||
|
pctOutsideSize);
|
|||
|
if (result < minSize) {
|
|||
|
result = minSize;
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
min = nsLayoutUtils::AddPercents(aType, min, pctTotal);
|
|||
|
if (result < min) {
|
|||
|
result = min;
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
const nsStyleDisplay* disp = aFrame->StyleDisplay();
|
|||
|
if (aFrame->IsThemed(disp)) {
|
|||
|
LayoutDeviceIntSize devSize;
|
|||
|
bool canOverride = true;
|
|||
|
nsPresContext* pc = aFrame->PresContext();
|
|||
|
pc->GetTheme()->GetMinimumWidgetSize(pc, aFrame, disp->mAppearance,
|
|||
|
&devSize, &canOverride);
|
|||
|
nscoord themeSize =
|
|||
|
pc->DevPixelsToAppUnits(aAxis == eAxisVertical ? devSize.height
|
|||
|
: devSize.width);
|
|||
|
// GetMinimumWidgetSize() returns a border-box width.
|
|||
|
themeSize += aOffsets.hMargin;
|
|||
|
themeSize = nsLayoutUtils::AddPercents(aType, themeSize,
|
|||
|
aOffsets.hPctMargin);
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
if (themeSize > result || !canOverride) {
|
|||
|
result = themeSize;
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
return result;
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
static void
|
|||
|
AddStateBitToAncestors(nsIFrame* aFrame, nsFrameState aBit)
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
for (nsIFrame* f = aFrame; f; f = f->GetParent()) {
|
|||
|
if (f->HasAnyStateBits(aBit)) {
|
|||
|
break;
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
f->AddStateBits(aBit);
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
/* static */ nscoord
|
|||
|
nsLayoutUtils::IntrinsicForAxis(PhysicalAxis aAxis,
|
|||
|
nsRenderingContext* aRenderingContext,
|
|||
|
nsIFrame* aFrame,
|
|||
|
IntrinsicISizeType aType,
|
|||
|
uint32_t aFlags)
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
NS_PRECONDITION(aFrame, "null frame");
|
|||
|
NS_PRECONDITION(aFrame->GetParent(),
|
|||
|
"IntrinsicForAxis called on frame not in tree");
|
|||
|
NS_PRECONDITION(aType == MIN_ISIZE || aType == PREF_ISIZE, "bad type");
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
const bool horizontalAxis = MOZ_LIKELY(aAxis == eAxisHorizontal);
|
|||
|
#ifdef DEBUG_INTRINSIC_WIDTH
|
|||
|
nsFrame::IndentBy(stderr, gNoiseIndent);
|
|||
|
static_cast<nsFrame*>(aFrame)->ListTag(stderr);
|
|||
|
printf_stderr(" %s %s intrinsic size for container:\n",
|
|||
|
aType == MIN_ISIZE ? "min" : "pref",
|
|||
|
horizontalAxis ? "horizontal" : "vertical");
|
|||
|
#endif
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
// If aFrame is a container for font size inflation, then shrink
|
|||
|
// wrapping inside of it should not apply font size inflation.
|
|||
|
AutoMaybeDisableFontInflation an(aFrame);
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
// We want the size this frame will contribute to the parent's inline-size,
|
|||
|
// so we work in the parent's writing mode; but if aFrame is orthogonal to
|
|||
|
// its parent, we'll need to look at its BSize instead of min/pref-ISize.
|
|||
|
const nsStylePosition* stylePos = aFrame->StylePosition();
|
|||
|
StyleBoxSizing boxSizing = stylePos->mBoxSizing;
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
const nsStyleCoord& styleMinISize =
|
|||
|
horizontalAxis ? stylePos->mMinWidth : stylePos->mMinHeight;
|
|||
|
const nsStyleCoord& styleISize =
|
|||
|
(aFlags & MIN_INTRINSIC_ISIZE) ? styleMinISize :
|
|||
|
(horizontalAxis ? stylePos->mWidth : stylePos->mHeight);
|
|||
|
MOZ_ASSERT(!(aFlags & MIN_INTRINSIC_ISIZE) ||
|
|||
|
styleISize.GetUnit() == eStyleUnit_Auto ||
|
|||
|
styleISize.GetUnit() == eStyleUnit_Enumerated,
|
|||
|
"should only use MIN_INTRINSIC_ISIZE for intrinsic values");
|
|||
|
const nsStyleCoord& styleMaxISize =
|
|||
|
horizontalAxis ? stylePos->mMaxWidth : stylePos->mMaxHeight;
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
// We build up two values starting with the content box, and then
|
|||
|
// adding padding, border and margin. The result is normally
|
|||
|
// |result|. Then, when we handle 'width', 'min-width', and
|
|||
|
// 'max-width', we use the results we've been building in |min| as a
|
|||
|
// minimum, overriding 'min-width'. This ensures two things:
|
|||
|
// * that we don't let a value of 'box-sizing' specifying a width
|
|||
|
// smaller than the padding/border inside the box-sizing box give
|
|||
|
// a content width less than zero
|
|||
|
// * that we prevent tables from becoming smaller than their
|
|||
|
// intrinsic minimum width
|
|||
|
nscoord result = 0, min = 0;
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
nscoord maxISize;
|
|||
|
bool haveFixedMaxISize = GetAbsoluteCoord(styleMaxISize, maxISize);
|
|||
|
nscoord minISize;
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
// Treat "min-width: auto" as 0.
|
|||
|
bool haveFixedMinISize;
|
|||
|
if (eStyleUnit_Auto == styleMinISize.GetUnit()) {
|
|||
|
// NOTE: Technically, "auto" is supposed to behave like "min-content" on
|
|||
|
// flex items. However, we don't need to worry about that here, because
|
|||
|
// flex items' min-sizes are intentionally ignored until the flex
|
|||
|
// container explicitly considers them during space distribution.
|
|||
|
minISize = 0;
|
|||
|
haveFixedMinISize = true;
|
|||
|
} else {
|
|||
|
haveFixedMinISize = GetAbsoluteCoord(styleMinISize, minISize);
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
PhysicalAxis ourInlineAxis =
|
|||
|
aFrame->GetWritingMode().PhysicalAxis(eLogicalAxisInline);
|
|||
|
// If we have a specified width (or a specified 'min-width' greater
|
|||
|
// than the specified 'max-width', which works out to the same thing),
|
|||
|
// don't even bother getting the frame's intrinsic width, because in
|
|||
|
// this case GetAbsoluteCoord(styleISize, w) will always succeed, so
|
|||
|
// we'll never need the intrinsic dimensions.
|
|||
|
if (styleISize.GetUnit() == eStyleUnit_Enumerated &&
|
|||
|
(styleISize.GetIntValue() == NS_STYLE_WIDTH_MAX_CONTENT ||
|
|||
|
styleISize.GetIntValue() == NS_STYLE_WIDTH_MIN_CONTENT)) {
|
|||
|
// -moz-fit-content and -moz-available enumerated widths compute intrinsic
|
|||
|
// widths just like auto.
|
|||
|
// For -moz-max-content and -moz-min-content, we handle them like
|
|||
|
// specified widths, but ignore box-sizing.
|
|||
|
boxSizing = StyleBoxSizing::Content;
|
|||
|
} else if (!styleISize.ConvertsToLength() &&
|
|||
|
!(haveFixedMinISize && haveFixedMaxISize && maxISize <= minISize)) {
|
|||
|
#ifdef DEBUG_INTRINSIC_WIDTH
|
|||
|
++gNoiseIndent;
|
|||
|
#endif
|
|||
|
if (MOZ_UNLIKELY(aAxis != ourInlineAxis)) {
|
|||
|
// We need aFrame's block-dir size.
|
|||
|
if (aFlags & BAIL_IF_REFLOW_NEEDED) {
|
|||
|
return NS_INTRINSIC_WIDTH_UNKNOWN;
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
// XXX Unfortunately, we probably don't know this yet, so this is wrong...
|
|||
|
// but it's not clear what we should do. If aFrame's inline size hasn't
|
|||
|
// been determined yet, we can't necessarily figure out its block size
|
|||
|
// either. For now, authors who put orthogonal elements into things like
|
|||
|
// buttons or table cells may have to explicitly provide sizes rather
|
|||
|
// than expecting intrinsic sizing to work "perfectly" in underspecified
|
|||
|
// cases.
|
|||
|
result = aFrame->BSize();
|
|||
|
} else {
|
|||
|
result = aType == MIN_ISIZE
|
|||
|
? aFrame->GetMinISize(aRenderingContext)
|
|||
|
: aFrame->GetPrefISize(aRenderingContext);
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
#ifdef DEBUG_INTRINSIC_WIDTH
|
|||
|
--gNoiseIndent;
|
|||
|
nsFrame::IndentBy(stderr, gNoiseIndent);
|
|||
|
static_cast<nsFrame*>(aFrame)->ListTag(stderr);
|
|||
|
printf_stderr(" %s %s intrinsic size from frame is %d.\n",
|
|||
|
aType == MIN_ISIZE ? "min" : "pref",
|
|||
|
horizontalAxis ? "horizontal" : "vertical",
|
|||
|
result);
|
|||
|
#endif
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
// Handle elements with an intrinsic ratio (or size) and a specified
|
|||
|
// height, min-height, or max-height.
|
|||
|
// NOTE: We treat "min-height:auto" as "0" for the purpose of this code,
|
|||
|
// since that's what it means in all cases except for on flex items -- and
|
|||
|
// even there, we're supposed to ignore it (i.e. treat it as 0) until the
|
|||
|
// flex container explicitly considers it.
|
|||
|
const nsStyleCoord& styleBSize =
|
|||
|
horizontalAxis ? stylePos->mHeight : stylePos->mWidth;
|
|||
|
const nsStyleCoord& styleMinBSize =
|
|||
|
horizontalAxis ? stylePos->mMinHeight : stylePos->mMinWidth;
|
|||
|
const nsStyleCoord& styleMaxBSize =
|
|||
|
horizontalAxis ? stylePos->mMaxHeight : stylePos->mMaxWidth;
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
if (styleBSize.GetUnit() != eStyleUnit_Auto ||
|
|||
|
!(styleMinBSize.GetUnit() == eStyleUnit_Auto ||
|
|||
|
(styleMinBSize.GetUnit() == eStyleUnit_Coord &&
|
|||
|
styleMinBSize.GetCoordValue() == 0)) ||
|
|||
|
styleMaxBSize.GetUnit() != eStyleUnit_None) {
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
nsSize ratio(aFrame->GetIntrinsicRatio());
|
|||
|
nscoord ratioISize = (horizontalAxis ? ratio.width : ratio.height);
|
|||
|
nscoord ratioBSize = (horizontalAxis ? ratio.height : ratio.width);
|
|||
|
if (ratioBSize != 0) {
|
|||
|
AddStateBitToAncestors(aFrame,
|
|||
|
NS_FRAME_DESCENDANT_INTRINSIC_ISIZE_DEPENDS_ON_BSIZE);
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
nscoord bSizeTakenByBoxSizing =
|
|||
|
GetBSizeTakenByBoxSizing(boxSizing, aFrame, horizontalAxis,
|
|||
|
aFlags & IGNORE_PADDING);
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
nscoord h;
|
|||
|
if (GetAbsoluteCoord(styleBSize, h) ||
|
|||
|
GetPercentBSize(styleBSize, aFrame, horizontalAxis, h)) {
|
|||
|
h = std::max(0, h - bSizeTakenByBoxSizing);
|
|||
|
result = NSCoordMulDiv(h, ratioISize, ratioBSize);
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
if (GetAbsoluteCoord(styleMaxBSize, h) ||
|
|||
|
GetPercentBSize(styleMaxBSize, aFrame, horizontalAxis, h)) {
|
|||
|
h = std::max(0, h - bSizeTakenByBoxSizing);
|
|||
|
nscoord maxISize = NSCoordMulDiv(h, ratioISize, ratioBSize);
|
|||
|
if (maxISize < result)
|
|||
|
result = maxISize;
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
if (GetAbsoluteCoord(styleMinBSize, h) ||
|
|||
|
GetPercentBSize(styleMinBSize, aFrame, horizontalAxis, h)) {
|
|||
|
h = std::max(0, h - bSizeTakenByBoxSizing);
|
|||
|
nscoord minISize = NSCoordMulDiv(h, ratioISize, ratioBSize);
|
|||
|
if (minISize > result)
|
|||
|
result = minISize;
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
if (aFrame->GetType() == nsGkAtoms::tableFrame) {
|
|||
|
// Tables can't shrink smaller than their intrinsic minimum width,
|
|||
|
// no matter what.
|
|||
|
min = aFrame->GetMinISize(aRenderingContext);
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
nsIFrame::IntrinsicISizeOffsetData offsets =
|
|||
|
MOZ_LIKELY(aAxis == ourInlineAxis) ? aFrame->IntrinsicISizeOffsets()
|
|||
|
: aFrame->IntrinsicBSizeOffsets();
|
|||
|
result = AddIntrinsicSizeOffset(aRenderingContext, aFrame, offsets, aType,
|
|||
|
boxSizing, result, min, styleISize,
|
|||
|
haveFixedMinISize ? &minISize : nullptr,
|
|||
|
styleMinISize,
|
|||
|
haveFixedMaxISize ? &maxISize : nullptr,
|
|||
|
styleMaxISize,
|
|||
|
aFlags, aAxis);
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
#ifdef DEBUG_INTRINSIC_WIDTH
|
|||
|
nsFrame::IndentBy(stderr, gNoiseIndent);
|
|||
|
static_cast<nsFrame*>(aFrame)->ListTag(stderr);
|
|||
|
printf_stderr(" %s %s intrinsic size for container is %d twips.\n",
|
|||
|
aType == MIN_ISIZE ? "min" : "pref",
|
|||
|
horizontalAxis ? "horizontal" : "vertical",
|
|||
|
result);
|
|||
|
#endif
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
return result;
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
/* static */ nscoord
|
|||
|
nsLayoutUtils::IntrinsicForContainer(nsRenderingContext* aRenderingContext,
|
|||
|
nsIFrame* aFrame,
|
|||
|
IntrinsicISizeType aType,
|
|||
|
uint32_t aFlags)
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
MOZ_ASSERT(aFrame && aFrame->GetParent());
|
|||
|
// We want the size aFrame will contribute to its parent's inline-size.
|
|||
|
PhysicalAxis axis =
|
|||
|
aFrame->GetParent()->GetWritingMode().PhysicalAxis(eLogicalAxisInline);
|
|||
|
return IntrinsicForAxis(axis, aRenderingContext, aFrame, aType, aFlags);
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
/* static */ nscoord
|
|||
|
nsLayoutUtils::MinSizeContributionForAxis(PhysicalAxis aAxis,
|
|||
|
nsRenderingContext* aRC,
|
|||
|
nsIFrame* aFrame,
|
|||
|
IntrinsicISizeType aType,
|
|||
|
uint32_t aFlags)
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
MOZ_ASSERT(aFrame);
|
|||
|
MOZ_ASSERT(aFrame->IsFlexOrGridItem(),
|
|||
|
"only grid/flex items have this behavior currently");
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
#ifdef DEBUG_INTRINSIC_WIDTH
|
|||
|
nsFrame::IndentBy(stderr, gNoiseIndent);
|
|||
|
static_cast<nsFrame*>(aFrame)->ListTag(stderr);
|
|||
|
printf_stderr(" %s min-isize for %s WM:\n",
|
|||
|
aType == MIN_ISIZE ? "min" : "pref",
|
|||
|
aWM.IsVertical() ? "vertical" : "horizontal");
|
|||
|
#endif
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
const nsStylePosition* const stylePos = aFrame->StylePosition();
|
|||
|
const nsStyleCoord* style = aAxis == eAxisHorizontal ? &stylePos->mMinWidth
|
|||
|
: &stylePos->mMinHeight;
|
|||
|
nscoord minSize;
|
|||
|
nscoord* fixedMinSize = nullptr;
|
|||
|
auto minSizeUnit = style->GetUnit();
|
|||
|
if (minSizeUnit == eStyleUnit_Auto) {
|
|||
|
if (aFrame->StyleDisplay()->mOverflowX == NS_STYLE_OVERFLOW_VISIBLE) {
|
|||
|
style = aAxis == eAxisHorizontal ? &stylePos->mWidth
|
|||
|
: &stylePos->mHeight;
|
|||
|
if (GetAbsoluteCoord(*style, minSize)) {
|
|||
|
// We have a definite width/height. This is the "specified size" in:
|
|||
|
// https://drafts.csswg.org/css-grid/#min-size-auto
|
|||
|
fixedMinSize = &minSize;
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
// XXX the "transferred size" piece is missing (bug 1218178)
|
|||
|
} else {
|
|||
|
// min-[width|height]:auto with overflow != visible computes to zero.
|
|||
|
minSize = 0;
|
|||
|
fixedMinSize = &minSize;
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
} else if (GetAbsoluteCoord(*style, minSize)) {
|
|||
|
fixedMinSize = &minSize;
|
|||
|
} else if (minSizeUnit != eStyleUnit_Enumerated) {
|
|||
|
MOZ_ASSERT(style->HasPercent());
|
|||
|
minSize = 0;
|
|||
|
fixedMinSize = &minSize;
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
if (!fixedMinSize) {
|
|||
|
// Let the caller deal with the "content size" cases.
|
|||
|
#ifdef DEBUG_INTRINSIC_WIDTH
|
|||
|
nsFrame::IndentBy(stderr, gNoiseIndent);
|
|||
|
static_cast<nsFrame*>(aFrame)->ListTag(stderr);
|
|||
|
printf_stderr(" %s min-isize is indefinite.\n",
|
|||
|
aType == MIN_ISIZE ? "min" : "pref");
|
|||
|
#endif
|
|||
|
return NS_UNCONSTRAINEDSIZE;
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
// If aFrame is a container for font size inflation, then shrink
|
|||
|
// wrapping inside of it should not apply font size inflation.
|
|||
|
AutoMaybeDisableFontInflation an(aFrame);
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
PhysicalAxis ourInlineAxis =
|
|||
|
aFrame->GetWritingMode().PhysicalAxis(eLogicalAxisInline);
|
|||
|
nsIFrame::IntrinsicISizeOffsetData offsets =
|
|||
|
ourInlineAxis == aAxis ? aFrame->IntrinsicISizeOffsets()
|
|||
|
: aFrame->IntrinsicBSizeOffsets();
|
|||
|
nscoord result = 0;
|
|||
|
nscoord min = 0;
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
const nsStyleCoord& maxISize =
|
|||
|
aAxis == eAxisHorizontal ? stylePos->mMaxWidth : stylePos->mMaxHeight;
|
|||
|
result = AddIntrinsicSizeOffset(aRC, aFrame, offsets, aType,
|
|||
|
stylePos->mBoxSizing,
|
|||
|
result, min, *style, fixedMinSize,
|
|||
|
*style, nullptr, maxISize, aFlags, aAxis);
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
#ifdef DEBUG_INTRINSIC_WIDTH
|
|||
|
nsFrame::IndentBy(stderr, gNoiseIndent);
|
|||
|
static_cast<nsFrame*>(aFrame)->ListTag(stderr);
|
|||
|
printf_stderr(" %s min-isize is %d twips.\n",
|
|||
|
aType == MIN_ISIZE ? "min" : "pref", result);
|
|||
|
#endif
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
return result;
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
/* static */ nscoord
|
|||
|
nsLayoutUtils::ComputeCBDependentValue(nscoord aPercentBasis,
|
|||
|
const nsStyleCoord& aCoord)
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
NS_WARN_IF_FALSE(aPercentBasis != NS_UNCONSTRAINEDSIZE,
|
|||
|
"have unconstrained width or height; this should only "
|
|||
|
"result from very large sizes, not attempts at intrinsic "
|
|||
|
"size calculation");
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
if (aCoord.IsCoordPercentCalcUnit()) {
|
|||
|
return nsRuleNode::ComputeCoordPercentCalc(aCoord, aPercentBasis);
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
NS_ASSERTION(aCoord.GetUnit() == eStyleUnit_None ||
|
|||
|
aCoord.GetUnit() == eStyleUnit_Auto,
|
|||
|
"unexpected width value");
|
|||
|
return 0;
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
/* static */ nscoord
|
|||
|
nsLayoutUtils::ComputeISizeValue(
|
|||
|
nsRenderingContext* aRenderingContext,
|
|||
|
nsIFrame* aFrame,
|
|||
|
nscoord aContainingBlockISize,
|
|||
|
nscoord aContentEdgeToBoxSizing,
|
|||
|
nscoord aBoxSizingToMarginEdge,
|
|||
|
const nsStyleCoord& aCoord)
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
NS_PRECONDITION(aFrame, "non-null frame expected");
|
|||
|
NS_PRECONDITION(aRenderingContext, "non-null rendering context expected");
|
|||
|
NS_WARN_IF_FALSE(aContainingBlockISize != NS_UNCONSTRAINEDSIZE,
|
|||
|
"have unconstrained inline-size; this should only result from "
|
|||
|
"very large sizes, not attempts at intrinsic inline-size "
|
|||
|
"calculation");
|
|||
|
NS_PRECONDITION(aContainingBlockISize >= 0,
|
|||
|
"inline-size less than zero");
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
nscoord result;
|
|||
|
if (aCoord.IsCoordPercentCalcUnit()) {
|
|||
|
result = nsRuleNode::ComputeCoordPercentCalc(aCoord,
|
|||
|
aContainingBlockISize);
|
|||
|
// The result of a calc() expression might be less than 0; we
|
|||
|
// should clamp at runtime (below). (Percentages and coords that
|
|||
|
// are less than 0 have already been dropped by the parser.)
|
|||
|
result -= aContentEdgeToBoxSizing;
|
|||
|
} else {
|
|||
|
MOZ_ASSERT(eStyleUnit_Enumerated == aCoord.GetUnit());
|
|||
|
// If aFrame is a container for font size inflation, then shrink
|
|||
|
// wrapping inside of it should not apply font size inflation.
|
|||
|
AutoMaybeDisableFontInflation an(aFrame);
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
int32_t val = aCoord.GetIntValue();
|
|||
|
switch (val) {
|
|||
|
case NS_STYLE_WIDTH_MAX_CONTENT:
|
|||
|
result = aFrame->GetPrefISize(aRenderingContext);
|
|||
|
NS_ASSERTION(result >= 0, "inline-size less than zero");
|
|||
|
break;
|
|||
|
case NS_STYLE_WIDTH_MIN_CONTENT:
|
|||
|
result = aFrame->GetMinISize(aRenderingContext);
|
|||
|
NS_ASSERTION(result >= 0, "inline-size less than zero");
|
|||
|
break;
|
|||
|
case NS_STYLE_WIDTH_FIT_CONTENT:
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
nscoord pref = aFrame->GetPrefISize(aRenderingContext),
|
|||
|
min = aFrame->GetMinISize(aRenderingContext),
|
|||
|
fill = aContainingBlockISize -
|
|||
|
(aBoxSizingToMarginEdge + aContentEdgeToBoxSizing);
|
|||
|
result = std::max(min, std::min(pref, fill));
|
|||
|
NS_ASSERTION(result >= 0, "inline-size less than zero");
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
break;
|
|||
|
case NS_STYLE_WIDTH_AVAILABLE:
|
|||
|
result = aContainingBlockISize -
|
|||
|
(aBoxSizingToMarginEdge + aContentEdgeToBoxSizing);
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
return std::max(0, result);
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
/* static */ nscoord
|
|||
|
nsLayoutUtils::ComputeBSizeDependentValue(
|
|||
|
nscoord aContainingBlockBSize,
|
|||
|
const nsStyleCoord& aCoord)
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
// XXXldb Some callers explicitly check aContainingBlockBSize
|
|||
|
// against NS_AUTOHEIGHT *and* unit against eStyleUnit_Percent or
|
|||
|
// calc()s containing percents before calling this function.
|
|||
|
// However, it would be much more likely to catch problems without
|
|||
|
// the unit conditions.
|
|||
|
// XXXldb Many callers pass a non-'auto' containing block height when
|
|||
|
// according to CSS2.1 they should be passing 'auto'.
|
|||
|
NS_PRECONDITION(NS_AUTOHEIGHT != aContainingBlockBSize ||
|
|||
|
!aCoord.HasPercent(),
|
|||
|
"unexpected containing block block-size");
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
if (aCoord.IsCoordPercentCalcUnit()) {
|
|||
|
return nsRuleNode::ComputeCoordPercentCalc(aCoord, aContainingBlockBSize);
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
NS_ASSERTION(aCoord.GetUnit() == eStyleUnit_None ||
|
|||
|
aCoord.GetUnit() == eStyleUnit_Auto,
|
|||
|
"unexpected block-size value");
|
|||
|
return 0;
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
/* static */ void
|
|||
|
nsLayoutUtils::MarkDescendantsDirty(nsIFrame *aSubtreeRoot)
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
nsAutoTArray<nsIFrame*, 4> subtrees;
|
|||
|
subtrees.AppendElement(aSubtreeRoot);
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
// dirty descendants, iterating over subtrees that may include
|
|||
|
// additional subtrees associated with placeholders
|
|||
|
do {
|
|||
|
nsIFrame *subtreeRoot = subtrees.ElementAt(subtrees.Length() - 1);
|
|||
|
subtrees.RemoveElementAt(subtrees.Length() - 1);
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
// Mark all descendants dirty (using an nsTArray stack rather than
|
|||
|
// recursion).
|
|||
|
// Note that nsHTMLReflowState::InitResizeFlags has some similar
|
|||
|
// code; see comments there for how and why it differs.
|
|||
|
nsAutoTArray<nsIFrame*, 32> stack;
|
|||
|
stack.AppendElement(subtreeRoot);
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
do {
|
|||
|
nsIFrame *f = stack.ElementAt(stack.Length() - 1);
|
|||
|
stack.RemoveElementAt(stack.Length() - 1);
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
f->MarkIntrinsicISizesDirty();
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
if (f->GetType() == nsGkAtoms::placeholderFrame) {
|
|||
|
nsIFrame *oof = nsPlaceholderFrame::GetRealFrameForPlaceholder(f);
|
|||
|
if (!nsLayoutUtils::IsProperAncestorFrame(subtreeRoot, oof)) {
|
|||
|
// We have another distinct subtree we need to mark.
|
|||
|
subtrees.AppendElement(oof);
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
nsIFrame::ChildListIterator lists(f);
|
|||
|
for (; !lists.IsDone(); lists.Next()) {
|
|||
|
nsFrameList::Enumerator childFrames(lists.CurrentList());
|
|||
|
for (; !childFrames.AtEnd(); childFrames.Next()) {
|
|||
|
nsIFrame* kid = childFrames.get();
|
|||
|
stack.AppendElement(kid);
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
} while (stack.Length() != 0);
|
|||
|
} while (subtrees.Length() != 0);
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
/* static */
|
|||
|
LogicalSize
|
|||
|
nsLayoutUtils::ComputeSizeWithIntrinsicDimensions(WritingMode aWM,
|
|||
|
nsRenderingContext* aRenderingContext, nsIFrame* aFrame,
|
|||
|
const IntrinsicSize& aIntrinsicSize,
|
|||
|
nsSize aIntrinsicRatio,
|
|||
|
const mozilla::LogicalSize& aCBSize,
|
|||
|
const mozilla::LogicalSize& aMargin,
|
|||
|
const mozilla::LogicalSize& aBorder,
|
|||
|
const mozilla::LogicalSize& aPadding)
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
const nsStylePosition* stylePos = aFrame->StylePosition();
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
// If we're a flex item, we'll compute our size a bit differently.
|
|||
|
bool isVertical = aWM.IsVertical();
|
|||
|
const nsStyleCoord* inlineStyleCoord = &stylePos->ISize(aWM);
|
|||
|
const nsStyleCoord* blockStyleCoord = &stylePos->BSize(aWM);
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
bool isFlexItem = aFrame->IsFlexItem();
|
|||
|
bool isInlineFlexItem = false;
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
if (isFlexItem) {
|
|||
|
// Flex items use their "flex-basis" property in place of their main-size
|
|||
|
// property (e.g. "width") for sizing purposes, *unless* they have
|
|||
|
// "flex-basis:auto", in which case they use their main-size property after
|
|||
|
// all.
|
|||
|
uint32_t flexDirection =
|
|||
|
aFrame->GetParent()->StylePosition()->mFlexDirection;
|
|||
|
isInlineFlexItem =
|
|||
|
flexDirection == NS_STYLE_FLEX_DIRECTION_ROW ||
|
|||
|
flexDirection == NS_STYLE_FLEX_DIRECTION_ROW_REVERSE;
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
// NOTE: The logic here should match the similar chunk for determining
|
|||
|
// inlineStyleCoord and blockStyleCoord in nsFrame::ComputeSize().
|
|||
|
const nsStyleCoord* flexBasis = &(stylePos->mFlexBasis);
|
|||
|
if (flexBasis->GetUnit() != eStyleUnit_Auto) {
|
|||
|
if (isInlineFlexItem) {
|
|||
|
inlineStyleCoord = flexBasis;
|
|||
|
} else {
|
|||
|
// One caveat for vertical flex items: We don't support enumerated
|
|||
|
// values (e.g. "max-content") for height properties yet. So, if our
|
|||
|
// computed flex-basis is an enumerated value, we'll just behave as if
|
|||
|
// it were "auto", which means "use the main-size property after all"
|
|||
|
// (which is "height", in this case).
|
|||
|
// NOTE: Once we support intrinsic sizing keywords for "height",
|
|||
|
// we should remove this check.
|
|||
|
if (flexBasis->GetUnit() != eStyleUnit_Enumerated) {
|
|||
|
blockStyleCoord = flexBasis;
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
// Handle intrinsic sizes and their interaction with
|
|||
|
// {min-,max-,}{width,height} according to the rules in
|
|||
|
// http://www.w3.org/TR/CSS21/visudet.html#min-max-widths
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
// Note: throughout the following section of the function, I avoid
|
|||
|
// a * (b / c) because of its reduced accuracy relative to a * b / c
|
|||
|
// or (a * b) / c (which are equivalent).
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
const bool isAutoISize = inlineStyleCoord->GetUnit() == eStyleUnit_Auto;
|
|||
|
const bool isAutoBSize = IsAutoBSize(*blockStyleCoord, aCBSize.BSize(aWM));
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
LogicalSize boxSizingAdjust(aWM);
|
|||
|
switch (stylePos->mBoxSizing) {
|
|||
|
case StyleBoxSizing::Border:
|
|||
|
boxSizingAdjust += aBorder;
|
|||
|
// fall through
|
|||
|
case StyleBoxSizing::Padding:
|
|||
|
boxSizingAdjust += aPadding;
|
|||
|
// fall through
|
|||
|
case StyleBoxSizing::Content:
|
|||
|
// nothing
|
|||
|
break;
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
nscoord boxSizingToMarginEdgeISize =
|
|||
|
aMargin.ISize(aWM) + aBorder.ISize(aWM) + aPadding.ISize(aWM) -
|
|||
|
boxSizingAdjust.ISize(aWM);
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
nscoord iSize, minISize, maxISize, bSize, minBSize, maxBSize;
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
if (!isAutoISize) {
|
|||
|
iSize = nsLayoutUtils::ComputeISizeValue(aRenderingContext,
|
|||
|
aFrame, aCBSize.ISize(aWM), boxSizingAdjust.ISize(aWM),
|
|||
|
boxSizingToMarginEdgeISize, *inlineStyleCoord);
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
const nsStyleCoord& maxISizeCoord = stylePos->MaxISize(aWM);
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
if (maxISizeCoord.GetUnit() != eStyleUnit_None &&
|
|||
|
!(isFlexItem && isInlineFlexItem)) {
|
|||
|
maxISize = nsLayoutUtils::ComputeISizeValue(aRenderingContext,
|
|||
|
aFrame, aCBSize.ISize(aWM), boxSizingAdjust.ISize(aWM),
|
|||
|
boxSizingToMarginEdgeISize, maxISizeCoord);
|
|||
|
} else {
|
|||
|
maxISize = nscoord_MAX;
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
// NOTE: Flex items ignore their min & max sizing properties in their
|
|||
|
// flex container's main-axis. (Those properties get applied later in
|
|||
|
// the flexbox algorithm.)
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
const nsStyleCoord& minISizeCoord = stylePos->MinISize(aWM);
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
if (minISizeCoord.GetUnit() != eStyleUnit_Auto &&
|
|||
|
!(isFlexItem && isInlineFlexItem)) {
|
|||
|
minISize = nsLayoutUtils::ComputeISizeValue(aRenderingContext,
|
|||
|
aFrame, aCBSize.ISize(aWM), boxSizingAdjust.ISize(aWM),
|
|||
|
boxSizingToMarginEdgeISize, minISizeCoord);
|
|||
|
} else {
|
|||
|
// Treat "min-width: auto" as 0.
|
|||
|
// NOTE: Technically, "auto" is supposed to behave like "min-content" on
|
|||
|
// flex items. However, we don't need to worry about that here, because
|
|||
|
// flex items' min-sizes are intentionally ignored until the flex
|
|||
|
// container explicitly considers them during space distribution.
|
|||
|
minISize = 0;
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
if (!isAutoBSize) {
|
|||
|
bSize = nsLayoutUtils::ComputeBSizeValue(aCBSize.BSize(aWM),
|
|||
|
boxSizingAdjust.BSize(aWM),
|
|||
|
*blockStyleCoord);
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
const nsStyleCoord& maxBSizeCoord = stylePos->MaxBSize(aWM);
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
if (!IsAutoBSize(maxBSizeCoord, aCBSize.BSize(aWM)) &&
|
|||
|
!(isFlexItem && !isInlineFlexItem)) {
|
|||
|
maxBSize = nsLayoutUtils::ComputeBSizeValue(aCBSize.BSize(aWM),
|
|||
|
boxSizingAdjust.BSize(aWM), maxBSizeCoord);
|
|||
|
} else {
|
|||
|
maxBSize = nscoord_MAX;
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
const nsStyleCoord& minBSizeCoord = stylePos->MinBSize(aWM);
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
if (!IsAutoBSize(minBSizeCoord, aCBSize.BSize(aWM)) &&
|
|||
|
!(isFlexItem && !isInlineFlexItem)) {
|
|||
|
minBSize = nsLayoutUtils::ComputeBSizeValue(aCBSize.BSize(aWM),
|
|||
|
boxSizingAdjust.BSize(aWM), minBSizeCoord);
|
|||
|
} else {
|
|||
|
minBSize = 0;
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
// Resolve percentage intrinsic iSize/bSize as necessary:
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
NS_ASSERTION(aCBSize.ISize(aWM) != NS_UNCONSTRAINEDSIZE,
|
|||
|
"Our containing block must not have unconstrained inline-size!");
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
const nsStyleCoord& isizeCoord =
|
|||
|
isVertical ? aIntrinsicSize.height : aIntrinsicSize.width;
|
|||
|
const nsStyleCoord& bsizeCoord =
|
|||
|
isVertical ? aIntrinsicSize.width : aIntrinsicSize.height;
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
bool hasIntrinsicISize, hasIntrinsicBSize;
|
|||
|
nscoord intrinsicISize, intrinsicBSize;
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
if (isizeCoord.GetUnit() == eStyleUnit_Coord) {
|
|||
|
hasIntrinsicISize = true;
|
|||
|
intrinsicISize = isizeCoord.GetCoordValue();
|
|||
|
if (intrinsicISize < 0)
|
|||
|
intrinsicISize = 0;
|
|||
|
} else {
|
|||
|
NS_ASSERTION(isizeCoord.GetUnit() == eStyleUnit_None,
|
|||
|
"unexpected unit");
|
|||
|
hasIntrinsicISize = false;
|
|||
|
intrinsicISize = 0;
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
if (bsizeCoord.GetUnit() == eStyleUnit_Coord) {
|
|||
|
hasIntrinsicBSize = true;
|
|||
|
intrinsicBSize = bsizeCoord.GetCoordValue();
|
|||
|
if (intrinsicBSize < 0)
|
|||
|
intrinsicBSize = 0;
|
|||
|
} else {
|
|||
|
NS_ASSERTION(bsizeCoord.GetUnit() == eStyleUnit_None,
|
|||
|
"unexpected unit");
|
|||
|
hasIntrinsicBSize = false;
|
|||
|
intrinsicBSize = 0;
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
NS_ASSERTION(aIntrinsicRatio.width >= 0 && aIntrinsicRatio.height >= 0,
|
|||
|
"Intrinsic ratio has a negative component!");
|
|||
|
LogicalSize logicalRatio(aWM, aIntrinsicRatio);
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
// Now calculate the used values for iSize and bSize:
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
if (isAutoISize) {
|
|||
|
if (isAutoBSize) {
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
// 'auto' iSize, 'auto' bSize
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
// Get tentative values - CSS 2.1 sections 10.3.2 and 10.6.2:
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
nscoord tentISize, tentBSize;
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
if (hasIntrinsicISize) {
|
|||
|
tentISize = intrinsicISize;
|
|||
|
} else if (hasIntrinsicBSize && logicalRatio.BSize(aWM) > 0) {
|
|||
|
tentISize = NSCoordMulDiv(intrinsicBSize, logicalRatio.ISize(aWM), logicalRatio.BSize(aWM));
|
|||
|
} else if (logicalRatio.ISize(aWM) > 0) {
|
|||
|
tentISize = aCBSize.ISize(aWM) - boxSizingToMarginEdgeISize; // XXX scrollbar?
|
|||
|
if (tentISize < 0) tentISize = 0;
|
|||
|
} else {
|
|||
|
tentISize = nsPresContext::CSSPixelsToAppUnits(300);
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
if (hasIntrinsicBSize) {
|
|||
|
tentBSize = intrinsicBSize;
|
|||
|
} else if (logicalRatio.ISize(aWM) > 0) {
|
|||
|
tentBSize = NSCoordMulDiv(tentISize, logicalRatio.BSize(aWM), logicalRatio.ISize(aWM));
|
|||
|
} else {
|
|||
|
tentBSize = nsPresContext::CSSPixelsToAppUnits(150);
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
if (aIntrinsicRatio != nsSize(0, 0)) {
|
|||
|
nsSize autoSize =
|
|||
|
ComputeAutoSizeWithIntrinsicDimensions(minISize, minBSize,
|
|||
|
maxISize, maxBSize,
|
|||
|
tentISize, tentBSize);
|
|||
|
// The nsSize that ComputeAutoSizeWithIntrinsicDimensions returns will
|
|||
|
// actually contain logical values if the parameters passed to it were
|
|||
|
// logical coordinates, so we do NOT perform a physical-to-logical
|
|||
|
// conversion here, but just assign the fields directly to our result.
|
|||
|
iSize = autoSize.width;
|
|||
|
bSize = autoSize.height;
|
|||
|
} else {
|
|||
|
// No intrinsic ratio, so just clamp the dimensions
|
|||
|
// independently without calling
|
|||
|
// ComputeAutoSizeWithIntrinsicDimensions, which deals with
|
|||
|
// propagating these changes to the other dimension (and would
|
|||
|
// be incorrect when there is no intrinsic ratio).
|
|||
|
iSize = NS_CSS_MINMAX(tentISize, minISize, maxISize);
|
|||
|
bSize = NS_CSS_MINMAX(tentBSize, minBSize, maxBSize);
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
} else {
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
// 'auto' iSize, non-'auto' bSize
|
|||
|
bSize = NS_CSS_MINMAX(bSize, minBSize, maxBSize);
|
|||
|
if (logicalRatio.BSize(aWM) > 0) {
|
|||
|
iSize = NSCoordMulDiv(bSize, logicalRatio.ISize(aWM), logicalRatio.BSize(aWM));
|
|||
|
} else if (hasIntrinsicISize) {
|
|||
|
iSize = intrinsicISize;
|
|||
|
} else {
|
|||
|
iSize = nsPresContext::CSSPixelsToAppUnits(300);
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
iSize = NS_CSS_MINMAX(iSize, minISize, maxISize);
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
} else {
|
|||
|
if (isAutoBSize) {
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
// non-'auto' iSize, 'auto' bSize
|
|||
|
iSize = NS_CSS_MINMAX(iSize, minISize, maxISize);
|
|||
|
if (logicalRatio.ISize(aWM) > 0) {
|
|||
|
bSize = NSCoordMulDiv(iSize, logicalRatio.BSize(aWM), logicalRatio.ISize(aWM));
|
|||
|
} else if (hasIntrinsicBSize) {
|
|||
|
bSize = intrinsicBSize;
|
|||
|
} else {
|
|||
|
bSize = nsPresContext::CSSPixelsToAppUnits(150);
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
bSize = NS_CSS_MINMAX(bSize, minBSize, maxBSize);
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
} else {
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
// non-'auto' iSize, non-'auto' bSize
|
|||
|
iSize = NS_CSS_MINMAX(iSize, minISize, maxISize);
|
|||
|
bSize = NS_CSS_MINMAX(bSize, minBSize, maxBSize);
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
return LogicalSize(aWM, iSize, bSize);
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
nsSize
|
|||
|
nsLayoutUtils::ComputeAutoSizeWithIntrinsicDimensions(nscoord minWidth, nscoord minHeight,
|
|||
|
nscoord maxWidth, nscoord maxHeight,
|
|||
|
nscoord tentWidth, nscoord tentHeight)
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
// Now apply min/max-width/height - CSS 2.1 sections 10.4 and 10.7:
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
if (minWidth > maxWidth)
|
|||
|
maxWidth = minWidth;
|
|||
|
if (minHeight > maxHeight)
|
|||
|
maxHeight = minHeight;
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
nscoord heightAtMaxWidth, heightAtMinWidth,
|
|||
|
widthAtMaxHeight, widthAtMinHeight;
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
if (tentWidth > 0) {
|
|||
|
heightAtMaxWidth = NSCoordMulDiv(maxWidth, tentHeight, tentWidth);
|
|||
|
if (heightAtMaxWidth < minHeight)
|
|||
|
heightAtMaxWidth = minHeight;
|
|||
|
heightAtMinWidth = NSCoordMulDiv(minWidth, tentHeight, tentWidth);
|
|||
|
if (heightAtMinWidth > maxHeight)
|
|||
|
heightAtMinWidth = maxHeight;
|
|||
|
} else {
|
|||
|
heightAtMaxWidth = heightAtMinWidth = NS_CSS_MINMAX(tentHeight, minHeight, maxHeight);
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
if (tentHeight > 0) {
|
|||
|
widthAtMaxHeight = NSCoordMulDiv(maxHeight, tentWidth, tentHeight);
|
|||
|
if (widthAtMaxHeight < minWidth)
|
|||
|
widthAtMaxHeight = minWidth;
|
|||
|
widthAtMinHeight = NSCoordMulDiv(minHeight, tentWidth, tentHeight);
|
|||
|
if (widthAtMinHeight > maxWidth)
|
|||
|
widthAtMinHeight = maxWidth;
|
|||
|
} else {
|
|||
|
widthAtMaxHeight = widthAtMinHeight = NS_CSS_MINMAX(tentWidth, minWidth, maxWidth);
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
// The table at http://www.w3.org/TR/CSS21/visudet.html#min-max-widths :
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
nscoord width, height;
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
if (tentWidth > maxWidth) {
|
|||
|
if (tentHeight > maxHeight) {
|
|||
|
if (int64_t(maxWidth) * int64_t(tentHeight) <=
|
|||
|
int64_t(maxHeight) * int64_t(tentWidth)) {
|
|||
|
width = maxWidth;
|
|||
|
height = heightAtMaxWidth;
|
|||
|
} else {
|
|||
|
width = widthAtMaxHeight;
|
|||
|
height = maxHeight;
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
} else {
|
|||
|
// This also covers "(w > max-width) and (h < min-height)" since in
|
|||
|
// that case (max-width/w < 1), and with (h < min-height):
|
|||
|
// max(max-width * h/w, min-height) == min-height
|
|||
|
width = maxWidth;
|
|||
|
height = heightAtMaxWidth;
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
} else if (tentWidth < minWidth) {
|
|||
|
if (tentHeight < minHeight) {
|
|||
|
if (int64_t(minWidth) * int64_t(tentHeight) <=
|
|||
|
int64_t(minHeight) * int64_t(tentWidth)) {
|
|||
|
width = widthAtMinHeight;
|
|||
|
height = minHeight;
|
|||
|
} else {
|
|||
|
width = minWidth;
|
|||
|
height = heightAtMinWidth;
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
} else {
|
|||
|
// This also covers "(w < min-width) and (h > max-height)" since in
|
|||
|
// that case (min-width/w > 1), and with (h > max-height):
|
|||
|
// min(min-width * h/w, max-height) == max-height
|
|||
|
width = minWidth;
|
|||
|
height = heightAtMinWidth;
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
} else {
|
|||
|
if (tentHeight > maxHeight) {
|
|||
|
width = widthAtMaxHeight;
|
|||
|
height = maxHeight;
|
|||
|
} else if (tentHeight < minHeight) {
|
|||
|
width = widthAtMinHeight;
|
|||
|
height = minHeight;
|
|||
|
} else {
|
|||
|
width = tentWidth;
|
|||
|
height = tentHeight;
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
return nsSize(width, height);
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
/* static */ nscoord
|
|||
|
nsLayoutUtils::MinISizeFromInline(nsIFrame* aFrame,
|
|||
|
nsRenderingContext* aRenderingContext)
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
NS_ASSERTION(!aFrame->IsContainerForFontSizeInflation(),
|
|||
|
"should not be container for font size inflation");
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
nsIFrame::InlineMinISizeData data;
|
|||
|
DISPLAY_MIN_WIDTH(aFrame, data.prevLines);
|
|||
|
aFrame->AddInlineMinISize(aRenderingContext, &data);
|
|||
|
data.ForceBreak();
|
|||
|
return data.prevLines;
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
/* static */ nscoord
|
|||
|
nsLayoutUtils::PrefISizeFromInline(nsIFrame* aFrame,
|
|||
|
nsRenderingContext* aRenderingContext)
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
NS_ASSERTION(!aFrame->IsContainerForFontSizeInflation(),
|
|||
|
"should not be container for font size inflation");
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
nsIFrame::InlinePrefISizeData data;
|
|||
|
DISPLAY_PREF_WIDTH(aFrame, data.prevLines);
|
|||
|
aFrame->AddInlinePrefISize(aRenderingContext, &data);
|
|||
|
data.ForceBreak();
|
|||
|
return data.prevLines;
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
static nscolor
|
|||
|
DarkenColor(nscolor aColor)
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
uint16_t hue, sat, value;
|
|||
|
uint8_t alpha;
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
// convert the RBG to HSV so we can get the lightness (which is the v)
|
|||
|
NS_RGB2HSV(aColor, hue, sat, value, alpha);
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
// The goal here is to send white to black while letting colored
|
|||
|
// stuff stay colored... So we adopt the following approach.
|
|||
|
// Something with sat = 0 should end up with value = 0. Something
|
|||
|
// with a high sat can end up with a high value and it's ok.... At
|
|||
|
// the same time, we don't want to make things lighter. Do
|
|||
|
// something simple, since it seems to work.
|
|||
|
if (value > sat) {
|
|||
|
value = sat;
|
|||
|
// convert this color back into the RGB color space.
|
|||
|
NS_HSV2RGB(aColor, hue, sat, value, alpha);
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
return aColor;
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
// Check whether we should darken text/decoration colors. We need to do this if
|
|||
|
// background images and colors are being suppressed, because that means
|
|||
|
// light text will not be visible against the (presumed light-colored) background.
|
|||
|
static bool
|
|||
|
ShouldDarkenColors(nsPresContext* aPresContext)
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
return !aPresContext->GetBackgroundColorDraw() &&
|
|||
|
!aPresContext->GetBackgroundImageDraw();
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
nscolor
|
|||
|
nsLayoutUtils::GetColor(nsIFrame* aFrame, nsCSSProperty aProperty)
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
nscolor color = aFrame->GetVisitedDependentColor(aProperty);
|
|||
|
if (ShouldDarkenColors(aFrame->PresContext())) {
|
|||
|
color = DarkenColor(color);
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
return color;
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
gfxFloat
|
|||
|
nsLayoutUtils::GetSnappedBaselineY(nsIFrame* aFrame, gfxContext* aContext,
|
|||
|
nscoord aY, nscoord aAscent)
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
gfxFloat appUnitsPerDevUnit = aFrame->PresContext()->AppUnitsPerDevPixel();
|
|||
|
gfxFloat baseline = gfxFloat(aY) + aAscent;
|
|||
|
gfxRect putativeRect(0, baseline/appUnitsPerDevUnit, 1, 1);
|
|||
|
if (!aContext->UserToDevicePixelSnapped(putativeRect, true))
|
|||
|
return baseline;
|
|||
|
return aContext->DeviceToUser(putativeRect.TopLeft()).y * appUnitsPerDevUnit;
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
gfxFloat
|
|||
|
nsLayoutUtils::GetSnappedBaselineX(nsIFrame* aFrame, gfxContext* aContext,
|
|||
|
nscoord aX, nscoord aAscent)
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
gfxFloat appUnitsPerDevUnit = aFrame->PresContext()->AppUnitsPerDevPixel();
|
|||
|
gfxFloat baseline = gfxFloat(aX) + aAscent;
|
|||
|
gfxRect putativeRect(baseline / appUnitsPerDevUnit, 0, 1, 1);
|
|||
|
if (!aContext->UserToDevicePixelSnapped(putativeRect, true)) {
|
|||
|
return baseline;
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
return aContext->DeviceToUser(putativeRect.TopLeft()).x * appUnitsPerDevUnit;
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
// Hard limit substring lengths to 8000 characters ... this lets us statically
|
|||
|
// size the cluster buffer array in FindSafeLength
|
|||
|
#define MAX_GFX_TEXT_BUF_SIZE 8000
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
static int32_t FindSafeLength(const char16_t *aString, uint32_t aLength,
|
|||
|
uint32_t aMaxChunkLength)
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
if (aLength <= aMaxChunkLength)
|
|||
|
return aLength;
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
int32_t len = aMaxChunkLength;
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
// Ensure that we don't break inside a surrogate pair
|
|||
|
while (len > 0 && NS_IS_LOW_SURROGATE(aString[len])) {
|
|||
|
len--;
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
if (len == 0) {
|
|||
|
// We don't want our caller to go into an infinite loop, so don't
|
|||
|
// return zero. It's hard to imagine how we could actually get here
|
|||
|
// unless there are languages that allow clusters of arbitrary size.
|
|||
|
// If there are and someone feeds us a 500+ character cluster, too
|
|||
|
// bad.
|
|||
|
return aMaxChunkLength;
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
return len;
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
static int32_t GetMaxChunkLength(nsFontMetrics& aFontMetrics)
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
return std::min(aFontMetrics.GetMaxStringLength(), MAX_GFX_TEXT_BUF_SIZE);
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
nscoord
|
|||
|
nsLayoutUtils::AppUnitWidthOfString(const char16_t *aString,
|
|||
|
uint32_t aLength,
|
|||
|
nsFontMetrics& aFontMetrics,
|
|||
|
nsRenderingContext& aContext)
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
uint32_t maxChunkLength = GetMaxChunkLength(aFontMetrics);
|
|||
|
nscoord width = 0;
|
|||
|
while (aLength > 0) {
|
|||
|
int32_t len = FindSafeLength(aString, aLength, maxChunkLength);
|
|||
|
width += aFontMetrics.GetWidth(aString, len, &aContext);
|
|||
|
aLength -= len;
|
|||
|
aString += len;
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
return width;
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
nscoord
|
|||
|
nsLayoutUtils::AppUnitWidthOfStringBidi(const char16_t* aString,
|
|||
|
uint32_t aLength,
|
|||
|
const nsIFrame* aFrame,
|
|||
|
nsFontMetrics& aFontMetrics,
|
|||
|
nsRenderingContext& aContext)
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
nsPresContext* presContext = aFrame->PresContext();
|
|||
|
if (presContext->BidiEnabled()) {
|
|||
|
nsBidiLevel level =
|
|||
|
nsBidiPresUtils::BidiLevelFromStyle(aFrame->StyleContext());
|
|||
|
return nsBidiPresUtils::MeasureTextWidth(aString, aLength, level,
|
|||
|
presContext, aContext,
|
|||
|
aFontMetrics);
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
aFontMetrics.SetTextRunRTL(false);
|
|||
|
aFontMetrics.SetVertical(aFrame->GetWritingMode().IsVertical());
|
|||
|
aFontMetrics.SetTextOrientation(aFrame->StyleVisibility()->mTextOrientation);
|
|||
|
return nsLayoutUtils::AppUnitWidthOfString(aString, aLength, aFontMetrics,
|
|||
|
aContext);
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
bool
|
|||
|
nsLayoutUtils::StringWidthIsGreaterThan(const nsString& aString,
|
|||
|
nsFontMetrics& aFontMetrics,
|
|||
|
nsRenderingContext& aContext,
|
|||
|
nscoord aWidth)
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
const char16_t *string = aString.get();
|
|||
|
uint32_t length = aString.Length();
|
|||
|
uint32_t maxChunkLength = GetMaxChunkLength(aFontMetrics);
|
|||
|
nscoord width = 0;
|
|||
|
while (length > 0) {
|
|||
|
int32_t len = FindSafeLength(string, length, maxChunkLength);
|
|||
|
width += aFontMetrics.GetWidth(string, len, &aContext);
|
|||
|
if (width > aWidth) {
|
|||
|
return true;
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
length -= len;
|
|||
|
string += len;
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
return false;
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
nsBoundingMetrics
|
|||
|
nsLayoutUtils::AppUnitBoundsOfString(const char16_t* aString,
|
|||
|
uint32_t aLength,
|
|||
|
nsFontMetrics& aFontMetrics,
|
|||
|
nsRenderingContext& aContext)
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
uint32_t maxChunkLength = GetMaxChunkLength(aFontMetrics);
|
|||
|
int32_t len = FindSafeLength(aString, aLength, maxChunkLength);
|
|||
|
// Assign directly in the first iteration. This ensures that
|
|||
|
// negative ascent/descent can be returned and the left bearing
|
|||
|
// is properly initialized.
|
|||
|
nsBoundingMetrics totalMetrics =
|
|||
|
aFontMetrics.GetBoundingMetrics(aString, len, &aContext);
|
|||
|
aLength -= len;
|
|||
|
aString += len;
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
while (aLength > 0) {
|
|||
|
len = FindSafeLength(aString, aLength, maxChunkLength);
|
|||
|
nsBoundingMetrics metrics =
|
|||
|
aFontMetrics.GetBoundingMetrics(aString, len, &aContext);
|
|||
|
totalMetrics += metrics;
|
|||
|
aLength -= len;
|
|||
|
aString += len;
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
return totalMetrics;
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
void
|
|||
|
nsLayoutUtils::DrawString(const nsIFrame* aFrame,
|
|||
|
nsFontMetrics& aFontMetrics,
|
|||
|
nsRenderingContext* aContext,
|
|||
|
const char16_t* aString,
|
|||
|
int32_t aLength,
|
|||
|
nsPoint aPoint,
|
|||
|
nsStyleContext* aStyleContext)
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
nsresult rv = NS_ERROR_FAILURE;
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
// If caller didn't pass a style context, use the frame's.
|
|||
|
if (!aStyleContext) {
|
|||
|
aStyleContext = aFrame->StyleContext();
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
aFontMetrics.SetVertical(WritingMode(aStyleContext).IsVertical());
|
|||
|
aFontMetrics.SetTextOrientation(
|
|||
|
aStyleContext->StyleVisibility()->mTextOrientation);
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
nsPresContext* presContext = aFrame->PresContext();
|
|||
|
if (presContext->BidiEnabled()) {
|
|||
|
nsBidiLevel level =
|
|||
|
nsBidiPresUtils::BidiLevelFromStyle(aStyleContext);
|
|||
|
rv = nsBidiPresUtils::RenderText(aString, aLength, level,
|
|||
|
presContext, *aContext, *aContext,
|
|||
|
aFontMetrics,
|
|||
|
aPoint.x, aPoint.y);
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
if (NS_FAILED(rv))
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
aFontMetrics.SetTextRunRTL(false);
|
|||
|
DrawUniDirString(aString, aLength, aPoint, aFontMetrics, *aContext);
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
void
|
|||
|
nsLayoutUtils::DrawUniDirString(const char16_t* aString,
|
|||
|
uint32_t aLength,
|
|||
|
nsPoint aPoint,
|
|||
|
nsFontMetrics& aFontMetrics,
|
|||
|
nsRenderingContext& aContext)
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
nscoord x = aPoint.x;
|
|||
|
nscoord y = aPoint.y;
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
uint32_t maxChunkLength = GetMaxChunkLength(aFontMetrics);
|
|||
|
if (aLength <= maxChunkLength) {
|
|||
|
aFontMetrics.DrawString(aString, aLength, x, y, &aContext, &aContext);
|
|||
|
return;
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
bool isRTL = aFontMetrics.GetTextRunRTL();
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
// If we're drawing right to left, we must start at the end.
|
|||
|
if (isRTL) {
|
|||
|
x += nsLayoutUtils::AppUnitWidthOfString(aString, aLength, aFontMetrics,
|
|||
|
aContext);
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
while (aLength > 0) {
|
|||
|
int32_t len = FindSafeLength(aString, aLength, maxChunkLength);
|
|||
|
nscoord width = aFontMetrics.GetWidth(aString, len, &aContext);
|
|||
|
if (isRTL) {
|
|||
|
x -= width;
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
aFontMetrics.DrawString(aString, len, x, y, &aContext, &aContext);
|
|||
|
if (!isRTL) {
|
|||
|
x += width;
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
aLength -= len;
|
|||
|
aString += len;
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
/* static */ void
|
|||
|
nsLayoutUtils::PaintTextShadow(const nsIFrame* aFrame,
|
|||
|
nsRenderingContext* aContext,
|
|||
|
const nsRect& aTextRect,
|
|||
|
const nsRect& aDirtyRect,
|
|||
|
const nscolor& aForegroundColor,
|
|||
|
TextShadowCallback aCallback,
|
|||
|
void* aCallbackData)
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
const nsStyleText* textStyle = aFrame->StyleText();
|
|||
|
if (!textStyle->HasTextShadow())
|
|||
|
return;
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
// Text shadow happens with the last value being painted at the back,
|
|||
|
// ie. it is painted first.
|
|||
|
gfxContext* aDestCtx = aContext->ThebesContext();
|
|||
|
for (uint32_t i = textStyle->mTextShadow->Length(); i > 0; --i) {
|
|||
|
nsCSSShadowItem* shadowDetails = textStyle->mTextShadow->ShadowAt(i - 1);
|
|||
|
nsPoint shadowOffset(shadowDetails->mXOffset,
|
|||
|
shadowDetails->mYOffset);
|
|||
|
nscoord blurRadius = std::max(shadowDetails->mRadius, 0);
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
nsRect shadowRect(aTextRect);
|
|||
|
shadowRect.MoveBy(shadowOffset);
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
nsPresContext* presCtx = aFrame->PresContext();
|
|||
|
nsContextBoxBlur contextBoxBlur;
|
|||
|
gfxContext* shadowContext = contextBoxBlur.Init(shadowRect, 0, blurRadius,
|
|||
|
presCtx->AppUnitsPerDevPixel(),
|
|||
|
aDestCtx, aDirtyRect, nullptr);
|
|||
|
if (!shadowContext)
|
|||
|
continue;
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
nscolor shadowColor;
|
|||
|
if (shadowDetails->mHasColor)
|
|||
|
shadowColor = shadowDetails->mColor;
|
|||
|
else
|
|||
|
shadowColor = aForegroundColor;
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
// Conjure an nsRenderingContext from a gfxContext for drawing the text
|
|||
|
// to blur.
|
|||
|
nsRenderingContext renderingContext(shadowContext);
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
aDestCtx->Save();
|
|||
|
aDestCtx->NewPath();
|
|||
|
aDestCtx->SetColor(Color::FromABGR(shadowColor));
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
// The callback will draw whatever we want to blur as a shadow.
|
|||
|
aCallback(&renderingContext, shadowOffset, shadowColor, aCallbackData);
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
contextBoxBlur.DoPaint();
|
|||
|
aDestCtx->Restore();
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
/* static */ nscoord
|
|||
|
nsLayoutUtils::GetCenteredFontBaseline(nsFontMetrics* aFontMetrics,
|
|||
|
nscoord aLineHeight,
|
|||
|
bool aIsInverted)
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
nscoord fontAscent = aIsInverted ? aFontMetrics->MaxDescent()
|
|||
|
: aFontMetrics->MaxAscent();
|
|||
|
nscoord fontHeight = aFontMetrics->MaxHeight();
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
nscoord leading = aLineHeight - fontHeight;
|
|||
|
return fontAscent + leading/2;
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
/* static */ bool
|
|||
|
nsLayoutUtils::GetFirstLineBaseline(WritingMode aWritingMode,
|
|||
|
const nsIFrame* aFrame, nscoord* aResult)
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
LinePosition position;
|
|||
|
if (!GetFirstLinePosition(aWritingMode, aFrame, &position))
|
|||
|
return false;
|
|||
|
*aResult = position.mBaseline;
|
|||
|
return true;
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
/* static */ bool
|
|||
|
nsLayoutUtils::GetFirstLinePosition(WritingMode aWM,
|
|||
|
const nsIFrame* aFrame,
|
|||
|
LinePosition* aResult)
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
const nsBlockFrame* block = nsLayoutUtils::GetAsBlock(const_cast<nsIFrame*>(aFrame));
|
|||
|
if (!block) {
|
|||
|
// For the first-line baseline we also have to check for a table, and if
|
|||
|
// so, use the baseline of its first row.
|
|||
|
nsIAtom* fType = aFrame->GetType();
|
|||
|
if (fType == nsGkAtoms::tableOuterFrame) {
|
|||
|
aResult->mBStart = 0;
|
|||
|
aResult->mBaseline = aFrame->GetLogicalBaseline(aWM);
|
|||
|
// This is what we want for the list bullet caller; not sure if
|
|||
|
// other future callers will want the same.
|
|||
|
aResult->mBEnd = aFrame->BSize(aWM);
|
|||
|
return true;
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
// For first-line baselines, we have to consider scroll frames.
|
|||
|
if (fType == nsGkAtoms::scrollFrame) {
|
|||
|
nsIScrollableFrame *sFrame = do_QueryFrame(const_cast<nsIFrame*>(aFrame));
|
|||
|
if (!sFrame) {
|
|||
|
NS_NOTREACHED("not scroll frame");
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
LinePosition kidPosition;
|
|||
|
if (GetFirstLinePosition(aWM,
|
|||
|
sFrame->GetScrolledFrame(), &kidPosition)) {
|
|||
|
// Consider only the border and padding that contributes to the
|
|||
|
// kid's position, not the scrolling, so we get the initial
|
|||
|
// position.
|
|||
|
*aResult = kidPosition +
|
|||
|
aFrame->GetLogicalUsedBorderAndPadding(aWM).BStart(aWM);
|
|||
|
return true;
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
return false;
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
if (fType == nsGkAtoms::fieldSetFrame) {
|
|||
|
LinePosition kidPosition;
|
|||
|
nsIFrame* kid = aFrame->GetFirstPrincipalChild();
|
|||
|
// kid might be a legend frame here, but that's ok.
|
|||
|
if (GetFirstLinePosition(aWM, kid, &kidPosition)) {
|
|||
|
*aResult = kidPosition +
|
|||
|
kid->GetLogicalNormalPosition(aWM, aFrame->GetSize()).B(aWM);
|
|||
|
return true;
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
return false;
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
// No baseline.
|
|||
|
return false;
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
for (nsBlockFrame::const_line_iterator line = block->begin_lines(),
|
|||
|
line_end = block->end_lines();
|
|||
|
line != line_end; ++line) {
|
|||
|
if (line->IsBlock()) {
|
|||
|
nsIFrame *kid = line->mFirstChild;
|
|||
|
LinePosition kidPosition;
|
|||
|
if (GetFirstLinePosition(aWM, kid, &kidPosition)) {
|
|||
|
//XXX Not sure if this is the correct value to use for container
|
|||
|
// width here. It will only be used in vertical-rl layout,
|
|||
|
// which we don't have full support and testing for yet.
|
|||
|
const nsSize& containerSize = line->mContainerSize;
|
|||
|
*aResult = kidPosition +
|
|||
|
kid->GetLogicalNormalPosition(aWM, containerSize).B(aWM);
|
|||
|
return true;
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
} else {
|
|||
|
// XXX Is this the right test? We have some bogus empty lines
|
|||
|
// floating around, but IsEmpty is perhaps too weak.
|
|||
|
if (line->BSize() != 0 || !line->IsEmpty()) {
|
|||
|
nscoord bStart = line->BStart();
|
|||
|
aResult->mBStart = bStart;
|
|||
|
aResult->mBaseline = bStart + line->GetLogicalAscent();
|
|||
|
aResult->mBEnd = bStart + line->BSize();
|
|||
|
return true;
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
return false;
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
/* static */ bool
|
|||
|
nsLayoutUtils::GetLastLineBaseline(WritingMode aWM,
|
|||
|
const nsIFrame* aFrame, nscoord* aResult)
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
const nsBlockFrame* block = nsLayoutUtils::GetAsBlock(const_cast<nsIFrame*>(aFrame));
|
|||
|
if (!block)
|
|||
|
// No baseline. (We intentionally don't descend into scroll frames.)
|
|||
|
return false;
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
for (nsBlockFrame::const_reverse_line_iterator line = block->rbegin_lines(),
|
|||
|
line_end = block->rend_lines();
|
|||
|
line != line_end; ++line) {
|
|||
|
if (line->IsBlock()) {
|
|||
|
nsIFrame *kid = line->mFirstChild;
|
|||
|
nscoord kidBaseline;
|
|||
|
const nsSize& containerSize = line->mContainerSize;
|
|||
|
if (GetLastLineBaseline(aWM, kid, &kidBaseline)) {
|
|||
|
// Ignore relative positioning for baseline calculations
|
|||
|
*aResult = kidBaseline +
|
|||
|
kid->GetLogicalNormalPosition(aWM, containerSize).B(aWM);
|
|||
|
return true;
|
|||
|
} else if (kid->GetType() == nsGkAtoms::scrollFrame) {
|
|||
|
// Use the bottom of the scroll frame.
|
|||
|
// XXX CSS2.1 really doesn't say what to do here.
|
|||
|
*aResult = kid->GetLogicalNormalPosition(aWM, containerSize).B(aWM) +
|
|||
|
kid->BSize(aWM);
|
|||
|
return true;
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
} else {
|
|||
|
// XXX Is this the right test? We have some bogus empty lines
|
|||
|
// floating around, but IsEmpty is perhaps too weak.
|
|||
|
if (line->BSize() != 0 || !line->IsEmpty()) {
|
|||
|
*aResult = line->BStart() + line->GetLogicalAscent();
|
|||
|
return true;
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
return false;
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
static nscoord
|
|||
|
CalculateBlockContentBEnd(WritingMode aWM, nsBlockFrame* aFrame)
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
NS_PRECONDITION(aFrame, "null ptr");
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
nscoord contentBEnd = 0;
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
for (nsBlockFrame::line_iterator line = aFrame->begin_lines(),
|
|||
|
line_end = aFrame->end_lines();
|
|||
|
line != line_end; ++line) {
|
|||
|
if (line->IsBlock()) {
|
|||
|
nsIFrame* child = line->mFirstChild;
|
|||
|
const nsSize& containerSize = line->mContainerSize;
|
|||
|
nscoord offset =
|
|||
|
child->GetLogicalNormalPosition(aWM, containerSize).B(aWM);
|
|||
|
contentBEnd =
|
|||
|
std::max(contentBEnd,
|
|||
|
nsLayoutUtils::CalculateContentBEnd(aWM, child) + offset);
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
else {
|
|||
|
contentBEnd = std::max(contentBEnd, line->BEnd());
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
return contentBEnd;
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
/* static */ nscoord
|
|||
|
nsLayoutUtils::CalculateContentBEnd(WritingMode aWM, nsIFrame* aFrame)
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
NS_PRECONDITION(aFrame, "null ptr");
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
nscoord contentBEnd = aFrame->BSize(aWM);
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
// We want scrollable overflow rather than visual because this
|
|||
|
// calculation is intended to affect layout.
|
|||
|
LogicalSize overflowSize(aWM, aFrame->GetScrollableOverflowRect().Size());
|
|||
|
if (overflowSize.BSize(aWM) > contentBEnd) {
|
|||
|
nsIFrame::ChildListIDs skip(nsIFrame::kOverflowList |
|
|||
|
nsIFrame::kExcessOverflowContainersList |
|
|||
|
nsIFrame::kOverflowOutOfFlowList);
|
|||
|
nsBlockFrame* blockFrame = GetAsBlock(aFrame);
|
|||
|
if (blockFrame) {
|
|||
|
contentBEnd =
|
|||
|
std::max(contentBEnd, CalculateBlockContentBEnd(aWM, blockFrame));
|
|||
|
skip |= nsIFrame::kPrincipalList;
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
nsIFrame::ChildListIterator lists(aFrame);
|
|||
|
for (; !lists.IsDone(); lists.Next()) {
|
|||
|
if (!skip.Contains(lists.CurrentID())) {
|
|||
|
nsFrameList::Enumerator childFrames(lists.CurrentList());
|
|||
|
for (; !childFrames.AtEnd(); childFrames.Next()) {
|
|||
|
nsIFrame* child = childFrames.get();
|
|||
|
nscoord offset =
|
|||
|
child->GetLogicalNormalPosition(aWM,
|
|||
|
aFrame->GetSize()).B(aWM);
|
|||
|
contentBEnd = std::max(contentBEnd,
|
|||
|
CalculateContentBEnd(aWM, child) + offset);
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
return contentBEnd;
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
/* static */ nsIFrame*
|
|||
|
nsLayoutUtils::GetClosestLayer(nsIFrame* aFrame)
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
nsIFrame* layer;
|
|||
|
for (layer = aFrame; layer; layer = layer->GetParent()) {
|
|||
|
if (layer->IsAbsPosContaininingBlock() ||
|
|||
|
(layer->GetParent() &&
|
|||
|
layer->GetParent()->GetType() == nsGkAtoms::scrollFrame))
|
|||
|
break;
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
if (layer)
|
|||
|
return layer;
|
|||
|
return aFrame->PresContext()->PresShell()->FrameManager()->GetRootFrame();
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
Filter
|
|||
|
nsLayoutUtils::GetGraphicsFilterForFrame(nsIFrame* aForFrame)
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
Filter defaultFilter = Filter::GOOD;
|
|||
|
nsStyleContext *sc;
|
|||
|
if (nsCSSRendering::IsCanvasFrame(aForFrame)) {
|
|||
|
nsCSSRendering::FindBackground(aForFrame, &sc);
|
|||
|
} else {
|
|||
|
sc = aForFrame->StyleContext();
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
switch (sc->StyleSVG()->mImageRendering) {
|
|||
|
case NS_STYLE_IMAGE_RENDERING_OPTIMIZESPEED:
|
|||
|
return Filter::POINT;
|
|||
|
case NS_STYLE_IMAGE_RENDERING_OPTIMIZEQUALITY:
|
|||
|
return Filter::LINEAR;
|
|||
|
case NS_STYLE_IMAGE_RENDERING_CRISPEDGES:
|
|||
|
return Filter::POINT;
|
|||
|
default:
|
|||
|
return defaultFilter;
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
/**
|
|||
|
* Given an image being drawn into an appunit coordinate system, and
|
|||
|
* a point in that coordinate system, map the point back into image
|
|||
|
* pixel space.
|
|||
|
* @param aSize the size of the image, in pixels
|
|||
|
* @param aDest the rectangle that the image is being mapped into
|
|||
|
* @param aPt a point in the same coordinate system as the rectangle
|
|||
|
*/
|
|||
|
static gfxPoint
|
|||
|
MapToFloatImagePixels(const gfxSize& aSize,
|
|||
|
const gfxRect& aDest, const gfxPoint& aPt)
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
return gfxPoint(((aPt.x - aDest.X())*aSize.width)/aDest.Width(),
|
|||
|
((aPt.y - aDest.Y())*aSize.height)/aDest.Height());
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
/**
|
|||
|
* Given an image being drawn into an pixel-based coordinate system, and
|
|||
|
* a point in image space, map the point into the pixel-based coordinate
|
|||
|
* system.
|
|||
|
* @param aSize the size of the image, in pixels
|
|||
|
* @param aDest the rectangle that the image is being mapped into
|
|||
|
* @param aPt a point in image space
|
|||
|
*/
|
|||
|
static gfxPoint
|
|||
|
MapToFloatUserPixels(const gfxSize& aSize,
|
|||
|
const gfxRect& aDest, const gfxPoint& aPt)
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
return gfxPoint(aPt.x*aDest.Width()/aSize.width + aDest.X(),
|
|||
|
aPt.y*aDest.Height()/aSize.height + aDest.Y());
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
/* static */ gfxRect
|
|||
|
nsLayoutUtils::RectToGfxRect(const nsRect& aRect, int32_t aAppUnitsPerDevPixel)
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
return gfxRect(gfxFloat(aRect.x) / aAppUnitsPerDevPixel,
|
|||
|
gfxFloat(aRect.y) / aAppUnitsPerDevPixel,
|
|||
|
gfxFloat(aRect.width) / aAppUnitsPerDevPixel,
|
|||
|
gfxFloat(aRect.height) / aAppUnitsPerDevPixel);
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
struct SnappedImageDrawingParameters {
|
|||
|
// A transform from image space to device space.
|
|||
|
gfxMatrix imageSpaceToDeviceSpace;
|
|||
|
// The size at which the image should be drawn (which may not be its
|
|||
|
// intrinsic size due to, for example, HQ scaling).
|
|||
|
nsIntSize size;
|
|||
|
// The region in tiled image space which will be drawn, with an associated
|
|||
|
// region to which sampling should be restricted.
|
|||
|
ImageRegion region;
|
|||
|
// The default viewport size for SVG images, which we use unless a different
|
|||
|
// one has been explicitly specified. This is the same as |size| except that
|
|||
|
// it does not take into account any transformation on the gfxContext we're
|
|||
|
// drawing to - for example, CSS transforms are not taken into account.
|
|||
|
CSSIntSize svgViewportSize;
|
|||
|
// Whether there's anything to draw at all.
|
|||
|
bool shouldDraw;
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
SnappedImageDrawingParameters()
|
|||
|
: region(ImageRegion::Empty())
|
|||
|
, shouldDraw(false)
|
|||
|
{}
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
SnappedImageDrawingParameters(const gfxMatrix& aImageSpaceToDeviceSpace,
|
|||
|
const nsIntSize& aSize,
|
|||
|
const ImageRegion& aRegion,
|
|||
|
const CSSIntSize& aSVGViewportSize)
|
|||
|
: imageSpaceToDeviceSpace(aImageSpaceToDeviceSpace)
|
|||
|
, size(aSize)
|
|||
|
, region(aRegion)
|
|||
|
, svgViewportSize(aSVGViewportSize)
|
|||
|
, shouldDraw(true)
|
|||
|
{}
|
|||
|
};
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
/**
|
|||
|
* Given two axis-aligned rectangles, returns the transformation that maps the
|
|||
|
* first onto the second.
|
|||
|
*
|
|||
|
* @param aFrom The rect to be transformed.
|
|||
|
* @param aTo The rect that aFrom should be mapped onto by the transformation.
|
|||
|
*/
|
|||
|
static gfxMatrix
|
|||
|
TransformBetweenRects(const gfxRect& aFrom, const gfxRect& aTo)
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
gfxSize scale(aTo.width / aFrom.width,
|
|||
|
aTo.height / aFrom.height);
|
|||
|
gfxPoint translation(aTo.x - aFrom.x * scale.width,
|
|||
|
aTo.y - aFrom.y * scale.height);
|
|||
|
return gfxMatrix(scale.width, 0, 0, scale.height,
|
|||
|
translation.x, translation.y);
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
static nsRect
|
|||
|
TileNearRect(const nsRect& aAnyTile, const nsRect& aTargetRect)
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
nsPoint distance = aTargetRect.TopLeft() - aAnyTile.TopLeft();
|
|||
|
return aAnyTile + nsPoint(distance.x / aAnyTile.width * aAnyTile.width,
|
|||
|
distance.y / aAnyTile.height * aAnyTile.height);
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
static gfxFloat
|
|||
|
StableRound(gfxFloat aValue)
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
// Values slightly less than 0.5 should round up like 0.5 would; we're
|
|||
|
// assuming they were meant to be 0.5.
|
|||
|
return floor(aValue + 0.5001);
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
static gfxPoint
|
|||
|
StableRound(const gfxPoint& aPoint)
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
return gfxPoint(StableRound(aPoint.x), StableRound(aPoint.y));
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
/**
|
|||
|
* Given a set of input parameters, compute certain output parameters
|
|||
|
* for drawing an image with the image snapping algorithm.
|
|||
|
* See https://wiki.mozilla.org/Gecko:Image_Snapping_and_Rendering
|
|||
|
*
|
|||
|
* @see nsLayoutUtils::DrawImage() for the descriptions of input parameters
|
|||
|
*/
|
|||
|
static SnappedImageDrawingParameters
|
|||
|
ComputeSnappedImageDrawingParameters(gfxContext* aCtx,
|
|||
|
int32_t aAppUnitsPerDevPixel,
|
|||
|
const nsRect aDest,
|
|||
|
const nsRect aFill,
|
|||
|
const nsPoint aAnchor,
|
|||
|
const nsRect aDirty,
|
|||
|
imgIContainer* aImage,
|
|||
|
Filter aGraphicsFilter,
|
|||
|
uint32_t aImageFlags,
|
|||
|
ExtendMode aExtendMode)
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
if (aDest.IsEmpty() || aFill.IsEmpty())
|
|||
|
return SnappedImageDrawingParameters();
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
// Avoid unnecessarily large offsets.
|
|||
|
bool doTile = !aDest.Contains(aFill);
|
|||
|
nsRect appUnitDest = doTile ? TileNearRect(aDest, aFill.Intersect(aDirty))
|
|||
|
: aDest;
|
|||
|
nsPoint anchor = aAnchor + (appUnitDest.TopLeft() - aDest.TopLeft());
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
gfxRect devPixelDest =
|
|||
|
nsLayoutUtils::RectToGfxRect(appUnitDest, aAppUnitsPerDevPixel);
|
|||
|
gfxRect devPixelFill =
|
|||
|
nsLayoutUtils::RectToGfxRect(aFill, aAppUnitsPerDevPixel);
|
|||
|
gfxRect devPixelDirty =
|
|||
|
nsLayoutUtils::RectToGfxRect(aDirty, aAppUnitsPerDevPixel);
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
gfxMatrix currentMatrix = aCtx->CurrentMatrix();
|
|||
|
gfxRect fill = devPixelFill;
|
|||
|
gfxRect dest = devPixelDest;
|
|||
|
bool didSnap;
|
|||
|
// Snap even if we have a scale in the context. But don't snap if
|
|||
|
// we have something that's not translation+scale, or if the scale flips in
|
|||
|
// the X or Y direction, because snapped image drawing can't handle that yet.
|
|||
|
if (!currentMatrix.HasNonAxisAlignedTransform() &&
|
|||
|
currentMatrix._11 > 0.0 && currentMatrix._22 > 0.0 &&
|
|||
|
aCtx->UserToDevicePixelSnapped(fill, true) &&
|
|||
|
aCtx->UserToDevicePixelSnapped(dest, true)) {
|
|||
|
// We snapped. On this code path, |fill| and |dest| take into account
|
|||
|
// currentMatrix's transform.
|
|||
|
didSnap = true;
|
|||
|
} else {
|
|||
|
// We didn't snap. On this code path, |fill| and |dest| do not take into
|
|||
|
// account currentMatrix's transform.
|
|||
|
didSnap = false;
|
|||
|
fill = devPixelFill;
|
|||
|
dest = devPixelDest;
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
// If we snapped above, |dest| already takes into account |currentMatrix|'s scale
|
|||
|
// and has integer coordinates. If not, we need these properties to compute
|
|||
|
// the optimal drawn image size, so compute |snappedDestSize| here.
|
|||
|
gfxSize snappedDestSize = dest.Size();
|
|||
|
if (!didSnap) {
|
|||
|
gfxSize scaleFactors = currentMatrix.ScaleFactors(true);
|
|||
|
snappedDestSize.Scale(scaleFactors.width, scaleFactors.height);
|
|||
|
snappedDestSize.width = NS_round(snappedDestSize.width);
|
|||
|
snappedDestSize.height = NS_round(snappedDestSize.height);
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
// We need to be sure that this is at least one pixel in width and height,
|
|||
|
// or we'll end up drawing nothing even if we have a nonempty fill.
|
|||
|
snappedDestSize.width = std::max(snappedDestSize.width, 1.0);
|
|||
|
snappedDestSize.height = std::max(snappedDestSize.height, 1.0);
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
// Bail if we're not going to end up drawing anything.
|
|||
|
if (fill.IsEmpty() || snappedDestSize.IsEmpty()) {
|
|||
|
return SnappedImageDrawingParameters();
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
nsIntSize intImageSize =
|
|||
|
aImage->OptimalImageSizeForDest(snappedDestSize,
|
|||
|
imgIContainer::FRAME_CURRENT,
|
|||
|
aGraphicsFilter, aImageFlags);
|
|||
|
gfxSize imageSize(intImageSize.width, intImageSize.height);
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
// XXX(seth): May be buggy; see bug 1151016.
|
|||
|
CSSIntSize svgViewportSize = currentMatrix.IsIdentity()
|
|||
|
? CSSIntSize(intImageSize.width, intImageSize.height)
|
|||
|
: CSSIntSize(devPixelDest.width, devPixelDest.height);
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
// Compute the set of pixels that would be sampled by an ideal rendering
|
|||
|
gfxPoint subimageTopLeft =
|
|||
|
MapToFloatImagePixels(imageSize, devPixelDest, devPixelFill.TopLeft());
|
|||
|
gfxPoint subimageBottomRight =
|
|||
|
MapToFloatImagePixels(imageSize, devPixelDest, devPixelFill.BottomRight());
|
|||
|
gfxRect subimage;
|
|||
|
subimage.MoveTo(NSToIntFloor(subimageTopLeft.x),
|
|||
|
NSToIntFloor(subimageTopLeft.y));
|
|||
|
subimage.SizeTo(NSToIntCeil(subimageBottomRight.x) - subimage.x,
|
|||
|
NSToIntCeil(subimageBottomRight.y) - subimage.y);
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
gfxMatrix transform;
|
|||
|
gfxMatrix invTransform;
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
bool anchorAtUpperLeft = anchor.x == appUnitDest.x &&
|
|||
|
anchor.y == appUnitDest.y;
|
|||
|
bool exactlyOneImageCopy = aFill.IsEqualEdges(appUnitDest);
|
|||
|
if (anchorAtUpperLeft && exactlyOneImageCopy) {
|
|||
|
// The simple case: we can ignore the anchor point and compute the
|
|||
|
// transformation from the sampled region (the subimage) to the fill rect.
|
|||
|
// This approach is preferable when it works since it tends to produce
|
|||
|
// less numerical error.
|
|||
|
transform = TransformBetweenRects(subimage, fill);
|
|||
|
invTransform = TransformBetweenRects(fill, subimage);
|
|||
|
} else {
|
|||
|
// The more complicated case: we compute the transformation from the
|
|||
|
// image rect positioned at the image space anchor point to the dest rect
|
|||
|
// positioned at the device space anchor point.
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
// Compute the anchor point in both device space and image space. This
|
|||
|
// code assumes that pixel-based devices have one pixel per device unit!
|
|||
|
gfxPoint anchorPoint(gfxFloat(anchor.x)/aAppUnitsPerDevPixel,
|
|||
|
gfxFloat(anchor.y)/aAppUnitsPerDevPixel);
|
|||
|
gfxPoint imageSpaceAnchorPoint =
|
|||
|
MapToFloatImagePixels(imageSize, devPixelDest, anchorPoint);
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
if (didSnap) {
|
|||
|
imageSpaceAnchorPoint = StableRound(imageSpaceAnchorPoint);
|
|||
|
anchorPoint = imageSpaceAnchorPoint;
|
|||
|
anchorPoint = MapToFloatUserPixels(imageSize, devPixelDest, anchorPoint);
|
|||
|
anchorPoint = currentMatrix.Transform(anchorPoint);
|
|||
|
anchorPoint = StableRound(anchorPoint);
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
// Compute an unsnapped version of the dest rect's size. We continue to
|
|||
|
// follow the pattern that we take |currentMatrix| into account only if
|
|||
|
// |didSnap| is true.
|
|||
|
gfxSize unsnappedDestSize
|
|||
|
= didSnap ? devPixelDest.Size() * currentMatrix.ScaleFactors(true)
|
|||
|
: devPixelDest.Size();
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
gfxRect anchoredDestRect(anchorPoint, unsnappedDestSize);
|
|||
|
gfxRect anchoredImageRect(imageSpaceAnchorPoint, imageSize);
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
// Calculate anchoredDestRect with snapped fill rect when the devPixelFill rect
|
|||
|
// corresponds to just a single tile in that direction
|
|||
|
if (fill.Width() != devPixelFill.Width() &&
|
|||
|
devPixelDest.x == devPixelFill.x &&
|
|||
|
devPixelDest.XMost() == devPixelFill.XMost()) {
|
|||
|
anchoredDestRect.width = fill.width;
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
if (fill.Height() != devPixelFill.Height() &&
|
|||
|
devPixelDest.y == devPixelFill.y &&
|
|||
|
devPixelDest.YMost() == devPixelFill.YMost()) {
|
|||
|
anchoredDestRect.height = fill.height;
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
transform = TransformBetweenRects(anchoredImageRect, anchoredDestRect);
|
|||
|
invTransform = TransformBetweenRects(anchoredDestRect, anchoredImageRect);
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
// If the transform is not a straight translation by integers, then
|
|||
|
// filtering will occur, and restricting the fill rect to the dirty rect
|
|||
|
// would change the values computed for edge pixels, which we can't allow.
|
|||
|
// Also, if 'didSnap' is false then rounding out 'devPixelDirty' might not
|
|||
|
// produce pixel-aligned coordinates, which would also break the values
|
|||
|
// computed for edge pixels.
|
|||
|
if (didSnap && !invTransform.HasNonIntegerTranslation()) {
|
|||
|
// This form of Transform is safe to call since non-axis-aligned
|
|||
|
// transforms wouldn't be snapped.
|
|||
|
devPixelDirty = currentMatrix.Transform(devPixelDirty);
|
|||
|
devPixelDirty.RoundOut();
|
|||
|
fill = fill.Intersect(devPixelDirty);
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
if (fill.IsEmpty())
|
|||
|
return SnappedImageDrawingParameters();
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
gfxRect imageSpaceFill(didSnap ? invTransform.Transform(fill)
|
|||
|
: invTransform.TransformBounds(fill));
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
// If we didn't snap, we need to post-multiply the matrix on the context to
|
|||
|
// get the final matrix we'll draw with, because we didn't take it into
|
|||
|
// account when computing the matrices above.
|
|||
|
if (!didSnap) {
|
|||
|
transform = transform * currentMatrix;
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
ExtendMode extendMode = (aImageFlags & imgIContainer::FLAG_CLAMP)
|
|||
|
? ExtendMode::CLAMP
|
|||
|
: aExtendMode;
|
|||
|
// We were passed in the default extend mode but need to tile.
|
|||
|
if (extendMode == ExtendMode::CLAMP && doTile) {
|
|||
|
MOZ_ASSERT(!(aImageFlags & imgIContainer::FLAG_CLAMP));
|
|||
|
extendMode = ExtendMode::REPEAT;
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
ImageRegion region =
|
|||
|
ImageRegion::CreateWithSamplingRestriction(imageSpaceFill, subimage, extendMode);
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
return SnappedImageDrawingParameters(transform, intImageSize,
|
|||
|
region, svgViewportSize);
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
static DrawResult
|
|||
|
DrawImageInternal(gfxContext& aContext,
|
|||
|
nsPresContext* aPresContext,
|
|||
|
imgIContainer* aImage,
|
|||
|
Filter aGraphicsFilter,
|
|||
|
const nsRect& aDest,
|
|||
|
const nsRect& aFill,
|
|||
|
const nsPoint& aAnchor,
|
|||
|
const nsRect& aDirty,
|
|||
|
const SVGImageContext* aSVGContext,
|
|||
|
uint32_t aImageFlags,
|
|||
|
ExtendMode aExtendMode = ExtendMode::CLAMP)
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
DrawResult result = DrawResult::SUCCESS;
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
if (aPresContext->Type() == nsPresContext::eContext_Print) {
|
|||
|
// We want vector images to be passed on as vector commands, not a raster
|
|||
|
// image.
|
|||
|
aImageFlags |= imgIContainer::FLAG_BYPASS_SURFACE_CACHE;
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
if (aDest.Contains(aFill)) {
|
|||
|
aImageFlags |= imgIContainer::FLAG_CLAMP;
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
int32_t appUnitsPerDevPixel =
|
|||
|
aPresContext->AppUnitsPerDevPixel();
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
SnappedImageDrawingParameters params =
|
|||
|
ComputeSnappedImageDrawingParameters(&aContext, appUnitsPerDevPixel, aDest,
|
|||
|
aFill, aAnchor, aDirty, aImage,
|
|||
|
aGraphicsFilter, aImageFlags, aExtendMode);
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
if (!params.shouldDraw) {
|
|||
|
return result;
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
gfxContextMatrixAutoSaveRestore contextMatrixRestorer(&aContext);
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
RefPtr<gfxContext> destCtx = &aContext;
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
IntRect tmpDTRect;
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
if (destCtx->CurrentOp() != CompositionOp::OP_OVER) {
|
|||
|
Rect imageRect = ToRect(params.imageSpaceToDeviceSpace.TransformBounds(params.region.Rect()));
|
|||
|
imageRect.ToIntRect(&tmpDTRect);
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
RefPtr<DrawTarget> tempDT = destCtx->GetDrawTarget()->CreateSimilarDrawTarget(tmpDTRect.Size(), SurfaceFormat::B8G8R8A8);
|
|||
|
destCtx = new gfxContext(tempDT, imageRect.TopLeft());
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
destCtx->SetMatrix(params.imageSpaceToDeviceSpace);
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
Maybe<SVGImageContext> svgContext = ToMaybe(aSVGContext);
|
|||
|
if (!svgContext) {
|
|||
|
// Use the default viewport.
|
|||
|
svgContext = Some(SVGImageContext(params.svgViewportSize, Nothing()));
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
result = aImage->Draw(destCtx, params.size, params.region,
|
|||
|
imgIContainer::FRAME_CURRENT, aGraphicsFilter,
|
|||
|
svgContext, aImageFlags);
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
if (!tmpDTRect.IsEmpty()) {
|
|||
|
DrawTarget* dt = aContext.GetDrawTarget();
|
|||
|
RefPtr<SourceSurface> surf = destCtx->GetDrawTarget()->Snapshot();
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
dt->SetTransform(Matrix::Translation(-aContext.GetDeviceOffset()));
|
|||
|
dt->DrawSurface(surf, Rect(tmpDTRect.x, tmpDTRect.y, tmpDTRect.width, tmpDTRect.height),
|
|||
|
Rect(0, 0, tmpDTRect.width, tmpDTRect.height),
|
|||
|
DrawSurfaceOptions(Filter::POINT),
|
|||
|
DrawOptions(1.0f, aContext.CurrentOp()));
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
return result;
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
/* static */ DrawResult
|
|||
|
nsLayoutUtils::DrawSingleUnscaledImage(gfxContext& aContext,
|
|||
|
nsPresContext* aPresContext,
|
|||
|
imgIContainer* aImage,
|
|||
|
Filter aGraphicsFilter,
|
|||
|
const nsPoint& aDest,
|
|||
|
const nsRect* aDirty,
|
|||
|
uint32_t aImageFlags,
|
|||
|
const nsRect* aSourceArea)
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
CSSIntSize imageSize;
|
|||
|
aImage->GetWidth(&imageSize.width);
|
|||
|
aImage->GetHeight(&imageSize.height);
|
|||
|
if (imageSize.width < 1 || imageSize.height < 1) {
|
|||
|
NS_WARNING("Image width or height is non-positive");
|
|||
|
return DrawResult::TEMPORARY_ERROR;
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
nsSize size(CSSPixel::ToAppUnits(imageSize));
|
|||
|
nsRect source;
|
|||
|
if (aSourceArea) {
|
|||
|
source = *aSourceArea;
|
|||
|
} else {
|
|||
|
source.SizeTo(size);
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
nsRect dest(aDest - source.TopLeft(), size);
|
|||
|
nsRect fill(aDest, source.Size());
|
|||
|
// Ensure that only a single image tile is drawn. If aSourceArea extends
|
|||
|
// outside the image bounds, we want to honor the aSourceArea-to-aDest
|
|||
|
// translation but we don't want to actually tile the image.
|
|||
|
fill.IntersectRect(fill, dest);
|
|||
|
return DrawImageInternal(aContext, aPresContext,
|
|||
|
aImage, aGraphicsFilter,
|
|||
|
dest, fill, aDest, aDirty ? *aDirty : dest,
|
|||
|
nullptr, aImageFlags);
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
/* static */ DrawResult
|
|||
|
nsLayoutUtils::DrawSingleImage(gfxContext& aContext,
|
|||
|
nsPresContext* aPresContext,
|
|||
|
imgIContainer* aImage,
|
|||
|
Filter aGraphicsFilter,
|
|||
|
const nsRect& aDest,
|
|||
|
const nsRect& aDirty,
|
|||
|
const SVGImageContext* aSVGContext,
|
|||
|
uint32_t aImageFlags,
|
|||
|
const nsPoint* aAnchorPoint,
|
|||
|
const nsRect* aSourceArea)
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
nscoord appUnitsPerCSSPixel = nsDeviceContext::AppUnitsPerCSSPixel();
|
|||
|
CSSIntSize pixelImageSize(ComputeSizeForDrawingWithFallback(aImage, aDest.Size()));
|
|||
|
if (pixelImageSize.width < 1 || pixelImageSize.height < 1) {
|
|||
|
NS_WARNING("Image width or height is non-positive");
|
|||
|
return DrawResult::TEMPORARY_ERROR;
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
nsSize imageSize(CSSPixel::ToAppUnits(pixelImageSize));
|
|||
|
nsRect source;
|
|||
|
nsCOMPtr<imgIContainer> image;
|
|||
|
if (aSourceArea) {
|
|||
|
source = *aSourceArea;
|
|||
|
nsIntRect subRect(source.x, source.y, source.width, source.height);
|
|||
|
subRect.ScaleInverseRoundOut(appUnitsPerCSSPixel);
|
|||
|
image = ImageOps::Clip(aImage, subRect);
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
nsRect imageRect;
|
|||
|
imageRect.SizeTo(imageSize);
|
|||
|
nsRect clippedSource = imageRect.Intersect(source);
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
source -= clippedSource.TopLeft();
|
|||
|
imageSize = clippedSource.Size();
|
|||
|
} else {
|
|||
|
source.SizeTo(imageSize);
|
|||
|
image = aImage;
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
nsRect dest = GetWholeImageDestination(imageSize, source, aDest);
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
// Ensure that only a single image tile is drawn. If aSourceArea extends
|
|||
|
// outside the image bounds, we want to honor the aSourceArea-to-aDest
|
|||
|
// transform but we don't want to actually tile the image.
|
|||
|
nsRect fill;
|
|||
|
fill.IntersectRect(aDest, dest);
|
|||
|
return DrawImageInternal(aContext, aPresContext, image,
|
|||
|
aGraphicsFilter, dest, fill,
|
|||
|
aAnchorPoint ? *aAnchorPoint : fill.TopLeft(),
|
|||
|
aDirty, aSVGContext, aImageFlags);
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
/* static */ void
|
|||
|
nsLayoutUtils::ComputeSizeForDrawing(imgIContainer *aImage,
|
|||
|
CSSIntSize& aImageSize, /*outparam*/
|
|||
|
nsSize& aIntrinsicRatio, /*outparam*/
|
|||
|
bool& aGotWidth, /*outparam*/
|
|||
|
bool& aGotHeight /*outparam*/)
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
aGotWidth = NS_SUCCEEDED(aImage->GetWidth(&aImageSize.width));
|
|||
|
aGotHeight = NS_SUCCEEDED(aImage->GetHeight(&aImageSize.height));
|
|||
|
bool gotRatio = NS_SUCCEEDED(aImage->GetIntrinsicRatio(&aIntrinsicRatio));
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
if (!(aGotWidth && aGotHeight) && !gotRatio) {
|
|||
|
// We hit an error (say, because the image failed to load or couldn't be
|
|||
|
// decoded) and should return zero size.
|
|||
|
aGotWidth = aGotHeight = true;
|
|||
|
aImageSize = CSSIntSize(0, 0);
|
|||
|
aIntrinsicRatio = nsSize(0, 0);
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
/* static */ CSSIntSize
|
|||
|
nsLayoutUtils::ComputeSizeForDrawingWithFallback(imgIContainer* aImage,
|
|||
|
const nsSize& aFallbackSize)
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
CSSIntSize imageSize;
|
|||
|
nsSize imageRatio;
|
|||
|
bool gotHeight, gotWidth;
|
|||
|
ComputeSizeForDrawing(aImage, imageSize, imageRatio, gotWidth, gotHeight);
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
// If we didn't get both width and height, try to compute them using the
|
|||
|
// intrinsic ratio of the image.
|
|||
|
if (gotWidth != gotHeight) {
|
|||
|
if (!gotWidth) {
|
|||
|
if (imageRatio.height != 0) {
|
|||
|
imageSize.width =
|
|||
|
NSCoordSaturatingNonnegativeMultiply(imageSize.height,
|
|||
|
float(imageRatio.width) /
|
|||
|
float(imageRatio.height));
|
|||
|
gotWidth = true;
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
} else {
|
|||
|
if (imageRatio.width != 0) {
|
|||
|
imageSize.height =
|
|||
|
NSCoordSaturatingNonnegativeMultiply(imageSize.width,
|
|||
|
float(imageRatio.height) /
|
|||
|
float(imageRatio.width));
|
|||
|
gotHeight = true;
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
// If we still don't have a width or height, just use the fallback size the
|
|||
|
// caller provided.
|
|||
|
if (!gotWidth) {
|
|||
|
imageSize.width = nsPresContext::AppUnitsToIntCSSPixels(aFallbackSize.width);
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
if (!gotHeight) {
|
|||
|
imageSize.height = nsPresContext::AppUnitsToIntCSSPixels(aFallbackSize.height);
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
return imageSize;
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
/* static */ DrawResult
|
|||
|
nsLayoutUtils::DrawBackgroundImage(gfxContext& aContext,
|
|||
|
nsPresContext* aPresContext,
|
|||
|
imgIContainer* aImage,
|
|||
|
const CSSIntSize& aImageSize,
|
|||
|
Filter aGraphicsFilter,
|
|||
|
const nsRect& aDest,
|
|||
|
const nsRect& aFill,
|
|||
|
const nsPoint& aAnchor,
|
|||
|
const nsRect& aDirty,
|
|||
|
uint32_t aImageFlags,
|
|||
|
ExtendMode aExtendMode)
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
PROFILER_LABEL("layout", "nsLayoutUtils::DrawBackgroundImage",
|
|||
|
js::ProfileEntry::Category::GRAPHICS);
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
if (UseBackgroundNearestFiltering()) {
|
|||
|
aGraphicsFilter = Filter::POINT;
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
SVGImageContext svgContext(aImageSize, Nothing());
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
return DrawImageInternal(aContext, aPresContext, aImage,
|
|||
|
aGraphicsFilter, aDest, aFill, aAnchor,
|
|||
|
aDirty, &svgContext, aImageFlags, aExtendMode);
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
/* static */ DrawResult
|
|||
|
nsLayoutUtils::DrawImage(gfxContext& aContext,
|
|||
|
nsPresContext* aPresContext,
|
|||
|
imgIContainer* aImage,
|
|||
|
Filter aGraphicsFilter,
|
|||
|
const nsRect& aDest,
|
|||
|
const nsRect& aFill,
|
|||
|
const nsPoint& aAnchor,
|
|||
|
const nsRect& aDirty,
|
|||
|
uint32_t aImageFlags)
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
return DrawImageInternal(aContext, aPresContext, aImage,
|
|||
|
aGraphicsFilter, aDest, aFill, aAnchor,
|
|||
|
aDirty, nullptr, aImageFlags);
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
/* static */ nsRect
|
|||
|
nsLayoutUtils::GetWholeImageDestination(const nsSize& aWholeImageSize,
|
|||
|
const nsRect& aImageSourceArea,
|
|||
|
const nsRect& aDestArea)
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
double scaleX = double(aDestArea.width)/aImageSourceArea.width;
|
|||
|
double scaleY = double(aDestArea.height)/aImageSourceArea.height;
|
|||
|
nscoord destOffsetX = NSToCoordRound(aImageSourceArea.x*scaleX);
|
|||
|
nscoord destOffsetY = NSToCoordRound(aImageSourceArea.y*scaleY);
|
|||
|
nscoord wholeSizeX = NSToCoordRound(aWholeImageSize.width*scaleX);
|
|||
|
nscoord wholeSizeY = NSToCoordRound(aWholeImageSize.height*scaleY);
|
|||
|
return nsRect(aDestArea.TopLeft() - nsPoint(destOffsetX, destOffsetY),
|
|||
|
nsSize(wholeSizeX, wholeSizeY));
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
/* static */ already_AddRefed<imgIContainer>
|
|||
|
nsLayoutUtils::OrientImage(imgIContainer* aContainer,
|
|||
|
const nsStyleImageOrientation& aOrientation)
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
MOZ_ASSERT(aContainer, "Should have an image container");
|
|||
|
nsCOMPtr<imgIContainer> img(aContainer);
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
if (aOrientation.IsFromImage()) {
|
|||
|
img = ImageOps::Orient(img, img->GetOrientation());
|
|||
|
} else if (!aOrientation.IsDefault()) {
|
|||
|
Angle angle = aOrientation.Angle();
|
|||
|
Flip flip = aOrientation.IsFlipped() ? Flip::Horizontal
|
|||
|
: Flip::Unflipped;
|
|||
|
img = ImageOps::Orient(img, Orientation(angle, flip));
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
return img.forget();
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
static bool NonZeroStyleCoord(const nsStyleCoord& aCoord)
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
if (aCoord.IsCoordPercentCalcUnit()) {
|
|||
|
// Since negative results are clamped to 0, check > 0.
|
|||
|
return nsRuleNode::ComputeCoordPercentCalc(aCoord, nscoord_MAX) > 0 ||
|
|||
|
nsRuleNode::ComputeCoordPercentCalc(aCoord, 0) > 0;
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
return true;
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
/* static */ bool
|
|||
|
nsLayoutUtils::HasNonZeroCorner(const nsStyleCorners& aCorners)
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
NS_FOR_CSS_HALF_CORNERS(corner) {
|
|||
|
if (NonZeroStyleCoord(aCorners.Get(corner)))
|
|||
|
return true;
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
return false;
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
// aCorner is a "full corner" value, i.e. NS_CORNER_TOP_LEFT etc
|
|||
|
static bool IsCornerAdjacentToSide(uint8_t aCorner, css::Side aSide)
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
PR_STATIC_ASSERT((int)NS_SIDE_TOP == NS_CORNER_TOP_LEFT);
|
|||
|
PR_STATIC_ASSERT((int)NS_SIDE_RIGHT == NS_CORNER_TOP_RIGHT);
|
|||
|
PR_STATIC_ASSERT((int)NS_SIDE_BOTTOM == NS_CORNER_BOTTOM_RIGHT);
|
|||
|
PR_STATIC_ASSERT((int)NS_SIDE_LEFT == NS_CORNER_BOTTOM_LEFT);
|
|||
|
PR_STATIC_ASSERT((int)NS_SIDE_TOP == ((NS_CORNER_TOP_RIGHT - 1)&3));
|
|||
|
PR_STATIC_ASSERT((int)NS_SIDE_RIGHT == ((NS_CORNER_BOTTOM_RIGHT - 1)&3));
|
|||
|
PR_STATIC_ASSERT((int)NS_SIDE_BOTTOM == ((NS_CORNER_BOTTOM_LEFT - 1)&3));
|
|||
|
PR_STATIC_ASSERT((int)NS_SIDE_LEFT == ((NS_CORNER_TOP_LEFT - 1)&3));
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
return aSide == aCorner || aSide == ((aCorner - 1)&3);
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
/* static */ bool
|
|||
|
nsLayoutUtils::HasNonZeroCornerOnSide(const nsStyleCorners& aCorners,
|
|||
|
css::Side aSide)
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
PR_STATIC_ASSERT(NS_CORNER_TOP_LEFT_X/2 == NS_CORNER_TOP_LEFT);
|
|||
|
PR_STATIC_ASSERT(NS_CORNER_TOP_LEFT_Y/2 == NS_CORNER_TOP_LEFT);
|
|||
|
PR_STATIC_ASSERT(NS_CORNER_TOP_RIGHT_X/2 == NS_CORNER_TOP_RIGHT);
|
|||
|
PR_STATIC_ASSERT(NS_CORNER_TOP_RIGHT_Y/2 == NS_CORNER_TOP_RIGHT);
|
|||
|
PR_STATIC_ASSERT(NS_CORNER_BOTTOM_RIGHT_X/2 == NS_CORNER_BOTTOM_RIGHT);
|
|||
|
PR_STATIC_ASSERT(NS_CORNER_BOTTOM_RIGHT_Y/2 == NS_CORNER_BOTTOM_RIGHT);
|
|||
|
PR_STATIC_ASSERT(NS_CORNER_BOTTOM_LEFT_X/2 == NS_CORNER_BOTTOM_LEFT);
|
|||
|
PR_STATIC_ASSERT(NS_CORNER_BOTTOM_LEFT_Y/2 == NS_CORNER_BOTTOM_LEFT);
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
NS_FOR_CSS_HALF_CORNERS(corner) {
|
|||
|
// corner is a "half corner" value, so dividing by two gives us a
|
|||
|
// "full corner" value.
|
|||
|
if (NonZeroStyleCoord(aCorners.Get(corner)) &&
|
|||
|
IsCornerAdjacentToSide(corner/2, aSide))
|
|||
|
return true;
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
return false;
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
/* static */ nsTransparencyMode
|
|||
|
nsLayoutUtils::GetFrameTransparency(nsIFrame* aBackgroundFrame,
|
|||
|
nsIFrame* aCSSRootFrame) {
|
|||
|
if (aCSSRootFrame->StyleDisplay()->mOpacity < 1.0f)
|
|||
|
return eTransparencyTransparent;
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
if (HasNonZeroCorner(aCSSRootFrame->StyleBorder()->mBorderRadius))
|
|||
|
return eTransparencyTransparent;
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
if (aCSSRootFrame->StyleDisplay()->mAppearance == NS_THEME_WIN_GLASS)
|
|||
|
return eTransparencyGlass;
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
if (aCSSRootFrame->StyleDisplay()->mAppearance == NS_THEME_WIN_BORDERLESS_GLASS)
|
|||
|
return eTransparencyBorderlessGlass;
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
nsITheme::Transparency transparency;
|
|||
|
if (aCSSRootFrame->IsThemed(&transparency))
|
|||
|
return transparency == nsITheme::eTransparent
|
|||
|
? eTransparencyTransparent
|
|||
|
: eTransparencyOpaque;
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
// We need an uninitialized window to be treated as opaque because
|
|||
|
// doing otherwise breaks window display effects on some platforms,
|
|||
|
// specifically Vista. (bug 450322)
|
|||
|
if (aBackgroundFrame->GetType() == nsGkAtoms::viewportFrame &&
|
|||
|
!aBackgroundFrame->GetFirstPrincipalChild()) {
|
|||
|
return eTransparencyOpaque;
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
nsStyleContext* bgSC;
|
|||
|
if (!nsCSSRendering::FindBackground(aBackgroundFrame, &bgSC)) {
|
|||
|
return eTransparencyTransparent;
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
const nsStyleBackground* bg = bgSC->StyleBackground();
|
|||
|
if (NS_GET_A(bg->mBackgroundColor) < 255 ||
|
|||
|
// bottom layer's clip is used for the color
|
|||
|
bg->BottomLayer().mClip != NS_STYLE_BG_CLIP_BORDER)
|
|||
|
return eTransparencyTransparent;
|
|||
|
return eTransparencyOpaque;
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
static bool IsPopupFrame(nsIFrame* aFrame)
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
// aFrame is a popup it's the list control frame dropdown for a combobox.
|
|||
|
nsIAtom* frameType = aFrame->GetType();
|
|||
|
if (frameType == nsGkAtoms::listControlFrame) {
|
|||
|
nsListControlFrame* lcf = static_cast<nsListControlFrame*>(aFrame);
|
|||
|
return lcf->IsInDropDownMode();
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
// ... or if it's a XUL menupopup frame.
|
|||
|
return frameType == nsGkAtoms::menuPopupFrame;
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
/* static */ bool
|
|||
|
nsLayoutUtils::IsPopup(nsIFrame* aFrame)
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
// Optimization: the frame can't possibly be a popup if it has no view.
|
|||
|
if (!aFrame->HasView()) {
|
|||
|
NS_ASSERTION(!IsPopupFrame(aFrame), "popup frame must have a view");
|
|||
|
return false;
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
return IsPopupFrame(aFrame);
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
/* static */ nsIFrame*
|
|||
|
nsLayoutUtils::GetDisplayRootFrame(nsIFrame* aFrame)
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
// We could use GetRootPresContext() here if the
|
|||
|
// NS_FRAME_IN_POPUP frame bit is set.
|
|||
|
nsIFrame* f = aFrame;
|
|||
|
for (;;) {
|
|||
|
if (!f->HasAnyStateBits(NS_FRAME_IN_POPUP)) {
|
|||
|
f = f->PresContext()->FrameManager()->GetRootFrame();
|
|||
|
} else if (IsPopup(f)) {
|
|||
|
return f;
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
nsIFrame* parent = GetCrossDocParentFrame(f);
|
|||
|
if (!parent)
|
|||
|
return f;
|
|||
|
f = parent;
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
/* static */ nsIFrame*
|
|||
|
nsLayoutUtils::GetReferenceFrame(nsIFrame* aFrame)
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
nsIFrame *f = aFrame;
|
|||
|
for (;;) {
|
|||
|
if (f->IsTransformed() || IsPopup(f)) {
|
|||
|
return f;
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
nsIFrame* parent = GetCrossDocParentFrame(f);
|
|||
|
if (!parent) {
|
|||
|
return f;
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
f = parent;
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
/* static */ nsIFrame*
|
|||
|
nsLayoutUtils::GetTransformRootFrame(nsIFrame* aFrame)
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
nsIFrame *parent = nsLayoutUtils::GetCrossDocParentFrame(aFrame);
|
|||
|
while (parent && parent->Preserves3DChildren()) {
|
|||
|
parent = nsLayoutUtils::GetCrossDocParentFrame(parent);
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
return parent;
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
/* static */ uint32_t
|
|||
|
nsLayoutUtils::GetTextRunFlagsForStyle(nsStyleContext* aStyleContext,
|
|||
|
const nsStyleFont* aStyleFont,
|
|||
|
const nsStyleText* aStyleText,
|
|||
|
nscoord aLetterSpacing)
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
uint32_t result = 0;
|
|||
|
if (aLetterSpacing != 0) {
|
|||
|
result |= gfxTextRunFactory::TEXT_DISABLE_OPTIONAL_LIGATURES;
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
if (aStyleText->mControlCharacterVisibility == NS_STYLE_CONTROL_CHARACTER_VISIBILITY_HIDDEN) {
|
|||
|
result |= gfxTextRunFactory::TEXT_HIDE_CONTROL_CHARACTERS;
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
switch (aStyleContext->StyleSVG()->mTextRendering) {
|
|||
|
case NS_STYLE_TEXT_RENDERING_OPTIMIZESPEED:
|
|||
|
result |= gfxTextRunFactory::TEXT_OPTIMIZE_SPEED;
|
|||
|
break;
|
|||
|
case NS_STYLE_TEXT_RENDERING_AUTO:
|
|||
|
if (aStyleFont->mFont.size <
|
|||
|
aStyleContext->PresContext()->GetAutoQualityMinFontSize()) {
|
|||
|
result |= gfxTextRunFactory::TEXT_OPTIMIZE_SPEED;
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
break;
|
|||
|
default:
|
|||
|
break;
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
return result | GetTextRunOrientFlagsForStyle(aStyleContext);
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
/* static */ uint32_t
|
|||
|
nsLayoutUtils::GetTextRunOrientFlagsForStyle(nsStyleContext* aStyleContext)
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
uint8_t writingMode = aStyleContext->StyleVisibility()->mWritingMode;
|
|||
|
switch (writingMode) {
|
|||
|
case NS_STYLE_WRITING_MODE_HORIZONTAL_TB:
|
|||
|
return gfxTextRunFactory::TEXT_ORIENT_HORIZONTAL;
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
case NS_STYLE_WRITING_MODE_VERTICAL_LR:
|
|||
|
case NS_STYLE_WRITING_MODE_VERTICAL_RL:
|
|||
|
switch (aStyleContext->StyleVisibility()->mTextOrientation) {
|
|||
|
case NS_STYLE_TEXT_ORIENTATION_MIXED:
|
|||
|
return gfxTextRunFactory::TEXT_ORIENT_VERTICAL_MIXED;
|
|||
|
case NS_STYLE_TEXT_ORIENTATION_UPRIGHT:
|
|||
|
return gfxTextRunFactory::TEXT_ORIENT_VERTICAL_UPRIGHT;
|
|||
|
case NS_STYLE_TEXT_ORIENTATION_SIDEWAYS:
|
|||
|
return gfxTextRunFactory::TEXT_ORIENT_VERTICAL_SIDEWAYS_RIGHT;
|
|||
|
default:
|
|||
|
NS_NOTREACHED("unknown text-orientation");
|
|||
|
return 0;
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
case NS_STYLE_WRITING_MODE_SIDEWAYS_LR:
|
|||
|
return gfxTextRunFactory::TEXT_ORIENT_VERTICAL_SIDEWAYS_LEFT;
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
case NS_STYLE_WRITING_MODE_SIDEWAYS_RL:
|
|||
|
return gfxTextRunFactory::TEXT_ORIENT_VERTICAL_SIDEWAYS_RIGHT;
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
default:
|
|||
|
NS_NOTREACHED("unknown writing-mode");
|
|||
|
return 0;
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
/* static */ void
|
|||
|
nsLayoutUtils::GetRectDifferenceStrips(const nsRect& aR1, const nsRect& aR2,
|
|||
|
nsRect* aHStrip, nsRect* aVStrip) {
|
|||
|
NS_ASSERTION(aR1.TopLeft() == aR2.TopLeft(),
|
|||
|
"expected rects at the same position");
|
|||
|
nsRect unionRect(aR1.x, aR1.y, std::max(aR1.width, aR2.width),
|
|||
|
std::max(aR1.height, aR2.height));
|
|||
|
nscoord VStripStart = std::min(aR1.width, aR2.width);
|
|||
|
nscoord HStripStart = std::min(aR1.height, aR2.height);
|
|||
|
*aVStrip = unionRect;
|
|||
|
aVStrip->x += VStripStart;
|
|||
|
aVStrip->width -= VStripStart;
|
|||
|
*aHStrip = unionRect;
|
|||
|
aHStrip->y += HStripStart;
|
|||
|
aHStrip->height -= HStripStart;
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
nsDeviceContext*
|
|||
|
nsLayoutUtils::GetDeviceContextForScreenInfo(nsPIDOMWindow* aWindow)
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
if (!aWindow) {
|
|||
|
return nullptr;
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
nsCOMPtr<nsIDocShell> docShell = aWindow->GetDocShell();
|
|||
|
while (docShell) {
|
|||
|
// Now make sure our size is up to date. That will mean that the device
|
|||
|
// context does the right thing on multi-monitor systems when we return it to
|
|||
|
// the caller. It will also make sure that our prescontext has been created,
|
|||
|
// if we're supposed to have one.
|
|||
|
nsCOMPtr<nsPIDOMWindow> win = docShell->GetWindow();
|
|||
|
if (!win) {
|
|||
|
// No reason to go on
|
|||
|
return nullptr;
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
win->EnsureSizeUpToDate();
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
RefPtr<nsPresContext> presContext;
|
|||
|
docShell->GetPresContext(getter_AddRefs(presContext));
|
|||
|
if (presContext) {
|
|||
|
nsDeviceContext* context = presContext->DeviceContext();
|
|||
|
if (context) {
|
|||
|
return context;
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
nsCOMPtr<nsIDocShellTreeItem> parentItem;
|
|||
|
docShell->GetParent(getter_AddRefs(parentItem));
|
|||
|
docShell = do_QueryInterface(parentItem);
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
return nullptr;
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
/* static */ bool
|
|||
|
nsLayoutUtils::IsReallyFixedPos(nsIFrame* aFrame)
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
NS_PRECONDITION(aFrame->GetParent(),
|
|||
|
"IsReallyFixedPos called on frame not in tree");
|
|||
|
NS_PRECONDITION(aFrame->StyleDisplay()->mPosition ==
|
|||
|
NS_STYLE_POSITION_FIXED,
|
|||
|
"IsReallyFixedPos called on non-'position:fixed' frame");
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
nsIAtom *parentType = aFrame->GetParent()->GetType();
|
|||
|
return parentType == nsGkAtoms::viewportFrame ||
|
|||
|
parentType == nsGkAtoms::pageContentFrame;
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
nsLayoutUtils::SurfaceFromElementResult
|
|||
|
nsLayoutUtils::SurfaceFromElement(nsIImageLoadingContent* aElement,
|
|||
|
uint32_t aSurfaceFlags,
|
|||
|
RefPtr<DrawTarget>& aTarget)
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
SurfaceFromElementResult result;
|
|||
|
nsresult rv;
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
nsCOMPtr<imgIRequest> imgRequest;
|
|||
|
rv = aElement->GetRequest(nsIImageLoadingContent::CURRENT_REQUEST,
|
|||
|
getter_AddRefs(imgRequest));
|
|||
|
if (NS_FAILED(rv) || !imgRequest)
|
|||
|
return result;
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
uint32_t status;
|
|||
|
imgRequest->GetImageStatus(&status);
|
|||
|
result.mHasSize = status & imgIRequest::STATUS_SIZE_AVAILABLE;
|
|||
|
if ((status & imgIRequest::STATUS_LOAD_COMPLETE) == 0) {
|
|||
|
// Spec says to use GetComplete, but that only works on
|
|||
|
// nsIDOMHTMLImageElement, and we support all sorts of other stuff
|
|||
|
// here. Do this for now pending spec clarification.
|
|||
|
result.mIsStillLoading = (status & imgIRequest::STATUS_ERROR) == 0;
|
|||
|
return result;
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
nsCOMPtr<nsIPrincipal> principal;
|
|||
|
rv = imgRequest->GetImagePrincipal(getter_AddRefs(principal));
|
|||
|
if (NS_FAILED(rv))
|
|||
|
return result;
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
nsCOMPtr<imgIContainer> imgContainer;
|
|||
|
rv = imgRequest->GetImage(getter_AddRefs(imgContainer));
|
|||
|
if (NS_FAILED(rv))
|
|||
|
return result;
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
uint32_t noRasterize = aSurfaceFlags & SFE_NO_RASTERIZING_VECTORS;
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
uint32_t whichFrame = (aSurfaceFlags & SFE_WANT_FIRST_FRAME)
|
|||
|
? (uint32_t) imgIContainer::FRAME_FIRST
|
|||
|
: (uint32_t) imgIContainer::FRAME_CURRENT;
|
|||
|
uint32_t frameFlags = imgIContainer::FLAG_SYNC_DECODE;
|
|||
|
if (aSurfaceFlags & SFE_NO_COLORSPACE_CONVERSION)
|
|||
|
frameFlags |= imgIContainer::FLAG_DECODE_NO_COLORSPACE_CONVERSION;
|
|||
|
if (aSurfaceFlags & SFE_PREFER_NO_PREMULTIPLY_ALPHA) {
|
|||
|
frameFlags |= imgIContainer::FLAG_DECODE_NO_PREMULTIPLY_ALPHA;
|
|||
|
result.mIsPremultiplied = false;
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
int32_t imgWidth, imgHeight;
|
|||
|
rv = imgContainer->GetWidth(&imgWidth);
|
|||
|
nsresult rv2 = imgContainer->GetHeight(&imgHeight);
|
|||
|
if (NS_FAILED(rv) || NS_FAILED(rv2))
|
|||
|
return result;
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
if (!noRasterize || imgContainer->GetType() == imgIContainer::TYPE_RASTER) {
|
|||
|
if (aSurfaceFlags & SFE_WANT_IMAGE_SURFACE) {
|
|||
|
frameFlags |= imgIContainer::FLAG_WANT_DATA_SURFACE;
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
result.mSourceSurface = imgContainer->GetFrame(whichFrame, frameFlags);
|
|||
|
if (!result.mSourceSurface) {
|
|||
|
return result;
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
// The surface we return is likely to be cached. We don't want to have to
|
|||
|
// convert to a surface that's compatible with aTarget each time it's used
|
|||
|
// (that would result in terrible performance), so we convert once here
|
|||
|
// upfront if aTarget is specified.
|
|||
|
if (aTarget) {
|
|||
|
RefPtr<SourceSurface> optSurface =
|
|||
|
aTarget->OptimizeSourceSurface(result.mSourceSurface);
|
|||
|
if (optSurface) {
|
|||
|
result.mSourceSurface = optSurface;
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
} else {
|
|||
|
result.mDrawInfo.mImgContainer = imgContainer;
|
|||
|
result.mDrawInfo.mWhichFrame = whichFrame;
|
|||
|
result.mDrawInfo.mDrawingFlags = frameFlags;
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
int32_t corsmode;
|
|||
|
if (NS_SUCCEEDED(imgRequest->GetCORSMode(&corsmode))) {
|
|||
|
result.mCORSUsed = (corsmode != imgIRequest::CORS_NONE);
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
result.mSize = IntSize(imgWidth, imgHeight);
|
|||
|
result.mPrincipal = principal.forget();
|
|||
|
// no images, including SVG images, can load content from another domain.
|
|||
|
result.mIsWriteOnly = false;
|
|||
|
result.mImageRequest = imgRequest.forget();
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
return result;
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
nsLayoutUtils::SurfaceFromElementResult
|
|||
|
nsLayoutUtils::SurfaceFromElement(HTMLImageElement *aElement,
|
|||
|
uint32_t aSurfaceFlags,
|
|||
|
RefPtr<DrawTarget>& aTarget)
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
return SurfaceFromElement(static_cast<nsIImageLoadingContent*>(aElement),
|
|||
|
aSurfaceFlags, aTarget);
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
nsLayoutUtils::SurfaceFromElementResult
|
|||
|
nsLayoutUtils::SurfaceFromElement(HTMLCanvasElement* aElement,
|
|||
|
uint32_t aSurfaceFlags,
|
|||
|
RefPtr<DrawTarget>& aTarget)
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
SurfaceFromElementResult result;
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
bool* isPremultiplied = nullptr;
|
|||
|
if (aSurfaceFlags & SFE_PREFER_NO_PREMULTIPLY_ALPHA) {
|
|||
|
isPremultiplied = &result.mIsPremultiplied;
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
IntSize size = aElement->GetSize();
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
result.mSourceSurface = aElement->GetSurfaceSnapshot(isPremultiplied);
|
|||
|
if (!result.mSourceSurface) {
|
|||
|
// If the element doesn't have a context then we won't get a snapshot. The canvas spec wants us to not error and just
|
|||
|
// draw nothing, so return an empty surface.
|
|||
|
DrawTarget *ref = aTarget ? aTarget.get() : gfxPlatform::GetPlatform()->ScreenReferenceDrawTarget();
|
|||
|
RefPtr<DrawTarget> dt = ref->CreateSimilarDrawTarget(IntSize(size.width, size.height),
|
|||
|
SurfaceFormat::B8G8R8A8);
|
|||
|
if (dt) {
|
|||
|
result.mSourceSurface = dt->Snapshot();
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
} else if (aTarget) {
|
|||
|
RefPtr<SourceSurface> opt = aTarget->OptimizeSourceSurface(result.mSourceSurface);
|
|||
|
if (opt) {
|
|||
|
result.mSourceSurface = opt;
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
// Ensure that any future changes to the canvas trigger proper invalidation,
|
|||
|
// in case this is being used by -moz-element()
|
|||
|
aElement->MarkContextClean();
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
result.mHasSize = true;
|
|||
|
result.mSize = size;
|
|||
|
result.mPrincipal = aElement->NodePrincipal();
|
|||
|
result.mIsWriteOnly = aElement->IsWriteOnly();
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
return result;
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
nsLayoutUtils::SurfaceFromElementResult
|
|||
|
nsLayoutUtils::SurfaceFromElement(HTMLVideoElement* aElement,
|
|||
|
uint32_t aSurfaceFlags,
|
|||
|
RefPtr<DrawTarget>& aTarget)
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
SurfaceFromElementResult result;
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
NS_WARN_IF_FALSE((aSurfaceFlags & SFE_PREFER_NO_PREMULTIPLY_ALPHA) == 0, "We can't support non-premultiplied alpha for video!");
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
#ifdef MOZ_EME
|
|||
|
if (aElement->ContainsRestrictedContent()) {
|
|||
|
return result;
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
#endif
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
uint16_t readyState;
|
|||
|
if (NS_SUCCEEDED(aElement->GetReadyState(&readyState)) &&
|
|||
|
(readyState == nsIDOMHTMLMediaElement::HAVE_NOTHING ||
|
|||
|
readyState == nsIDOMHTMLMediaElement::HAVE_METADATA)) {
|
|||
|
result.mIsStillLoading = true;
|
|||
|
return result;
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
// If it doesn't have a principal, just bail
|
|||
|
nsCOMPtr<nsIPrincipal> principal = aElement->GetCurrentPrincipal();
|
|||
|
if (!principal)
|
|||
|
return result;
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
ImageContainer* container = aElement->GetImageContainer();
|
|||
|
if (!container)
|
|||
|
return result;
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
AutoLockImage lockImage(container);
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
result.mLayersImage = lockImage.GetImage();
|
|||
|
if (!result.mLayersImage)
|
|||
|
return result;
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
if (aTarget) {
|
|||
|
// They gave us a DrawTarget to optimize for, so even though we have a layers::Image,
|
|||
|
// we should unconditionally grab a SourceSurface and try to optimize it.
|
|||
|
result.mSourceSurface = result.mLayersImage->GetAsSourceSurface();
|
|||
|
if (!result.mSourceSurface)
|
|||
|
return result;
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
RefPtr<SourceSurface> opt = aTarget->OptimizeSourceSurface(result.mSourceSurface);
|
|||
|
if (opt) {
|
|||
|
result.mSourceSurface = opt;
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
result.mCORSUsed = aElement->GetCORSMode() != CORS_NONE;
|
|||
|
result.mHasSize = true;
|
|||
|
result.mSize = result.mLayersImage->GetSize();
|
|||
|
result.mPrincipal = principal.forget();
|
|||
|
result.mIsWriteOnly = false;
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
return result;
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
nsLayoutUtils::SurfaceFromElementResult
|
|||
|
nsLayoutUtils::SurfaceFromElement(dom::Element* aElement,
|
|||
|
uint32_t aSurfaceFlags,
|
|||
|
RefPtr<DrawTarget>& aTarget)
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
// If it's a <canvas>, we may be able to just grab its internal surface
|
|||
|
if (HTMLCanvasElement* canvas =
|
|||
|
HTMLCanvasElement::FromContentOrNull(aElement)) {
|
|||
|
return SurfaceFromElement(canvas, aSurfaceFlags, aTarget);
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
// Maybe it's <video>?
|
|||
|
if (HTMLVideoElement* video =
|
|||
|
HTMLVideoElement::FromContentOrNull(aElement)) {
|
|||
|
return SurfaceFromElement(video, aSurfaceFlags, aTarget);
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
// Finally, check if it's a normal image
|
|||
|
nsCOMPtr<nsIImageLoadingContent> imageLoader = do_QueryInterface(aElement);
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
if (!imageLoader) {
|
|||
|
return SurfaceFromElementResult();
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
return SurfaceFromElement(imageLoader, aSurfaceFlags, aTarget);
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
/* static */
|
|||
|
nsIContent*
|
|||
|
nsLayoutUtils::GetEditableRootContentByContentEditable(nsIDocument* aDocument)
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
// If the document is in designMode we should return nullptr.
|
|||
|
if (!aDocument || aDocument->HasFlag(NODE_IS_EDITABLE)) {
|
|||
|
return nullptr;
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
// contenteditable only works with HTML document.
|
|||
|
// Note: Use nsIDOMHTMLDocument rather than nsIHTMLDocument for getting the
|
|||
|
// body node because nsIDOMHTMLDocument::GetBody() does something
|
|||
|
// additional work for some cases and nsEditor uses them.
|
|||
|
nsCOMPtr<nsIDOMHTMLDocument> domHTMLDoc = do_QueryInterface(aDocument);
|
|||
|
if (!domHTMLDoc) {
|
|||
|
return nullptr;
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
Element* rootElement = aDocument->GetRootElement();
|
|||
|
if (rootElement && rootElement->IsEditable()) {
|
|||
|
return rootElement;
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
// If there are no editable root element, check its <body> element.
|
|||
|
// Note that the body element could be <frameset> element.
|
|||
|
nsCOMPtr<nsIDOMHTMLElement> body;
|
|||
|
nsresult rv = domHTMLDoc->GetBody(getter_AddRefs(body));
|
|||
|
nsCOMPtr<nsIContent> content = do_QueryInterface(body);
|
|||
|
if (NS_SUCCEEDED(rv) && content && content->IsEditable()) {
|
|||
|
return content;
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
return nullptr;
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
#ifdef DEBUG
|
|||
|
/* static */ void
|
|||
|
nsLayoutUtils::AssertNoDuplicateContinuations(nsIFrame* aContainer,
|
|||
|
const nsFrameList& aFrameList)
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
for (nsIFrame* f : aFrameList) {
|
|||
|
// Check only later continuations of f; we deal with checking the
|
|||
|
// earlier continuations when we hit those earlier continuations in
|
|||
|
// the frame list.
|
|||
|
for (nsIFrame *c = f; (c = c->GetNextInFlow());) {
|
|||
|
NS_ASSERTION(c->GetParent() != aContainer ||
|
|||
|
!aFrameList.ContainsFrame(c),
|
|||
|
"Two continuations of the same frame in the same "
|
|||
|
"frame list");
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
// Is one of aFrame's ancestors a letter frame?
|
|||
|
static bool
|
|||
|
IsInLetterFrame(nsIFrame *aFrame)
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
for (nsIFrame *f = aFrame->GetParent(); f; f = f->GetParent()) {
|
|||
|
if (f->GetType() == nsGkAtoms::letterFrame) {
|
|||
|
return true;
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
return false;
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
/* static */ void
|
|||
|
nsLayoutUtils::AssertTreeOnlyEmptyNextInFlows(nsIFrame *aSubtreeRoot)
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
NS_ASSERTION(aSubtreeRoot->GetPrevInFlow(),
|
|||
|
"frame tree not empty, but caller reported complete status");
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
// Also assert that text frames map no text.
|
|||
|
int32_t start, end;
|
|||
|
nsresult rv = aSubtreeRoot->GetOffsets(start, end);
|
|||
|
NS_ASSERTION(NS_SUCCEEDED(rv), "GetOffsets failed");
|
|||
|
// In some cases involving :first-letter, we'll partially unlink a
|
|||
|
// continuation in the middle of a continuation chain from its
|
|||
|
// previous and next continuations before destroying it, presumably so
|
|||
|
// that we don't also destroy the later continuations. Once we've
|
|||
|
// done this, GetOffsets returns incorrect values.
|
|||
|
// For examples, see list of tests in
|
|||
|
// https://bugzilla.mozilla.org/show_bug.cgi?id=619021#c29
|
|||
|
NS_ASSERTION(start == end || IsInLetterFrame(aSubtreeRoot),
|
|||
|
"frame tree not empty, but caller reported complete status");
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
nsIFrame::ChildListIterator lists(aSubtreeRoot);
|
|||
|
for (; !lists.IsDone(); lists.Next()) {
|
|||
|
nsFrameList::Enumerator childFrames(lists.CurrentList());
|
|||
|
for (; !childFrames.AtEnd(); childFrames.Next()) {
|
|||
|
nsLayoutUtils::AssertTreeOnlyEmptyNextInFlows(childFrames.get());
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
#endif
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
static void
|
|||
|
GetFontFacesForFramesInner(nsIFrame* aFrame, nsFontFaceList* aFontFaceList)
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
NS_PRECONDITION(aFrame, "NULL frame pointer");
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
if (aFrame->GetType() == nsGkAtoms::textFrame) {
|
|||
|
if (!aFrame->GetPrevContinuation()) {
|
|||
|
nsLayoutUtils::GetFontFacesForText(aFrame, 0, INT32_MAX, true,
|
|||
|
aFontFaceList);
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
return;
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
nsIFrame::ChildListID childLists[] = { nsIFrame::kPrincipalList,
|
|||
|
nsIFrame::kPopupList };
|
|||
|
for (size_t i = 0; i < ArrayLength(childLists); ++i) {
|
|||
|
nsFrameList children(aFrame->GetChildList(childLists[i]));
|
|||
|
for (nsFrameList::Enumerator e(children); !e.AtEnd(); e.Next()) {
|
|||
|
nsIFrame* child = e.get();
|
|||
|
child = nsPlaceholderFrame::GetRealFrameFor(child);
|
|||
|
GetFontFacesForFramesInner(child, aFontFaceList);
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
/* static */
|
|||
|
nsresult
|
|||
|
nsLayoutUtils::GetFontFacesForFrames(nsIFrame* aFrame,
|
|||
|
nsFontFaceList* aFontFaceList)
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
NS_PRECONDITION(aFrame, "NULL frame pointer");
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
while (aFrame) {
|
|||
|
GetFontFacesForFramesInner(aFrame, aFontFaceList);
|
|||
|
aFrame = GetNextContinuationOrIBSplitSibling(aFrame);
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
return NS_OK;
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
/* static */
|
|||
|
nsresult
|
|||
|
nsLayoutUtils::GetFontFacesForText(nsIFrame* aFrame,
|
|||
|
int32_t aStartOffset, int32_t aEndOffset,
|
|||
|
bool aFollowContinuations,
|
|||
|
nsFontFaceList* aFontFaceList)
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
NS_PRECONDITION(aFrame, "NULL frame pointer");
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
if (aFrame->GetType() != nsGkAtoms::textFrame) {
|
|||
|
return NS_OK;
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
nsTextFrame* curr = static_cast<nsTextFrame*>(aFrame);
|
|||
|
do {
|
|||
|
int32_t fstart = std::max(curr->GetContentOffset(), aStartOffset);
|
|||
|
int32_t fend = std::min(curr->GetContentEnd(), aEndOffset);
|
|||
|
if (fstart >= fend) {
|
|||
|
curr = static_cast<nsTextFrame*>(curr->GetNextContinuation());
|
|||
|
continue;
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
// curr is overlapping with the offset we want
|
|||
|
gfxSkipCharsIterator iter = curr->EnsureTextRun(nsTextFrame::eInflated);
|
|||
|
gfxTextRun* textRun = curr->GetTextRun(nsTextFrame::eInflated);
|
|||
|
NS_ENSURE_TRUE(textRun, NS_ERROR_OUT_OF_MEMORY);
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
// include continuations in the range that share the same textrun
|
|||
|
nsTextFrame* next = nullptr;
|
|||
|
if (aFollowContinuations && fend < aEndOffset) {
|
|||
|
next = static_cast<nsTextFrame*>(curr->GetNextContinuation());
|
|||
|
while (next && next->GetTextRun(nsTextFrame::eInflated) == textRun) {
|
|||
|
fend = std::min(next->GetContentEnd(), aEndOffset);
|
|||
|
next = fend < aEndOffset ?
|
|||
|
static_cast<nsTextFrame*>(next->GetNextContinuation()) : nullptr;
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
uint32_t skipStart = iter.ConvertOriginalToSkipped(fstart);
|
|||
|
uint32_t skipEnd = iter.ConvertOriginalToSkipped(fend);
|
|||
|
aFontFaceList->AddFontsFromTextRun(textRun, skipStart, skipEnd - skipStart);
|
|||
|
curr = next;
|
|||
|
} while (aFollowContinuations && curr);
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
return NS_OK;
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
/* static */
|
|||
|
size_t
|
|||
|
nsLayoutUtils::SizeOfTextRunsForFrames(nsIFrame* aFrame,
|
|||
|
MallocSizeOf aMallocSizeOf,
|
|||
|
bool clear)
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
NS_PRECONDITION(aFrame, "NULL frame pointer");
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
size_t total = 0;
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
if (aFrame->GetType() == nsGkAtoms::textFrame) {
|
|||
|
nsTextFrame* textFrame = static_cast<nsTextFrame*>(aFrame);
|
|||
|
for (uint32_t i = 0; i < 2; ++i) {
|
|||
|
gfxTextRun *run = textFrame->GetTextRun(
|
|||
|
(i != 0) ? nsTextFrame::eInflated : nsTextFrame::eNotInflated);
|
|||
|
if (run) {
|
|||
|
if (clear) {
|
|||
|
run->ResetSizeOfAccountingFlags();
|
|||
|
} else {
|
|||
|
total += run->MaybeSizeOfIncludingThis(aMallocSizeOf);
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
return total;
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
nsAutoTArray<nsIFrame::ChildList,4> childListArray;
|
|||
|
aFrame->GetChildLists(&childListArray);
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
for (nsIFrame::ChildListArrayIterator childLists(childListArray);
|
|||
|
!childLists.IsDone(); childLists.Next()) {
|
|||
|
for (nsFrameList::Enumerator e(childLists.CurrentList());
|
|||
|
!e.AtEnd(); e.Next()) {
|
|||
|
total += SizeOfTextRunsForFrames(e.get(), aMallocSizeOf, clear);
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
return total;
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
/* static */
|
|||
|
void
|
|||
|
nsLayoutUtils::Initialize()
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
Preferences::AddUintVarCache(&sFontSizeInflationMaxRatio,
|
|||
|
"font.size.inflation.maxRatio");
|
|||
|
Preferences::AddUintVarCache(&sFontSizeInflationEmPerLine,
|
|||
|
"font.size.inflation.emPerLine");
|
|||
|
Preferences::AddUintVarCache(&sFontSizeInflationMinTwips,
|
|||
|
"font.size.inflation.minTwips");
|
|||
|
Preferences::AddUintVarCache(&sFontSizeInflationLineThreshold,
|
|||
|
"font.size.inflation.lineThreshold");
|
|||
|
Preferences::AddIntVarCache(&sFontSizeInflationMappingIntercept,
|
|||
|
"font.size.inflation.mappingIntercept");
|
|||
|
Preferences::AddBoolVarCache(&sFontSizeInflationForceEnabled,
|
|||
|
"font.size.inflation.forceEnabled");
|
|||
|
Preferences::AddBoolVarCache(&sFontSizeInflationDisabledInMasterProcess,
|
|||
|
"font.size.inflation.disabledInMasterProcess");
|
|||
|
Preferences::AddBoolVarCache(&sInvalidationDebuggingIsEnabled,
|
|||
|
"nglayout.debug.invalidation");
|
|||
|
Preferences::AddBoolVarCache(&sCSSVariablesEnabled,
|
|||
|
"layout.css.variables.enabled");
|
|||
|
Preferences::AddBoolVarCache(&sInterruptibleReflowEnabled,
|
|||
|
"layout.interruptible-reflow.enabled");
|
|||
|
Preferences::AddBoolVarCache(&sSVGTransformBoxEnabled,
|
|||
|
"svg.transform-box.enabled");
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
Preferences::RegisterCallback(GridEnabledPrefChangeCallback,
|
|||
|
GRID_ENABLED_PREF_NAME);
|
|||
|
GridEnabledPrefChangeCallback(GRID_ENABLED_PREF_NAME, nullptr);
|
|||
|
Preferences::RegisterCallback(StickyEnabledPrefChangeCallback,
|
|||
|
STICKY_ENABLED_PREF_NAME);
|
|||
|
StickyEnabledPrefChangeCallback(STICKY_ENABLED_PREF_NAME, nullptr);
|
|||
|
Preferences::RegisterCallback(TextAlignTrueEnabledPrefChangeCallback,
|
|||
|
TEXT_ALIGN_TRUE_ENABLED_PREF_NAME);
|
|||
|
Preferences::RegisterCallback(DisplayContentsEnabledPrefChangeCallback,
|
|||
|
DISPLAY_CONTENTS_ENABLED_PREF_NAME);
|
|||
|
DisplayContentsEnabledPrefChangeCallback(DISPLAY_CONTENTS_ENABLED_PREF_NAME,
|
|||
|
nullptr);
|
|||
|
TextAlignTrueEnabledPrefChangeCallback(TEXT_ALIGN_TRUE_ENABLED_PREF_NAME,
|
|||
|
nullptr);
|
|||
|
Preferences::RegisterCallback(FloatLogicalValuesEnabledPrefChangeCallback,
|
|||
|
FLOAT_LOGICAL_VALUES_ENABLED_PREF_NAME);
|
|||
|
FloatLogicalValuesEnabledPrefChangeCallback(FLOAT_LOGICAL_VALUES_ENABLED_PREF_NAME,
|
|||
|
nullptr);
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
nsComputedDOMStyle::RegisterPrefChangeCallbacks();
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
/* static */
|
|||
|
void
|
|||
|
nsLayoutUtils::Shutdown()
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
if (sContentMap) {
|
|||
|
delete sContentMap;
|
|||
|
sContentMap = nullptr;
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
Preferences::UnregisterCallback(GridEnabledPrefChangeCallback,
|
|||
|
GRID_ENABLED_PREF_NAME);
|
|||
|
Preferences::UnregisterCallback(StickyEnabledPrefChangeCallback,
|
|||
|
STICKY_ENABLED_PREF_NAME);
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
nsComputedDOMStyle::UnregisterPrefChangeCallbacks();
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
/* static */
|
|||
|
void
|
|||
|
nsLayoutUtils::RegisterImageRequest(nsPresContext* aPresContext,
|
|||
|
imgIRequest* aRequest,
|
|||
|
bool* aRequestRegistered)
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
if (!aPresContext) {
|
|||
|
return;
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
if (aRequestRegistered && *aRequestRegistered) {
|
|||
|
// Our request is already registered with the refresh driver, so
|
|||
|
// no need to register it again.
|
|||
|
return;
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
if (aRequest) {
|
|||
|
if (!aPresContext->RefreshDriver()->AddImageRequest(aRequest)) {
|
|||
|
NS_WARNING("Unable to add image request");
|
|||
|
return;
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
if (aRequestRegistered) {
|
|||
|
*aRequestRegistered = true;
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
/* static */
|
|||
|
void
|
|||
|
nsLayoutUtils::RegisterImageRequestIfAnimated(nsPresContext* aPresContext,
|
|||
|
imgIRequest* aRequest,
|
|||
|
bool* aRequestRegistered)
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
if (!aPresContext) {
|
|||
|
return;
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
if (aRequestRegistered && *aRequestRegistered) {
|
|||
|
// Our request is already registered with the refresh driver, so
|
|||
|
// no need to register it again.
|
|||
|
return;
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
if (aRequest) {
|
|||
|
nsCOMPtr<imgIContainer> image;
|
|||
|
if (NS_SUCCEEDED(aRequest->GetImage(getter_AddRefs(image)))) {
|
|||
|
// Check to verify that the image is animated. If so, then add it to the
|
|||
|
// list of images tracked by the refresh driver.
|
|||
|
bool isAnimated = false;
|
|||
|
nsresult rv = image->GetAnimated(&isAnimated);
|
|||
|
if (NS_SUCCEEDED(rv) && isAnimated) {
|
|||
|
if (!aPresContext->RefreshDriver()->AddImageRequest(aRequest)) {
|
|||
|
NS_WARNING("Unable to add image request");
|
|||
|
return;
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
if (aRequestRegistered) {
|
|||
|
*aRequestRegistered = true;
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
/* static */
|
|||
|
void
|
|||
|
nsLayoutUtils::DeregisterImageRequest(nsPresContext* aPresContext,
|
|||
|
imgIRequest* aRequest,
|
|||
|
bool* aRequestRegistered)
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
if (!aPresContext) {
|
|||
|
return;
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
// Deregister our imgIRequest with the refresh driver to
|
|||
|
// complete tear-down, but only if it has been registered
|
|||
|
if (aRequestRegistered && !*aRequestRegistered) {
|
|||
|
return;
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
if (aRequest) {
|
|||
|
nsCOMPtr<imgIContainer> image;
|
|||
|
if (NS_SUCCEEDED(aRequest->GetImage(getter_AddRefs(image)))) {
|
|||
|
aPresContext->RefreshDriver()->RemoveImageRequest(aRequest);
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
if (aRequestRegistered) {
|
|||
|
*aRequestRegistered = false;
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
/* static */
|
|||
|
void
|
|||
|
nsLayoutUtils::PostRestyleEvent(Element* aElement,
|
|||
|
nsRestyleHint aRestyleHint,
|
|||
|
nsChangeHint aMinChangeHint)
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
nsIDocument* doc = aElement->GetComposedDoc();
|
|||
|
if (doc) {
|
|||
|
nsCOMPtr<nsIPresShell> presShell = doc->GetShell();
|
|||
|
if (presShell) {
|
|||
|
presShell->GetPresContext()->RestyleManager()->PostRestyleEvent(
|
|||
|
aElement, aRestyleHint, aMinChangeHint);
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
nsSetAttrRunnable::nsSetAttrRunnable(nsIContent* aContent, nsIAtom* aAttrName,
|
|||
|
const nsAString& aValue)
|
|||
|
: mContent(aContent),
|
|||
|
mAttrName(aAttrName),
|
|||
|
mValue(aValue)
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
NS_ASSERTION(aContent && aAttrName, "Missing stuff, prepare to crash");
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
nsSetAttrRunnable::nsSetAttrRunnable(nsIContent* aContent, nsIAtom* aAttrName,
|
|||
|
int32_t aValue)
|
|||
|
: mContent(aContent),
|
|||
|
mAttrName(aAttrName)
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
NS_ASSERTION(aContent && aAttrName, "Missing stuff, prepare to crash");
|
|||
|
mValue.AppendInt(aValue);
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
NS_IMETHODIMP
|
|||
|
nsSetAttrRunnable::Run()
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
return mContent->SetAttr(kNameSpaceID_None, mAttrName, mValue, true);
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
nsUnsetAttrRunnable::nsUnsetAttrRunnable(nsIContent* aContent,
|
|||
|
nsIAtom* aAttrName)
|
|||
|
: mContent(aContent),
|
|||
|
mAttrName(aAttrName)
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
NS_ASSERTION(aContent && aAttrName, "Missing stuff, prepare to crash");
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
NS_IMETHODIMP
|
|||
|
nsUnsetAttrRunnable::Run()
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
return mContent->UnsetAttr(kNameSpaceID_None, mAttrName, true);
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
/**
|
|||
|
* Compute the minimum font size inside of a container with the given
|
|||
|
* width, such that **when the user zooms the container to fill the full
|
|||
|
* width of the device**, the fonts satisfy our minima.
|
|||
|
*/
|
|||
|
static nscoord
|
|||
|
MinimumFontSizeFor(nsPresContext* aPresContext, WritingMode aWritingMode,
|
|||
|
nscoord aContainerISize)
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
nsIPresShell* presShell = aPresContext->PresShell();
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
uint32_t emPerLine = presShell->FontSizeInflationEmPerLine();
|
|||
|
uint32_t minTwips = presShell->FontSizeInflationMinTwips();
|
|||
|
if (emPerLine == 0 && minTwips == 0) {
|
|||
|
return 0;
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
// Clamp the container width to the device dimensions
|
|||
|
nscoord iFrameISize = aWritingMode.IsVertical()
|
|||
|
? aPresContext->GetVisibleArea().height
|
|||
|
: aPresContext->GetVisibleArea().width;
|
|||
|
nscoord effectiveContainerISize = std::min(iFrameISize, aContainerISize);
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
nscoord byLine = 0, byInch = 0;
|
|||
|
if (emPerLine != 0) {
|
|||
|
byLine = effectiveContainerISize / emPerLine;
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
if (minTwips != 0) {
|
|||
|
// REVIEW: Is this giving us app units and sizes *not* counting
|
|||
|
// viewport scaling?
|
|||
|
gfxSize screenSize = aPresContext->ScreenSizeInchesForFontInflation();
|
|||
|
float deviceISizeInches = aWritingMode.IsVertical()
|
|||
|
? screenSize.height : screenSize.width;
|
|||
|
byInch = NSToCoordRound(effectiveContainerISize /
|
|||
|
(deviceISizeInches * 1440 /
|
|||
|
minTwips ));
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
return std::max(byLine, byInch);
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
/* static */ float
|
|||
|
nsLayoutUtils::FontSizeInflationInner(const nsIFrame *aFrame,
|
|||
|
nscoord aMinFontSize)
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
// Note that line heights should be inflated by the same ratio as the
|
|||
|
// font size of the same text; thus we operate only on the font size
|
|||
|
// even when we're scaling a line height.
|
|||
|
nscoord styleFontSize = aFrame->StyleFont()->mFont.size;
|
|||
|
if (styleFontSize <= 0) {
|
|||
|
// Never scale zero font size.
|
|||
|
return 1.0;
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
if (aMinFontSize <= 0) {
|
|||
|
// No need to scale.
|
|||
|
return 1.0;
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
// If between this current frame and its font inflation container there is a
|
|||
|
// non-inline element with fixed width or height, then we should not inflate
|
|||
|
// fonts for this frame.
|
|||
|
for (const nsIFrame* f = aFrame;
|
|||
|
f && !f->IsContainerForFontSizeInflation();
|
|||
|
f = f->GetParent()) {
|
|||
|
nsIContent* content = f->GetContent();
|
|||
|
nsIAtom* fType = f->GetType();
|
|||
|
nsIFrame* parent = f->GetParent();
|
|||
|
// Also, if there is more than one frame corresponding to a single
|
|||
|
// content node, we want the outermost one.
|
|||
|
if (!(parent && parent->GetContent() == content) &&
|
|||
|
// ignore width/height on inlines since they don't apply
|
|||
|
fType != nsGkAtoms::inlineFrame &&
|
|||
|
// ignore width on radios and checkboxes since we enlarge them and
|
|||
|
// they have width/height in ua.css
|
|||
|
fType != nsGkAtoms::formControlFrame) {
|
|||
|
// ruby annotations should have the same inflation as its
|
|||
|
// grandparent, which is the ruby frame contains the annotation.
|
|||
|
if (fType == nsGkAtoms::rubyTextFrame) {
|
|||
|
MOZ_ASSERT(parent &&
|
|||
|
parent->GetType() == nsGkAtoms::rubyTextContainerFrame);
|
|||
|
nsIFrame* grandparent = parent->GetParent();
|
|||
|
MOZ_ASSERT(grandparent &&
|
|||
|
grandparent->GetType() == nsGkAtoms::rubyFrame);
|
|||
|
return FontSizeInflationFor(grandparent);
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
nsStyleCoord stylePosWidth = f->StylePosition()->mWidth;
|
|||
|
nsStyleCoord stylePosHeight = f->StylePosition()->mHeight;
|
|||
|
if (stylePosWidth.GetUnit() != eStyleUnit_Auto ||
|
|||
|
stylePosHeight.GetUnit() != eStyleUnit_Auto) {
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
return 1.0;
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
int32_t interceptParam = nsLayoutUtils::FontSizeInflationMappingIntercept();
|
|||
|
float maxRatio = (float)nsLayoutUtils::FontSizeInflationMaxRatio() / 100.0f;
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
float ratio = float(styleFontSize) / float(aMinFontSize);
|
|||
|
float inflationRatio;
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
// Given a minimum inflated font size m, a specified font size s, we want to
|
|||
|
// find the inflated font size i and then return the ratio of i to s (i/s).
|
|||
|
if (interceptParam >= 0) {
|
|||
|
// Since the mapping intercept parameter P is greater than zero, we use it
|
|||
|
// to determine the point where our mapping function intersects the i=s
|
|||
|
// line. This means that we have an equation of the form:
|
|||
|
//
|
|||
|
// i = m + s·(P/2)/(1 + P/2), if s <= (1 + P/2)·m
|
|||
|
// i = s, if s >= (1 + P/2)·m
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
float intercept = 1 + float(interceptParam)/2.0f;
|
|||
|
if (ratio >= intercept) {
|
|||
|
// If we're already at 1+P/2 or more times the minimum, don't scale.
|
|||
|
return 1.0;
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
// The point (intercept, intercept) is where the part of the i vs. s graph
|
|||
|
// that's not slope 1 meets the i=s line. (This part of the
|
|||
|
// graph is a line from (0, m), to that point). We calculate the
|
|||
|
// intersection point to be ((1+P/2)m, (1+P/2)m), where P is the
|
|||
|
// intercept parameter above. We then need to return i/s.
|
|||
|
inflationRatio = (1.0f + (ratio * (intercept - 1) / intercept)) / ratio;
|
|||
|
} else {
|
|||
|
// This is the case where P is negative. We essentially want to implement
|
|||
|
// the case for P=infinity here, so we make i = s + m, which means that
|
|||
|
// i/s = s/s + m/s = 1 + 1/ratio
|
|||
|
inflationRatio = 1 + 1.0f / ratio;
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
if (maxRatio > 1.0 && inflationRatio > maxRatio) {
|
|||
|
return maxRatio;
|
|||
|
} else {
|
|||
|
return inflationRatio;
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
static bool
|
|||
|
ShouldInflateFontsForContainer(const nsIFrame *aFrame)
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
// We only want to inflate fonts for text that is in a place
|
|||
|
// with room to expand. The question is what the best heuristic for
|
|||
|
// that is...
|
|||
|
// For now, we're going to use NS_FRAME_IN_CONSTRAINED_BSIZE, which
|
|||
|
// indicates whether the frame is inside something with a constrained
|
|||
|
// block-size (propagating down the tree), but the propagation stops when
|
|||
|
// we hit overflow-y [or -x, for vertical mode]: scroll or auto.
|
|||
|
const nsStyleText* styleText = aFrame->StyleText();
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
return styleText->mTextSizeAdjust != NS_STYLE_TEXT_SIZE_ADJUST_NONE &&
|
|||
|
!(aFrame->GetStateBits() & NS_FRAME_IN_CONSTRAINED_BSIZE) &&
|
|||
|
// We also want to disable font inflation for containers that have
|
|||
|
// preformatted text.
|
|||
|
// MathML cells need special treatment. See bug 1002526 comment 56.
|
|||
|
(styleText->WhiteSpaceCanWrap(aFrame) ||
|
|||
|
aFrame->IsFrameOfType(nsIFrame::eMathML));
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
nscoord
|
|||
|
nsLayoutUtils::InflationMinFontSizeFor(const nsIFrame *aFrame)
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
nsPresContext *presContext = aFrame->PresContext();
|
|||
|
if (!FontSizeInflationEnabled(presContext) ||
|
|||
|
presContext->mInflationDisabledForShrinkWrap) {
|
|||
|
return 0;
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
for (const nsIFrame *f = aFrame; f; f = f->GetParent()) {
|
|||
|
if (f->IsContainerForFontSizeInflation()) {
|
|||
|
if (!ShouldInflateFontsForContainer(f)) {
|
|||
|
return 0;
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
nsFontInflationData *data =
|
|||
|
nsFontInflationData::FindFontInflationDataFor(aFrame);
|
|||
|
// FIXME: The need to null-check here is sort of a bug, and might
|
|||
|
// lead to incorrect results.
|
|||
|
if (!data || !data->InflationEnabled()) {
|
|||
|
return 0;
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
return MinimumFontSizeFor(aFrame->PresContext(),
|
|||
|
aFrame->GetWritingMode(),
|
|||
|
data->EffectiveISize());
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
MOZ_ASSERT(false, "root should always be container");
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
return 0;
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
float
|
|||
|
nsLayoutUtils::FontSizeInflationFor(const nsIFrame *aFrame)
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
if (aFrame->IsSVGText()) {
|
|||
|
const nsIFrame* container = aFrame;
|
|||
|
while (container->GetType() != nsGkAtoms::svgTextFrame) {
|
|||
|
container = container->GetParent();
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
NS_ASSERTION(container, "expected to find an ancestor SVGTextFrame");
|
|||
|
return
|
|||
|
static_cast<const SVGTextFrame*>(container)->GetFontSizeScaleFactor();
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
if (!FontSizeInflationEnabled(aFrame->PresContext())) {
|
|||
|
return 1.0f;
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
return FontSizeInflationInner(aFrame, InflationMinFontSizeFor(aFrame));
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
/* static */ bool
|
|||
|
nsLayoutUtils::FontSizeInflationEnabled(nsPresContext *aPresContext)
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
nsIPresShell* presShell = aPresContext->GetPresShell();
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
if (!presShell) {
|
|||
|
return false;
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
return presShell->FontSizeInflationEnabled();
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
/* static */ nsRect
|
|||
|
nsLayoutUtils::GetBoxShadowRectForFrame(nsIFrame* aFrame,
|
|||
|
const nsSize& aFrameSize)
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
nsCSSShadowArray* boxShadows = aFrame->StyleBorder()->mBoxShadow;
|
|||
|
if (!boxShadows) {
|
|||
|
return nsRect();
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
bool nativeTheme;
|
|||
|
const nsStyleDisplay* styleDisplay = aFrame->StyleDisplay();
|
|||
|
nsITheme::Transparency transparency;
|
|||
|
if (aFrame->IsThemed(styleDisplay, &transparency)) {
|
|||
|
// For opaque (rectangular) theme widgets we can take the generic
|
|||
|
// border-box path with border-radius disabled.
|
|||
|
nativeTheme = transparency != nsITheme::eOpaque;
|
|||
|
} else {
|
|||
|
nativeTheme = false;
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
nsRect frameRect = nativeTheme ?
|
|||
|
aFrame->GetVisualOverflowRectRelativeToSelf() :
|
|||
|
nsRect(nsPoint(0, 0), aFrameSize);
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
nsRect shadows;
|
|||
|
int32_t A2D = aFrame->PresContext()->AppUnitsPerDevPixel();
|
|||
|
for (uint32_t i = 0; i < boxShadows->Length(); ++i) {
|
|||
|
nsRect tmpRect = frameRect;
|
|||
|
nsCSSShadowItem* shadow = boxShadows->ShadowAt(i);
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
// inset shadows are never painted outside the frame
|
|||
|
if (shadow->mInset)
|
|||
|
continue;
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
tmpRect.MoveBy(nsPoint(shadow->mXOffset, shadow->mYOffset));
|
|||
|
tmpRect.Inflate(shadow->mSpread);
|
|||
|
tmpRect.Inflate(
|
|||
|
nsContextBoxBlur::GetBlurRadiusMargin(shadow->mRadius, A2D));
|
|||
|
shadows.UnionRect(shadows, tmpRect);
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
return shadows;
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
/* static */ void
|
|||
|
nsLayoutUtils::UpdateImageVisibilityForFrame(nsIFrame* aImageFrame)
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
#ifdef DEBUG
|
|||
|
nsIAtom* type = aImageFrame->GetType();
|
|||
|
MOZ_ASSERT(type == nsGkAtoms::imageFrame ||
|
|||
|
type == nsGkAtoms::imageControlFrame ||
|
|||
|
type == nsGkAtoms::svgImageFrame, "wrong type of frame");
|
|||
|
#endif
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
nsCOMPtr<nsIImageLoadingContent> content = do_QueryInterface(aImageFrame->GetContent());
|
|||
|
if (!content) {
|
|||
|
return;
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
nsIPresShell* presShell = aImageFrame->PresContext()->PresShell();
|
|||
|
if (presShell->AssumeAllImagesVisible()) {
|
|||
|
presShell->EnsureImageInVisibleList(content);
|
|||
|
return;
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
bool visible = true;
|
|||
|
nsIFrame* f = aImageFrame->GetParent();
|
|||
|
nsRect rect = aImageFrame->GetContentRectRelativeToSelf();
|
|||
|
nsIFrame* rectFrame = aImageFrame;
|
|||
|
while (f) {
|
|||
|
nsIScrollableFrame* sf = do_QueryFrame(f);
|
|||
|
if (sf) {
|
|||
|
nsRect transformedRect =
|
|||
|
nsLayoutUtils::TransformFrameRectToAncestor(rectFrame, rect, f);
|
|||
|
if (!sf->IsRectNearlyVisible(transformedRect)) {
|
|||
|
visible = false;
|
|||
|
break;
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
// Move transformedRect to be contained in the scrollport as best we can
|
|||
|
// (it might not fit) to pretend that it was scrolled into view.
|
|||
|
nsRect scrollPort = sf->GetScrollPortRect();
|
|||
|
if (transformedRect.XMost() > scrollPort.XMost()) {
|
|||
|
transformedRect.x -= transformedRect.XMost() - scrollPort.XMost();
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
if (transformedRect.x < scrollPort.x) {
|
|||
|
transformedRect.x = scrollPort.x;
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
if (transformedRect.YMost() > scrollPort.YMost()) {
|
|||
|
transformedRect.y -= transformedRect.YMost() - scrollPort.YMost();
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
if (transformedRect.y < scrollPort.y) {
|
|||
|
transformedRect.y = scrollPort.y;
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
transformedRect.width = std::min(transformedRect.width, scrollPort.width);
|
|||
|
transformedRect.height = std::min(transformedRect.height, scrollPort.height);
|
|||
|
rect = transformedRect;
|
|||
|
rectFrame = f;
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
nsIFrame* parent = f->GetParent();
|
|||
|
if (!parent) {
|
|||
|
parent = nsLayoutUtils::GetCrossDocParentFrame(f);
|
|||
|
if (parent && parent->PresContext()->IsChrome()) {
|
|||
|
break;
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
f = parent;
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
if (visible) {
|
|||
|
presShell->EnsureImageInVisibleList(content);
|
|||
|
} else {
|
|||
|
presShell->RemoveImageFromVisibleList(content);
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
/* static */ bool
|
|||
|
nsLayoutUtils::GetContentViewerSize(nsPresContext* aPresContext,
|
|||
|
LayoutDeviceIntSize& aOutSize)
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
nsCOMPtr<nsIDocShell> docShell = aPresContext->GetDocShell();
|
|||
|
if (!docShell) {
|
|||
|
return false;
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
nsCOMPtr<nsIContentViewer> cv;
|
|||
|
docShell->GetContentViewer(getter_AddRefs(cv));
|
|||
|
if (!cv) {
|
|||
|
return false;
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
nsIntRect bounds;
|
|||
|
cv->GetBounds(bounds);
|
|||
|
aOutSize = LayoutDeviceIntRect::FromUnknownRect(bounds).Size();
|
|||
|
return true;
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
static bool
|
|||
|
UpdateCompositionBoundsForRCDRSF(ParentLayerRect& aCompBounds,
|
|||
|
nsPresContext* aPresContext,
|
|||
|
const nsRect& aFrameBounds,
|
|||
|
bool aScaleContentViewerSize,
|
|||
|
const LayoutDeviceToLayerScale2D& aCumulativeResolution)
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
nsIFrame* rootFrame = aPresContext->PresShell()->GetRootFrame();
|
|||
|
if (!rootFrame) {
|
|||
|
return false;
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
#if defined(MOZ_WIDGET_ANDROID) || defined(MOZ_WIDGET_UIKIT)
|
|||
|
nsIWidget* widget = rootFrame->GetNearestWidget();
|
|||
|
#else
|
|||
|
nsView* view = rootFrame->GetView();
|
|||
|
nsIWidget* widget = view ? view->GetWidget() : nullptr;
|
|||
|
#endif
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
if (widget) {
|
|||
|
LayoutDeviceIntRect widgetBounds;
|
|||
|
widget->GetBounds(widgetBounds);
|
|||
|
widgetBounds.MoveTo(0, 0);
|
|||
|
aCompBounds = ParentLayerRect(
|
|||
|
ViewAs<ParentLayerPixel>(
|
|||
|
widgetBounds,
|
|||
|
PixelCastJustification::LayoutDeviceIsParentLayerForRCDRSF));
|
|||
|
return true;
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
LayoutDeviceIntSize contentSize;
|
|||
|
if (nsLayoutUtils::GetContentViewerSize(aPresContext, contentSize)) {
|
|||
|
LayoutDeviceToParentLayerScale scale;
|
|||
|
if (aScaleContentViewerSize && aPresContext->GetParentPresContext()) {
|
|||
|
scale = LayoutDeviceToParentLayerScale(
|
|||
|
aPresContext->GetParentPresContext()->PresShell()->GetCumulativeResolution());
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
aCompBounds.SizeTo(contentSize * scale);
|
|||
|
return true;
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
return false;
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
/* static */ nsMargin
|
|||
|
nsLayoutUtils::ScrollbarAreaToExcludeFromCompositionBoundsFor(nsIFrame* aScrollFrame)
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
if (!aScrollFrame || !aScrollFrame->GetScrollTargetFrame()) {
|
|||
|
return nsMargin();
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
nsPresContext* presContext = aScrollFrame->PresContext();
|
|||
|
nsIPresShell* presShell = presContext->GetPresShell();
|
|||
|
if (!presShell) {
|
|||
|
return nsMargin();
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
bool isRootScrollFrame = aScrollFrame == presShell->GetRootScrollFrame();
|
|||
|
bool isRootContentDocRootScrollFrame = isRootScrollFrame
|
|||
|
&& presContext->IsRootContentDocument();
|
|||
|
if (!isRootContentDocRootScrollFrame) {
|
|||
|
return nsMargin();
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
if (LookAndFeel::GetInt(LookAndFeel::eIntID_UseOverlayScrollbars)) {
|
|||
|
return nsMargin();
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
nsIScrollableFrame* scrollableFrame = aScrollFrame->GetScrollTargetFrame();
|
|||
|
if (!scrollableFrame) {
|
|||
|
return nsMargin();
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
return scrollableFrame->GetActualScrollbarSizes();
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
/* static */ nsSize
|
|||
|
nsLayoutUtils::CalculateCompositionSizeForFrame(nsIFrame* aFrame, bool aSubtractScrollbars)
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
// If we have a scrollable frame, restrict the composition bounds to its
|
|||
|
// scroll port. The scroll port excludes the frame borders and the scroll
|
|||
|
// bars, which we don't want to be part of the composition bounds.
|
|||
|
nsIScrollableFrame* scrollableFrame = aFrame->GetScrollTargetFrame();
|
|||
|
nsRect rect = scrollableFrame ? scrollableFrame->GetScrollPortRect() : aFrame->GetRect();
|
|||
|
nsSize size = rect.Size();
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
nsPresContext* presContext = aFrame->PresContext();
|
|||
|
nsIPresShell* presShell = presContext->PresShell();
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
bool isRootContentDocRootScrollFrame = presContext->IsRootContentDocument()
|
|||
|
&& aFrame == presShell->GetRootScrollFrame();
|
|||
|
if (isRootContentDocRootScrollFrame) {
|
|||
|
ParentLayerRect compBounds;
|
|||
|
LayoutDeviceToLayerScale2D cumulativeResolution(
|
|||
|
presShell->GetCumulativeResolution()
|
|||
|
* nsLayoutUtils::GetTransformToAncestorScale(aFrame));
|
|||
|
if (UpdateCompositionBoundsForRCDRSF(compBounds, presContext, rect,
|
|||
|
false, cumulativeResolution)) {
|
|||
|
int32_t auPerDevPixel = presContext->AppUnitsPerDevPixel();
|
|||
|
size = nsSize(compBounds.width * auPerDevPixel, compBounds.height * auPerDevPixel);
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
if (aSubtractScrollbars) {
|
|||
|
nsMargin margins = ScrollbarAreaToExcludeFromCompositionBoundsFor(aFrame);
|
|||
|
size.width -= margins.LeftRight();
|
|||
|
size.height -= margins.TopBottom();
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
return size;
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
/* static */ CSSSize
|
|||
|
nsLayoutUtils::CalculateRootCompositionSize(nsIFrame* aFrame,
|
|||
|
bool aIsRootContentDocRootScrollFrame,
|
|||
|
const FrameMetrics& aMetrics)
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
if (aIsRootContentDocRootScrollFrame) {
|
|||
|
return ViewAs<LayerPixel>(aMetrics.GetCompositionBounds().Size(),
|
|||
|
PixelCastJustification::ParentLayerToLayerForRootComposition)
|
|||
|
* LayerToScreenScale(1.0f)
|
|||
|
/ aMetrics.DisplayportPixelsPerCSSPixel();
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
nsPresContext* presContext = aFrame->PresContext();
|
|||
|
ScreenSize rootCompositionSize;
|
|||
|
nsPresContext* rootPresContext =
|
|||
|
presContext->GetToplevelContentDocumentPresContext();
|
|||
|
if (!rootPresContext) {
|
|||
|
rootPresContext = presContext->GetRootPresContext();
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
nsIPresShell* rootPresShell = nullptr;
|
|||
|
if (rootPresContext) {
|
|||
|
rootPresShell = rootPresContext->PresShell();
|
|||
|
if (nsIFrame* rootFrame = rootPresShell->GetRootFrame()) {
|
|||
|
LayoutDeviceToLayerScale2D cumulativeResolution(
|
|||
|
rootPresShell->GetCumulativeResolution()
|
|||
|
* nsLayoutUtils::GetTransformToAncestorScale(rootFrame));
|
|||
|
ParentLayerRect compBounds;
|
|||
|
if (UpdateCompositionBoundsForRCDRSF(compBounds, rootPresContext,
|
|||
|
rootFrame->GetRect(), true, cumulativeResolution)) {
|
|||
|
rootCompositionSize = ViewAs<ScreenPixel>(compBounds.Size(),
|
|||
|
PixelCastJustification::ScreenIsParentLayerForRoot);
|
|||
|
} else {
|
|||
|
int32_t rootAUPerDevPixel = rootPresContext->AppUnitsPerDevPixel();
|
|||
|
LayerSize frameSize =
|
|||
|
(LayoutDeviceRect::FromAppUnits(rootFrame->GetRect(), rootAUPerDevPixel)
|
|||
|
* cumulativeResolution).Size();
|
|||
|
rootCompositionSize = frameSize * LayerToScreenScale(1.0f);
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
} else {
|
|||
|
nsIWidget* widget = aFrame->GetNearestWidget();
|
|||
|
LayoutDeviceIntRect widgetBounds;
|
|||
|
widget->GetBounds(widgetBounds);
|
|||
|
rootCompositionSize = ScreenSize(
|
|||
|
ViewAs<ScreenPixel>(widgetBounds.Size(),
|
|||
|
PixelCastJustification::LayoutDeviceIsScreenForBounds));
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
// Adjust composition size for the size of scroll bars.
|
|||
|
nsIFrame* rootRootScrollFrame = rootPresShell ? rootPresShell->GetRootScrollFrame() : nullptr;
|
|||
|
nsMargin scrollbarMargins = ScrollbarAreaToExcludeFromCompositionBoundsFor(rootRootScrollFrame);
|
|||
|
LayoutDeviceMargin margins = LayoutDeviceMargin::FromAppUnits(scrollbarMargins,
|
|||
|
rootPresContext->AppUnitsPerDevPixel());
|
|||
|
// Scrollbars are not subject to resolution scaling, so LD pixels = layer pixels for them.
|
|||
|
rootCompositionSize.width -= margins.LeftRight();
|
|||
|
rootCompositionSize.height -= margins.TopBottom();
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
return rootCompositionSize / aMetrics.DisplayportPixelsPerCSSPixel();
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
/* static */ nsRect
|
|||
|
nsLayoutUtils::CalculateScrollableRectForFrame(nsIScrollableFrame* aScrollableFrame, nsIFrame* aRootFrame)
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
nsRect contentBounds;
|
|||
|
if (aScrollableFrame) {
|
|||
|
contentBounds = aScrollableFrame->GetScrollRange();
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
// We ifndef the below code for Fennec because it requires special behaviour
|
|||
|
// on the APZC side. Because Fennec has it's own PZC implementation which doesn't
|
|||
|
// provide the special behaviour, this code will cause it to break. We can remove
|
|||
|
// the ifndef once Fennec switches over to APZ or if we add the special handling
|
|||
|
// to Fennec
|
|||
|
#if !defined(MOZ_WIDGET_ANDROID) || defined(MOZ_ANDROID_APZ)
|
|||
|
nsPoint scrollPosition = aScrollableFrame->GetScrollPosition();
|
|||
|
if (aScrollableFrame->GetScrollbarStyles().mVertical == NS_STYLE_OVERFLOW_HIDDEN) {
|
|||
|
contentBounds.y = scrollPosition.y;
|
|||
|
contentBounds.height = 0;
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
if (aScrollableFrame->GetScrollbarStyles().mHorizontal == NS_STYLE_OVERFLOW_HIDDEN) {
|
|||
|
contentBounds.x = scrollPosition.x;
|
|||
|
contentBounds.width = 0;
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
#endif
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
contentBounds.width += aScrollableFrame->GetScrollPortRect().width;
|
|||
|
contentBounds.height += aScrollableFrame->GetScrollPortRect().height;
|
|||
|
} else {
|
|||
|
contentBounds = aRootFrame->GetRect();
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
return contentBounds;
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
/* static */ nsRect
|
|||
|
nsLayoutUtils::CalculateExpandedScrollableRect(nsIFrame* aFrame)
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
nsRect scrollableRect =
|
|||
|
CalculateScrollableRectForFrame(aFrame->GetScrollTargetFrame(),
|
|||
|
aFrame->PresContext()->PresShell()->GetRootFrame());
|
|||
|
nsSize compSize = CalculateCompositionSizeForFrame(aFrame);
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
if (aFrame == aFrame->PresContext()->PresShell()->GetRootScrollFrame()) {
|
|||
|
// the composition size for the root scroll frame does not include the
|
|||
|
// local resolution, so we adjust.
|
|||
|
float res = aFrame->PresContext()->PresShell()->GetResolution();
|
|||
|
compSize.width = NSToCoordRound(compSize.width / res);
|
|||
|
compSize.height = NSToCoordRound(compSize.height / res);
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
if (scrollableRect.width < compSize.width) {
|
|||
|
scrollableRect.x = std::max(0,
|
|||
|
scrollableRect.x - (compSize.width - scrollableRect.width));
|
|||
|
scrollableRect.width = compSize.width;
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
if (scrollableRect.height < compSize.height) {
|
|||
|
scrollableRect.y = std::max(0,
|
|||
|
scrollableRect.y - (compSize.height - scrollableRect.height));
|
|||
|
scrollableRect.height = compSize.height;
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
return scrollableRect;
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
/* static */ void
|
|||
|
nsLayoutUtils::DoLogTestDataForPaint(LayerManager* aManager,
|
|||
|
ViewID aScrollId,
|
|||
|
const std::string& aKey,
|
|||
|
const std::string& aValue)
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
if (aManager->GetBackendType() == LayersBackend::LAYERS_CLIENT) {
|
|||
|
static_cast<ClientLayerManager*>(aManager)->LogTestDataForCurrentPaint(aScrollId, aKey, aValue);
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
/* static */ bool
|
|||
|
nsLayoutUtils::IsAPZTestLoggingEnabled()
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
return gfxPrefs::APZTestLoggingEnabled();
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
////////////////////////////////////////
|
|||
|
// SurfaceFromElementResult
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
nsLayoutUtils::SurfaceFromElementResult::SurfaceFromElementResult()
|
|||
|
// Use safe default values here
|
|||
|
: mIsWriteOnly(true)
|
|||
|
, mIsStillLoading(false)
|
|||
|
, mHasSize(false)
|
|||
|
, mCORSUsed(false)
|
|||
|
, mIsPremultiplied(true)
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
const RefPtr<mozilla::gfx::SourceSurface>&
|
|||
|
nsLayoutUtils::SurfaceFromElementResult::GetSourceSurface()
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
if (!mSourceSurface && mLayersImage) {
|
|||
|
mSourceSurface = mLayersImage->GetAsSourceSurface();
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
return mSourceSurface;
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
////////////////////////////////////////
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
bool
|
|||
|
nsLayoutUtils::IsNonWrapperBlock(nsIFrame* aFrame)
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
return GetAsBlock(aFrame) && !aFrame->IsBlockWrapper();
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
bool
|
|||
|
nsLayoutUtils::NeedsPrintPreviewBackground(nsPresContext* aPresContext)
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
return aPresContext->IsRootPaginatedDocument() &&
|
|||
|
(aPresContext->Type() == nsPresContext::eContext_PrintPreview ||
|
|||
|
aPresContext->Type() == nsPresContext::eContext_PageLayout);
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
AutoMaybeDisableFontInflation::AutoMaybeDisableFontInflation(nsIFrame *aFrame)
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
// FIXME: Now that inflation calculations are based on the flow
|
|||
|
// root's NCA's (nearest common ancestor of its inflatable
|
|||
|
// descendants) width, we could probably disable inflation in
|
|||
|
// fewer cases than we currently do.
|
|||
|
// MathML cells need special treatment. See bug 1002526 comment 56.
|
|||
|
if (aFrame->IsContainerForFontSizeInflation() &&
|
|||
|
!aFrame->IsFrameOfType(nsIFrame::eMathML)) {
|
|||
|
mPresContext = aFrame->PresContext();
|
|||
|
mOldValue = mPresContext->mInflationDisabledForShrinkWrap;
|
|||
|
mPresContext->mInflationDisabledForShrinkWrap = true;
|
|||
|
} else {
|
|||
|
// indicate we have nothing to restore
|
|||
|
mPresContext = nullptr;
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
AutoMaybeDisableFontInflation::~AutoMaybeDisableFontInflation()
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
if (mPresContext) {
|
|||
|
mPresContext->mInflationDisabledForShrinkWrap = mOldValue;
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
namespace mozilla {
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
Rect NSRectToRect(const nsRect& aRect, double aAppUnitsPerPixel)
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
// Note that by making aAppUnitsPerPixel a double we're doing floating-point
|
|||
|
// division using a larger type and avoiding rounding error.
|
|||
|
return Rect(Float(aRect.x / aAppUnitsPerPixel),
|
|||
|
Float(aRect.y / aAppUnitsPerPixel),
|
|||
|
Float(aRect.width / aAppUnitsPerPixel),
|
|||
|
Float(aRect.height / aAppUnitsPerPixel));
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
Rect NSRectToSnappedRect(const nsRect& aRect, double aAppUnitsPerPixel,
|
|||
|
const gfx::DrawTarget& aSnapDT)
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
// Note that by making aAppUnitsPerPixel a double we're doing floating-point
|
|||
|
// division using a larger type and avoiding rounding error.
|
|||
|
Rect rect(Float(aRect.x / aAppUnitsPerPixel),
|
|||
|
Float(aRect.y / aAppUnitsPerPixel),
|
|||
|
Float(aRect.width / aAppUnitsPerPixel),
|
|||
|
Float(aRect.height / aAppUnitsPerPixel));
|
|||
|
MaybeSnapToDevicePixels(rect, aSnapDT, true);
|
|||
|
return rect;
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
// Similar to a snapped rect, except an axis is left unsnapped if the snapping
|
|||
|
// process results in a length of 0.
|
|||
|
Rect NSRectToNonEmptySnappedRect(const nsRect& aRect, double aAppUnitsPerPixel,
|
|||
|
const gfx::DrawTarget& aSnapDT)
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
// Note that by making aAppUnitsPerPixel a double we're doing floating-point
|
|||
|
// division using a larger type and avoiding rounding error.
|
|||
|
Rect rect(Float(aRect.x / aAppUnitsPerPixel),
|
|||
|
Float(aRect.y / aAppUnitsPerPixel),
|
|||
|
Float(aRect.width / aAppUnitsPerPixel),
|
|||
|
Float(aRect.height / aAppUnitsPerPixel));
|
|||
|
MaybeSnapToDevicePixels(rect, aSnapDT, true, false);
|
|||
|
return rect;
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
void StrokeLineWithSnapping(const nsPoint& aP1, const nsPoint& aP2,
|
|||
|
int32_t aAppUnitsPerDevPixel,
|
|||
|
DrawTarget& aDrawTarget,
|
|||
|
const Pattern& aPattern,
|
|||
|
const StrokeOptions& aStrokeOptions,
|
|||
|
const DrawOptions& aDrawOptions)
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
Point p1 = NSPointToPoint(aP1, aAppUnitsPerDevPixel);
|
|||
|
Point p2 = NSPointToPoint(aP2, aAppUnitsPerDevPixel);
|
|||
|
SnapLineToDevicePixelsForStroking(p1, p2, aDrawTarget,
|
|||
|
aStrokeOptions.mLineWidth);
|
|||
|
aDrawTarget.StrokeLine(p1, p2, aPattern, aStrokeOptions, aDrawOptions);
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
namespace layout {
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
void
|
|||
|
MaybeSetupTransactionIdAllocator(layers::LayerManager* aManager, nsView* aView)
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
if (aManager->GetBackendType() == layers::LayersBackend::LAYERS_CLIENT) {
|
|||
|
layers::ClientLayerManager *manager = static_cast<layers::ClientLayerManager*>(aManager);
|
|||
|
nsRefreshDriver *refresh = aView->GetViewManager()->GetPresShell()->GetPresContext()->RefreshDriver();
|
|||
|
manager->SetTransactionIdAllocator(refresh);
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
} // namespace layout
|
|||
|
} // namespace mozilla
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
/* static */ bool
|
|||
|
nsLayoutUtils::IsOutlineStyleAutoEnabled()
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
static bool sOutlineStyleAutoEnabled;
|
|||
|
static bool sOutlineStyleAutoPrefCached = false;
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
if (!sOutlineStyleAutoPrefCached) {
|
|||
|
sOutlineStyleAutoPrefCached = true;
|
|||
|
Preferences::AddBoolVarCache(&sOutlineStyleAutoEnabled,
|
|||
|
"layout.css.outline-style-auto.enabled",
|
|||
|
false);
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
return sOutlineStyleAutoEnabled;
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
/* static */ void
|
|||
|
nsLayoutUtils::SetBSizeFromFontMetrics(const nsIFrame* aFrame,
|
|||
|
nsHTMLReflowMetrics& aMetrics,
|
|||
|
const LogicalMargin& aFramePadding,
|
|||
|
WritingMode aLineWM,
|
|||
|
WritingMode aFrameWM)
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
RefPtr<nsFontMetrics> fm;
|
|||
|
float inflation = nsLayoutUtils::FontSizeInflationFor(aFrame);
|
|||
|
nsLayoutUtils::GetFontMetricsForFrame(aFrame, getter_AddRefs(fm), inflation);
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
if (fm) {
|
|||
|
// Compute final height of the frame.
|
|||
|
//
|
|||
|
// Do things the standard css2 way -- though it's hard to find it
|
|||
|
// in the css2 spec! It's actually found in the css1 spec section
|
|||
|
// 4.4 (you will have to read between the lines to really see
|
|||
|
// it).
|
|||
|
//
|
|||
|
// The height of our box is the sum of our font size plus the top
|
|||
|
// and bottom border and padding. The height of children do not
|
|||
|
// affect our height.
|
|||
|
aMetrics.SetBlockStartAscent(aLineWM.IsLineInverted() ? fm->MaxDescent()
|
|||
|
: fm->MaxAscent());
|
|||
|
aMetrics.BSize(aLineWM) = fm->MaxHeight();
|
|||
|
} else {
|
|||
|
NS_WARNING("Cannot get font metrics - defaulting sizes to 0");
|
|||
|
aMetrics.SetBlockStartAscent(aMetrics.BSize(aLineWM) = 0);
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
aMetrics.SetBlockStartAscent(aMetrics.BlockStartAscent() +
|
|||
|
aFramePadding.BStart(aFrameWM));
|
|||
|
aMetrics.BSize(aLineWM) += aFramePadding.BStartEnd(aFrameWM);
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
/* static */ bool
|
|||
|
nsLayoutUtils::HasDocumentLevelListenersForApzAwareEvents(nsIPresShell* aShell)
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
if (nsIDocument* doc = aShell->GetDocument()) {
|
|||
|
WidgetEvent event(true, eVoidEvent);
|
|||
|
nsTArray<EventTarget*> targets;
|
|||
|
nsresult rv = EventDispatcher::Dispatch(doc, nullptr, &event, nullptr,
|
|||
|
nullptr, nullptr, &targets);
|
|||
|
NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, false);
|
|||
|
for (size_t i = 0; i < targets.Length(); i++) {
|
|||
|
if (targets[i]->HasApzAwareListeners()) {
|
|||
|
return true;
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
return false;
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
static void
|
|||
|
MaybeReflowForInflationScreenSizeChange(nsPresContext *aPresContext)
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
if (aPresContext) {
|
|||
|
nsIPresShell* presShell = aPresContext->GetPresShell();
|
|||
|
bool fontInflationWasEnabled = presShell->FontSizeInflationEnabled();
|
|||
|
presShell->NotifyFontSizeInflationEnabledIsDirty();
|
|||
|
bool changed = false;
|
|||
|
if (presShell && presShell->FontSizeInflationEnabled() &&
|
|||
|
presShell->FontSizeInflationMinTwips() != 0) {
|
|||
|
aPresContext->ScreenSizeInchesForFontInflation(&changed);
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
changed = changed ||
|
|||
|
(fontInflationWasEnabled != presShell->FontSizeInflationEnabled());
|
|||
|
if (changed) {
|
|||
|
nsCOMPtr<nsIDocShell> docShell = aPresContext->GetDocShell();
|
|||
|
if (docShell) {
|
|||
|
nsCOMPtr<nsIContentViewer> cv;
|
|||
|
docShell->GetContentViewer(getter_AddRefs(cv));
|
|||
|
if (cv) {
|
|||
|
nsTArray<nsCOMPtr<nsIContentViewer> > array;
|
|||
|
cv->AppendSubtree(array);
|
|||
|
for (uint32_t i = 0, iEnd = array.Length(); i < iEnd; ++i) {
|
|||
|
nsCOMPtr<nsIPresShell> shell;
|
|||
|
nsCOMPtr<nsIContentViewer> cv = array[i];
|
|||
|
cv->GetPresShell(getter_AddRefs(shell));
|
|||
|
if (shell) {
|
|||
|
nsIFrame *rootFrame = shell->GetRootFrame();
|
|||
|
if (rootFrame) {
|
|||
|
shell->FrameNeedsReflow(rootFrame,
|
|||
|
nsIPresShell::eStyleChange,
|
|||
|
NS_FRAME_IS_DIRTY);
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
/* static */ void
|
|||
|
nsLayoutUtils::SetScrollPositionClampingScrollPortSize(nsIPresShell* aPresShell, CSSSize aSize)
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
MOZ_ASSERT(aSize.width >= 0.0 && aSize.height >= 0.0);
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
aPresShell->SetScrollPositionClampingScrollPortSize(
|
|||
|
nsPresContext::CSSPixelsToAppUnits(aSize.width),
|
|||
|
nsPresContext::CSSPixelsToAppUnits(aSize.height));
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
// When the "font.size.inflation.minTwips" preference is set, the
|
|||
|
// layout depends on the size of the screen. Since when the size
|
|||
|
// of the screen changes, the scroll position clamping scroll port
|
|||
|
// size also changes, we hook in the needed updates here rather
|
|||
|
// than adding a separate notification just for this change.
|
|||
|
nsPresContext* presContext = aPresShell->GetPresContext();
|
|||
|
MaybeReflowForInflationScreenSizeChange(presContext);
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
/* static */ FrameMetrics
|
|||
|
nsLayoutUtils::ComputeFrameMetrics(nsIFrame* aForFrame,
|
|||
|
nsIFrame* aScrollFrame,
|
|||
|
nsIContent* aContent,
|
|||
|
const nsIFrame* aReferenceFrame,
|
|||
|
Layer* aLayer,
|
|||
|
ViewID aScrollParentId,
|
|||
|
const nsRect& aViewport,
|
|||
|
const Maybe<nsRect>& aClipRect,
|
|||
|
bool aIsRootContent,
|
|||
|
const ContainerLayerParameters& aContainerParameters)
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
nsPresContext* presContext = aForFrame->PresContext();
|
|||
|
int32_t auPerDevPixel = presContext->AppUnitsPerDevPixel();
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
nsIPresShell* presShell = presContext->GetPresShell();
|
|||
|
FrameMetrics metrics;
|
|||
|
metrics.SetViewport(CSSRect::FromAppUnits(aViewport));
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
ViewID scrollId = FrameMetrics::NULL_SCROLL_ID;
|
|||
|
if (aContent) {
|
|||
|
scrollId = nsLayoutUtils::FindOrCreateIDFor(aContent);
|
|||
|
nsRect dp;
|
|||
|
if (nsLayoutUtils::GetDisplayPort(aContent, &dp)) {
|
|||
|
metrics.SetDisplayPort(CSSRect::FromAppUnits(dp));
|
|||
|
nsLayoutUtils::LogTestDataForPaint(aLayer->Manager(), scrollId, "displayport",
|
|||
|
metrics.GetDisplayPort());
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
if (nsLayoutUtils::GetCriticalDisplayPort(aContent, &dp)) {
|
|||
|
metrics.SetCriticalDisplayPort(CSSRect::FromAppUnits(dp));
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
DisplayPortMarginsPropertyData* marginsData =
|
|||
|
static_cast<DisplayPortMarginsPropertyData*>(aContent->GetProperty(nsGkAtoms::DisplayPortMargins));
|
|||
|
if (marginsData) {
|
|||
|
metrics.SetDisplayPortMargins(marginsData->mMargins);
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
nsIScrollableFrame* scrollableFrame = nullptr;
|
|||
|
if (aScrollFrame)
|
|||
|
scrollableFrame = aScrollFrame->GetScrollTargetFrame();
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
metrics.SetScrollableRect(CSSRect::FromAppUnits(
|
|||
|
nsLayoutUtils::CalculateScrollableRectForFrame(scrollableFrame, aForFrame)));
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
if (scrollableFrame) {
|
|||
|
nsPoint scrollPosition = scrollableFrame->GetScrollPosition();
|
|||
|
metrics.SetScrollOffset(CSSPoint::FromAppUnits(scrollPosition));
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
nsPoint smoothScrollPosition = scrollableFrame->LastScrollDestination();
|
|||
|
metrics.SetSmoothScrollOffset(CSSPoint::FromAppUnits(smoothScrollPosition));
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
// If the frame was scrolled since the last layers update, and by
|
|||
|
// something other than the APZ code, we want to tell the APZ to update
|
|||
|
// its scroll offset.
|
|||
|
nsIAtom* lastScrollOrigin = scrollableFrame->LastScrollOrigin();
|
|||
|
if (lastScrollOrigin && lastScrollOrigin != nsGkAtoms::apz) {
|
|||
|
metrics.SetScrollOffsetUpdated(scrollableFrame->CurrentScrollGeneration());
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
nsIAtom* lastSmoothScrollOrigin = scrollableFrame->LastSmoothScrollOrigin();
|
|||
|
if (lastSmoothScrollOrigin) {
|
|||
|
metrics.SetSmoothScrollOffsetUpdated(scrollableFrame->CurrentScrollGeneration());
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
nsSize lineScrollAmount = scrollableFrame->GetLineScrollAmount();
|
|||
|
LayoutDeviceIntSize lineScrollAmountInDevPixels =
|
|||
|
LayoutDeviceIntSize::FromAppUnitsRounded(lineScrollAmount, presContext->AppUnitsPerDevPixel());
|
|||
|
metrics.SetLineScrollAmount(lineScrollAmountInDevPixels);
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
nsSize pageScrollAmount = scrollableFrame->GetPageScrollAmount();
|
|||
|
LayoutDeviceIntSize pageScrollAmountInDevPixels =
|
|||
|
LayoutDeviceIntSize::FromAppUnitsRounded(pageScrollAmount, presContext->AppUnitsPerDevPixel());
|
|||
|
metrics.SetPageScrollAmount(pageScrollAmountInDevPixels);
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
if (!aScrollFrame->GetParent() ||
|
|||
|
EventStateManager::CanVerticallyScrollFrameWithWheel(aScrollFrame->GetParent()))
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
metrics.SetAllowVerticalScrollWithWheel();
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
metrics.SetUsesContainerScrolling(scrollableFrame->UsesContainerScrolling());
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
// If we have the scrollparent being the same as the scroll id, the
|
|||
|
// compositor-side code could get into an infinite loop while building the
|
|||
|
// overscroll handoff chain.
|
|||
|
MOZ_ASSERT(aScrollParentId == FrameMetrics::NULL_SCROLL_ID || scrollId != aScrollParentId);
|
|||
|
metrics.SetScrollId(scrollId);
|
|||
|
metrics.SetIsRootContent(aIsRootContent);
|
|||
|
metrics.SetScrollParentId(aScrollParentId);
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
if (scrollId != FrameMetrics::NULL_SCROLL_ID && !presContext->GetParentPresContext()) {
|
|||
|
if ((aScrollFrame && (aScrollFrame == presShell->GetRootScrollFrame())) ||
|
|||
|
aContent == presShell->GetDocument()->GetDocumentElement()) {
|
|||
|
metrics.SetIsLayersIdRoot(true);
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
// Only the root scrollable frame for a given presShell should pick up
|
|||
|
// the presShell's resolution. All the other frames are 1.0.
|
|||
|
if (aScrollFrame == presShell->GetRootScrollFrame()) {
|
|||
|
metrics.SetPresShellResolution(presShell->GetResolution());
|
|||
|
} else {
|
|||
|
metrics.SetPresShellResolution(1.0f);
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
// The cumulative resolution is the resolution at which the scroll frame's
|
|||
|
// content is actually rendered. It includes the pres shell resolutions of
|
|||
|
// all the pres shells from here up to the root, as well as any css-driven
|
|||
|
// resolution. We don't need to compute it as it's already stored in the
|
|||
|
// container parameters.
|
|||
|
metrics.SetCumulativeResolution(aContainerParameters.Scale());
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
LayoutDeviceToScreenScale2D resolutionToScreen(
|
|||
|
presShell->GetCumulativeResolution()
|
|||
|
* nsLayoutUtils::GetTransformToAncestorScale(aScrollFrame ? aScrollFrame : aForFrame));
|
|||
|
metrics.SetExtraResolution(metrics.GetCumulativeResolution() / resolutionToScreen);
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
metrics.SetDevPixelsPerCSSPixel(presContext->CSSToDevPixelScale());
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
// Initially, AsyncPanZoomController should render the content to the screen
|
|||
|
// at the painted resolution.
|
|||
|
const LayerToParentLayerScale layerToParentLayerScale(1.0f);
|
|||
|
metrics.SetZoom(metrics.GetCumulativeResolution() * metrics.GetDevPixelsPerCSSPixel()
|
|||
|
* layerToParentLayerScale);
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
// Calculate the composition bounds as the size of the scroll frame and
|
|||
|
// its origin relative to the reference frame.
|
|||
|
// If aScrollFrame is null, we are in a document without a root scroll frame,
|
|||
|
// so it's a xul document. In this case, use the size of the viewport frame.
|
|||
|
nsIFrame* frameForCompositionBoundsCalculation = aScrollFrame ? aScrollFrame : aForFrame;
|
|||
|
nsRect compositionBounds(frameForCompositionBoundsCalculation->GetOffsetToCrossDoc(aReferenceFrame),
|
|||
|
frameForCompositionBoundsCalculation->GetSize());
|
|||
|
if (scrollableFrame) {
|
|||
|
// If we have a scrollable frame, restrict the composition bounds to its
|
|||
|
// scroll port. The scroll port excludes the frame borders and the scroll
|
|||
|
// bars, which we don't want to be part of the composition bounds.
|
|||
|
nsRect scrollPort = scrollableFrame->GetScrollPortRect();
|
|||
|
compositionBounds = nsRect(compositionBounds.TopLeft() + scrollPort.TopLeft(),
|
|||
|
scrollPort.Size());
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
ParentLayerRect frameBounds = LayoutDeviceRect::FromAppUnits(compositionBounds, auPerDevPixel)
|
|||
|
* metrics.GetCumulativeResolution()
|
|||
|
* layerToParentLayerScale;
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
if (aClipRect) {
|
|||
|
ParentLayerRect rect = LayoutDeviceRect::FromAppUnits(*aClipRect, auPerDevPixel)
|
|||
|
* metrics.GetCumulativeResolution()
|
|||
|
* layerToParentLayerScale;
|
|||
|
metrics.SetClipRect(Some(RoundedToInt(rect)));
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
// For the root scroll frame of the root content document (RCD-RSF), the above calculation
|
|||
|
// will yield the size of the viewport frame as the composition bounds, which
|
|||
|
// doesn't actually correspond to what is visible when
|
|||
|
// nsIDOMWindowUtils::setCSSViewport has been called to modify the visible area of
|
|||
|
// the prescontext that the viewport frame is reflowed into. In that case if our
|
|||
|
// document has a widget then the widget's bounds will correspond to what is
|
|||
|
// visible. If we don't have a widget the root view's bounds correspond to what
|
|||
|
// would be visible because they don't get modified by setCSSViewport.
|
|||
|
bool isRootScrollFrame = aScrollFrame == presShell->GetRootScrollFrame();
|
|||
|
bool isRootContentDocRootScrollFrame = isRootScrollFrame
|
|||
|
&& presContext->IsRootContentDocument();
|
|||
|
if (isRootContentDocRootScrollFrame) {
|
|||
|
UpdateCompositionBoundsForRCDRSF(frameBounds, presContext,
|
|||
|
compositionBounds, true, metrics.GetCumulativeResolution());
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
nsMargin sizes = ScrollbarAreaToExcludeFromCompositionBoundsFor(aScrollFrame);
|
|||
|
// Scrollbars are not subject to resolution scaling, so LD pixels = layer pixels for them.
|
|||
|
ParentLayerMargin boundMargins = LayoutDeviceMargin::FromAppUnits(sizes, auPerDevPixel)
|
|||
|
* LayoutDeviceToParentLayerScale(1.0f);
|
|||
|
frameBounds.Deflate(boundMargins);
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
metrics.SetCompositionBounds(frameBounds);
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
metrics.SetRootCompositionSize(
|
|||
|
nsLayoutUtils::CalculateRootCompositionSize(aScrollFrame ? aScrollFrame : aForFrame,
|
|||
|
isRootContentDocRootScrollFrame, metrics));
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
if (gfxPrefs::APZPrintTree() || gfxPrefs::APZTestLoggingEnabled()) {
|
|||
|
if (nsIContent* content = frameForCompositionBoundsCalculation->GetContent()) {
|
|||
|
nsAutoString contentDescription;
|
|||
|
content->Describe(contentDescription);
|
|||
|
metrics.SetContentDescription(NS_LossyConvertUTF16toASCII(contentDescription));
|
|||
|
nsLayoutUtils::LogTestDataForPaint(aLayer->Manager(), scrollId, "contentDescription",
|
|||
|
metrics.GetContentDescription().get());
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
metrics.SetPresShellId(presShell->GetPresShellId());
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
// If the scroll frame's content is marked 'scrollgrab', record this
|
|||
|
// in the FrameMetrics so APZ knows to provide the scroll grabbing
|
|||
|
// behaviour.
|
|||
|
if (aScrollFrame && nsContentUtils::HasScrollgrab(aScrollFrame->GetContent())) {
|
|||
|
metrics.SetHasScrollgrab(true);
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
// Also compute and set the background color.
|
|||
|
// This is needed for APZ overscrolling support.
|
|||
|
if (aScrollFrame) {
|
|||
|
if (isRootScrollFrame) {
|
|||
|
metrics.SetBackgroundColor(Color::FromABGR(
|
|||
|
presShell->GetCanvasBackground()));
|
|||
|
} else {
|
|||
|
nsStyleContext* backgroundStyle;
|
|||
|
if (nsCSSRendering::FindBackground(aScrollFrame, &backgroundStyle)) {
|
|||
|
metrics.SetBackgroundColor(Color::FromABGR(
|
|||
|
backgroundStyle->StyleBackground()->mBackgroundColor));
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
return metrics;
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
/* static */ bool
|
|||
|
nsLayoutUtils::ContainsMetricsWithId(const Layer* aLayer, const ViewID& aScrollId)
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
for (uint32_t i = aLayer->GetFrameMetricsCount(); i > 0; i--) {
|
|||
|
if (aLayer->GetFrameMetrics(i-1).GetScrollId() == aScrollId) {
|
|||
|
return true;
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
for (Layer* child = aLayer->GetFirstChild(); child; child = child->GetNextSibling()) {
|
|||
|
if (ContainsMetricsWithId(child, aScrollId)) {
|
|||
|
return true;
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
return false;
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
/* static */ uint32_t
|
|||
|
nsLayoutUtils::GetTouchActionFromFrame(nsIFrame* aFrame)
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
// If aFrame is null then return default value
|
|||
|
if (!aFrame) {
|
|||
|
return NS_STYLE_TOUCH_ACTION_AUTO;
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
// The touch-action CSS property applies to: all elements except:
|
|||
|
// non-replaced inline elements, table rows, row groups, table columns, and column groups
|
|||
|
bool isNonReplacedInlineElement = aFrame->IsFrameOfType(nsIFrame::eLineParticipant);
|
|||
|
if (isNonReplacedInlineElement) {
|
|||
|
return NS_STYLE_TOUCH_ACTION_AUTO;
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
const nsStyleDisplay* disp = aFrame->StyleDisplay();
|
|||
|
bool isTableElement = disp->IsInnerTableStyle() &&
|
|||
|
disp->mDisplay != NS_STYLE_DISPLAY_TABLE_CELL &&
|
|||
|
disp->mDisplay != NS_STYLE_DISPLAY_TABLE_CAPTION;
|
|||
|
if (isTableElement) {
|
|||
|
return NS_STYLE_TOUCH_ACTION_AUTO;
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
return disp->mTouchAction;
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
/* static */ void
|
|||
|
nsLayoutUtils::TransformToAncestorAndCombineRegions(
|
|||
|
const nsRect& aBounds,
|
|||
|
nsIFrame* aFrame,
|
|||
|
const nsIFrame* aAncestorFrame,
|
|||
|
nsRegion* aPreciseTargetDest,
|
|||
|
nsRegion* aImpreciseTargetDest)
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
if (aBounds.IsEmpty()) {
|
|||
|
return;
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
Matrix4x4 matrix = GetTransformToAncestor(aFrame, aAncestorFrame);
|
|||
|
Matrix matrix2D;
|
|||
|
bool isPrecise = (matrix.Is2D(&matrix2D)
|
|||
|
&& !matrix2D.HasNonAxisAlignedTransform());
|
|||
|
nsRect transformed = TransformFrameRectToAncestor(
|
|||
|
aFrame, aBounds, aAncestorFrame);
|
|||
|
nsRegion* dest = isPrecise ? aPreciseTargetDest : aImpreciseTargetDest;
|
|||
|
dest->OrWith(transformed);
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
/* static */ bool
|
|||
|
nsLayoutUtils::ShouldUseNoScriptSheet(nsIDocument* aDocument)
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
// also handle the case where print is done from print preview
|
|||
|
// see bug #342439 for more details
|
|||
|
if (aDocument->IsStaticDocument()) {
|
|||
|
aDocument = aDocument->GetOriginalDocument();
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
return aDocument->IsScriptEnabled();
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
/* static */ bool
|
|||
|
nsLayoutUtils::ShouldUseNoFramesSheet(nsIDocument* aDocument)
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
bool allowSubframes = true;
|
|||
|
nsIDocShell* docShell = aDocument->GetDocShell();
|
|||
|
if (docShell) {
|
|||
|
docShell->GetAllowSubframes(&allowSubframes);
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
return !allowSubframes;
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
/* static */ void
|
|||
|
nsLayoutUtils::GetFrameTextContent(nsIFrame* aFrame, nsAString& aResult)
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
aResult.Truncate();
|
|||
|
AppendFrameTextContent(aFrame, aResult);
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
/* static */ void
|
|||
|
nsLayoutUtils::AppendFrameTextContent(nsIFrame* aFrame, nsAString& aResult)
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
if (aFrame->GetType() == nsGkAtoms::textFrame) {
|
|||
|
auto textFrame = static_cast<nsTextFrame*>(aFrame);
|
|||
|
auto offset = textFrame->GetContentOffset();
|
|||
|
auto length = textFrame->GetContentLength();
|
|||
|
textFrame->GetContent()->
|
|||
|
GetText()->AppendTo(aResult, offset, length);
|
|||
|
} else {
|
|||
|
for (nsIFrame* child : aFrame->PrincipalChildList()) {
|
|||
|
AppendFrameTextContent(child, aResult);
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
/* static */
|
|||
|
nsRect
|
|||
|
nsLayoutUtils::GetSelectionBoundingRect(Selection* aSel)
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
nsRect res;
|
|||
|
// Bounding client rect may be empty after calling GetBoundingClientRect
|
|||
|
// when range is collapsed. So we get caret's rect when range is
|
|||
|
// collapsed.
|
|||
|
if (aSel->IsCollapsed()) {
|
|||
|
nsIFrame* frame = nsCaret::GetGeometry(aSel, &res);
|
|||
|
if (frame) {
|
|||
|
nsIFrame* relativeTo = GetContainingBlockForClientRect(frame);
|
|||
|
res = TransformFrameRectToAncestor(frame, res, relativeTo);
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
} else {
|
|||
|
int32_t rangeCount = aSel->RangeCount();
|
|||
|
RectAccumulator accumulator;
|
|||
|
for (int32_t idx = 0; idx < rangeCount; ++idx) {
|
|||
|
nsRange* range = aSel->GetRangeAt(idx);
|
|||
|
nsRange::CollectClientRects(&accumulator, range,
|
|||
|
range->GetStartParent(), range->StartOffset(),
|
|||
|
range->GetEndParent(), range->EndOffset(),
|
|||
|
true, false);
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
res = accumulator.mResultRect.IsEmpty() ? accumulator.mFirstRect :
|
|||
|
accumulator.mResultRect;
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
return res;
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
/* static */ bool
|
|||
|
nsLayoutUtils::IsScrollFrameWithSnapping(nsIFrame* aFrame)
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
nsIScrollableFrame* sf = do_QueryFrame(aFrame);
|
|||
|
if (!sf) {
|
|||
|
return false;
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
ScrollbarStyles styles = sf->GetScrollbarStyles();
|
|||
|
return styles.mScrollSnapTypeY != NS_STYLE_SCROLL_SNAP_TYPE_NONE ||
|
|||
|
styles.mScrollSnapTypeX != NS_STYLE_SCROLL_SNAP_TYPE_NONE;
|
|||
|
}
|